Sie sind auf Seite 1von 692

SenoClaire

GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Service Manual Class A

OPERATING DOCUMENTATION

5415898-2-8EN
Revision 1
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

2
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Important Information
LANGUAGE
ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ Това упътване за работа е налично само на английски език.
(BG) • Ако доставчикът на услугата на клиента изиска друг език, задължение на клиента
е да осигури превод.

• Не използвайте оборудването, преди да сте се консултирали и разбрали


упътването за работа.

• Неспазването на това предупреждение може да доведе до нараняване на


доставчика на услугата, оператора или пациентa в резултат на токов удар,
механична или друга опасност.

警告 本维修手册仅提供英文版本。
(ZH-CN) • 如果客户的维修服务人员需要非英文版本,则客户需自行提供翻译服务。

• 未详细阅读和完全理解本维修手册之前,不得进行维修。

• 忽略本警告可能对维修服务人员、操作人员或患者造成电击、机械伤害或其他形式的伤
害。

警告 本服務手冊僅提供英文版本。
(ZH-HK) • 倘若客戶的服務供應商需要英文以外之服務手冊,客戶有責任提供翻譯服務。
• 除非已參閱本服務手冊及明白其內容,否則切勿嘗試維修設備。

• 不遵從本警告或會令服務供應商、網絡供應商或病人受到觸電、機械性或其他的危險。

警告 本維修手冊僅有英文版。
(ZH-TW) • 若客戶的維修廠商需要英文版以外的語言,應由客戶自行提供翻譯服務。
• 請勿試圖維修本設備,除非 您已查閱並瞭解本維修手冊。

• 若未留意本警告,可能導致維修廠商、操作員或病患因觸電、機械或其他危險而受傷。

UPOZORENJE Ovaj servisni priručnik dostupan je na engleskom jeziku.


(HR) • Ako davatelj usluge klijenta treba neki drugi jezik, klijent je dužan osigurati prijevod.
• Ne pokušavajte servisirati opremu ako niste u potpunosti pročitali i razumjeli ovaj ser‐
visni priručnik.

• Zanemarite li ovo upozorenje, može doći do ozljede davatelja usluge, operatera ili
pacijenta uslijed strujnog udara, mehaničkih ili drugih rizika.

Important Information 3
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

VÝSTRAHA Tento provozní návod existuje pouze v anglickém jazyce.


(CS) • V případě, že externí služba zákazníkům potřebuje návod v jiném jazyce, je zajištění
překladu do odpovídajícího jazyka úkolem zákazníka.

• Nesnažte se o údržbu tohoto zařízení, aniž byste si přečetli tento provozní návod a
pochopili jeho obsah.

• V případě nedodržování této výstrahy může dojít k poranění pracovníka prodejního


servisu, obslužného personálu nebo pacientů vlivem elektrického proudu, respektive
vlivem mechanických či jiných rizik.

ADVARSEL Denne servicemanual findes kun på engelsk.


(DA) • Hvis en kundes tekniker har brug for et andet sprog end engelsk, er det kundens
ansvar at sørge for oversættelse.

• Forsøg ikke at servicere udstyret uden at læse og forstå denne servicemanual.

• Manglende overholdelse af denne advarsel kan medføre skade på grund af elektrisk


stød, mekanisk eller anden fare for teknikeren, operatøren eller patienten.

WAARSCHUWING Deze onderhoudshandleiding is enkel in het Engels verkrijgbaar.


(NL) • Als het onderhoudspersoneel een andere taal vereist, dan is de klant verantwoordelijk
voor de vertaling ervan.

• Probeer de apparatuur niet te onderhouden alvorens deze onderhoudshandleiding


werd geraadpleegd en begrepen is.

• Indien deze waarschuwing niet wordt opgevolgd, zou het onderhoudspersoneel, de


operator of een patiënt gewond kunnen raken als gevolg van een elektrische schok,
mechanische of andere gevaren.

WARNING This service manual is available in English only.


(EN) • If a customer's service provider requires a language other than English, it is the cus‐
tomer's responsibility to provide translation services.

• Do not attempt to service the equipment unless this service manual has been con‐
sulted and is understood.

• Failure to heed this warning may result in injury to the service provider, operator or
patient from electric shock, mechanical or other hazards.

HOIATUS See teenindusjuhend on saadaval ainult inglise keeles.


(ET) • Kui klienditeeninduse osutaja nõuab juhendit inglise keelest erinevas keeles, vastutab
klient tõlketeenuse osutamise eest.

• Ärge üritage seadmeid teenindada enne eelnevalt käesoleva teenindusjuhendiga tut‐


vumist ja sellest aru saamist.

• Käesoleva hoiatuse eiramine võib põhjustada teenuseosutaja, operaatori või patsiendi


vigastamist elektrilöögi, mehaanilise või muu ohu tagajärjel.

4 Important Information
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

VAROITUS Tämä huolto-ohje on saatavilla vain englanniksi.


(FI) • Jos asiakkaan huoltohenkilöstö vaatii muuta kuin englanninkielistä materiaalia, tarvit‐
tavan käännöksen hankkiminen on asiakkaan vastuulla.

• Älä yritä korjata laitteistoa ennen kuin olet varmasti lukenut ja ymmärtänyt tämän
huolto-ohjeen.

• Mikäli tätä varoitusta ei noudateta, seurauksena voi olla huoltohenkilöstön, laitteiston


käyttäjän tai potilaan vahingoittuminen sähköiskun, mekaanisen vian tai muun vaar‐
atilanteen vuoksi.

ATTENTION Ce manuel d’installation et de maintenance est disponible uniquement en anglais.


(FR) • Si le technicien d'un client a besoin de ce manuel dans une langue autre que l'anglais,
il incombe au client de le faire traduire.

• Ne pas tenter d'intervenir sur les équipements tant que ce manuel d’installation et de
maintenance n'a pas été consulté et compris.

• Le non-respect de cet avertissement peut entraîner chez le technicien, l'opérateur ou


le patient des blessures dues à des dangers électriques, mécaniques ou autres.

WARNUNG Diese Serviceanleitung existiert nur in englischer Sprache.


(DE) • Falls ein fremder Kundendienst eine andere Sprache benötigt, ist es Aufgabe des
Kunden für eine entsprechende Übersetzung zu sorgen.

• Versuchen Sie nicht diese Anlage zu warten, ohne diese Serviceanleitung gelesen
und verstanden zu haben.

• Wird diese Warnung nicht beachtet, so kann es zu Verletzungen des Kundendienst‐


technikers, des Bedieners oder des Patienten durch Stromschläge, mechanische oder
sonstige Gefahren kommen.

ΠΡΟΕΙΔΟΠΟΙΗΣΗ Το παρόν εγχειρίδιο σέρβις διατίθεται μόνο στα αγγλικά.


(EL) • Εάν ο τεχνικός σέρβις ενός πελάτη απαιτεί το παρόν εγχειρίδιο σε γλώσσα εκτός των
αγγλικών, αποτελεί ευθύνη του πελάτη να παρέχει τις υπηρεσίες μετάφρασης.

• Μην επιχειρήσετε την εκτέλεση εργασιών σέρβις στον εξοπλισμό αν δεν έχετε
συμβουλευτεί και κατανοήσει το παρόν εγχειρίδιο σέρβις.

• Αν δεν προσέξετε την προειδοποίηση αυτή, ενδέχεται να προκληθεί τραυματισμός


στον τεχνικό σέρβις, στο χειριστή ή στον ασθενή από ηλεκτροπληξία, μηχανικούς ή
άλλους κινδύνους.

FIGYELMEZTETÉS Ezen karbantartási kézikönyv kizárólag angol nyelven érhető el.


(HU) • Ha a vevő szolgáltatója angoltól eltérő nyelvre tart igényt, akkor a vevő felelőssége a
fordítás elkészíttetése.

• Ne próbálja elkezdeni használni a berendezést, amíg a karbantartási kézikönyvben


leírtakat nem értelmezték.

• Ezen figyelmeztetés figyelmen kívül hagyása a szolgáltató, működtető vagy a beteg


áramütés, mechanikai vagy egyéb veszélyhelyzet miatti sérülését eredményezheti.

Important Information 5
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

AÐVÖRUN Þessi þjónustuhandbók er aðeins fáanleg á ensku.


(IS) • Ef að þjónustuveitandi viðskiptamanns þarfnast annas tungumáls en ensku, er það
skylda viðskiptamanns að skaffa tungumálaþjónustu.

• Reynið ekki að afgreiða tækið nema að þessi þjónustuhandbók hefur verið skoðuð og
skilin.

• Brot á sinna þessari aðvörun getur leitt til meiðsla á þjónustuveitanda, stjórnanda eða
sjúklings frá raflosti, vélrænu eða öðrum áhættum.

AVVERTENZA Il presente manuale di manutenzione è disponibile soltanto in lingua inglese.


(IT) • Se un addetto alla manutenzione richiede il manuale in una lingua diversa, il cliente è
tenuto a provvedere direttamente alla traduzione.

• Procedere alla manutenzione dell'apparecchiatura solo dopo aver consultato il pre‐


sente manuale ed averne compreso il contenuto.

• Il mancato rispetto della presente avvertenza potrebbe causare lesioni all'addetto alla
manutenzione, all'operatore o ai pazienti provocate da scosse elettriche, urti mecca‐
nici o altri rischi.

警告 このサービスマニュアルには英語版しかありません。
(JA) • サービスを担当される業者が英語以外の言語を要求される場合、翻訳作業はその業
者の責任で行うものとさせていただきます。

• このサービスマニュアルを熟読し理解せずに、装置のサービスを行わないでくださ
い。

• この警告に従わない場合、サービスを担当される方、操作員あるいは患者 さんが、
感電や機械的又はその他の危険により負傷する可能性があります。

경고 본 서비스 매뉴얼은 영어로만 이용하실 수 있습니다.


(KO) • 고객의 서비스 제공자가 영어 이외의 언어를 요구할 경우, 번역 서비스를 제공하는 것은
고객의 책임입니다.

• 본 서비스 매뉴얼을 참조하여 숙지하지 않은 이상 해당 장비를 수리하려고 시도하지


마십시오.

• 본 경고 사항에 유의하지 않으면 전기 쇼크, 기계적 위험, 또는 기타 위험으로 인해 서


비스 제공자, 사용자 또는 환자에게 부상을 입힐 수 있습니다.

BRĪDINĀJUMS Šī apkopes rokasgrāmata ir pieejama tikai angļu valodā.


(LV) • Ja klienta apkopes sniedzējam nepieciešama informācija citā valodā, klienta pienā‐
kums ir nodrošināt tulkojumu.

• Neveiciet aprīkojuma apkopi bez apkopes rokasgrāmatas izlasīšanas un saprašanas.

• Šī brīdinājuma neievērošanas rezultātā var rasties elektriskās strāvas trieciena, me‐


hānisku vai citu faktoru izraisītu traumu risks apkopes sniedzējam, operatoram vai
pacientam.

6 Important Information
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

ĮSPĖJIMAS Šis eksploatavimo vadovas yra tik anglų kalba.


(LT) • Jei kliento paslaugų tiekėjas reikalauja vadovo kita kalba – ne anglų, suteikti vertimo
paslaugas privalo klientas.

• Nemėginkite atlikti įrangos techninės priežiūros, jei neperskaitėte ar nesupratote šio


eksploatavimo vadovo.

• Jei nepaisysite šio įspėjimo, galimi paslaugų tiekėjo, operatoriaus ar paciento suža‐
lojimai dėl elektros šoko, mechaninių ar kitų pavojų.

ADVARSEL Denne servicehåndboken finnes bare på engelsk.


(NO) • Hvis kundens serviceleverandør har bruk for et annet språk, er det kundens ansvar å
sørge for oversettelse.

• Ikke forsøk å reparere utstyret uten at denne servicehåndboken er lest og forstått.

• Manglende hensyn til denne advarselen kan føre til at serviceleverandøren, oper‐
atøren eller pasienten skades på grunn av elektrisk støt, mekaniske eller andre farer.

OSTRZEŻENIE Niniejszy podręcznik serwisowy dostępny jest jedynie w języku angielskim.


(PL) • Jeśli serwisant klienta wymaga języka innego niż angielski, zapewnienie usługi tłu‐
maczenia jest obowiązkiem klienta.

• Nie próbować serwisować urządzenia bez zapoznania się z niniejszym podręcznikiem


serwisowym i zrozumienia go.

• Niezastosowanie się do tego ostrzeżenia może doprowadzić do obrażeń serwisanta,


operatora lub pacjenta w wyniku porażenia prądem elektrycznym, zagrożenia me‐
chanicznego bądź innego.

ATENÇÃO Este manual de assistência técnica encontra-se disponível unicamente em inglês.


(PT-BR) • Se outro serviço de assistência técnica solicitar a tradução deste manual, caberá ao
cliente fornecer os serviços de tradução.

• Não tente reparar o equipamento sem ter consultado e compreendido este manual
de assistência técnica.

• A não observância deste aviso pode ocasionar ferimentos no técnico, operador ou


paciente decorrentes de choques elétricos, mecânicos ou outros.

ATENÇÃO Este manual de assistência técnica só se encontra disponível em inglês.


(PT-PT) • Se qualquer outro serviço de assistência técnica solicitar este manual noutro idioma,
é da responsabilidade do cliente fornecer os serviços de tradução.

• Não tente reparar o equipamento sem ter consultado e compreendido este manual
de assistência técnica.

• O não cumprimento deste aviso pode colocar em perigo a segurança do técnico, do


operador ou do paciente devido a choques eléctricos, mecânicos ou outros.

Important Information 7
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

ATENŢIE Acest manual de service este disponibil doar în limba engleză.


(RO) • Dacă un furnizor de servicii pentru clienţi necesită o altă limbă decât cea engleză, este
de datoria clientului să furnizeze o traducere.

• Nu încercaţi să reparaţi echipamentul decât ulterior consultării şi înţelegerii acestui


manual de service.

• Ignorarea acestui avertisment ar putea duce la rănirea depanatorului, operatorului sau


pacientului în urma pericolelor de electrocutare, mecanice sau de altă natură.

ОСТОРОЖНО! Данное руководство по техническому обслуживанию представлено только на


(RU) английском языке.
• Если сервисному персоналу клиента необходимо руководство не на английском,
а на каком-то другом языке, клиенту следует самостоятельно обеспечить
перевод.

• Перед техническим обслуживанием оборудования обязательно обратитесь к


данному руководству и поймите изложенные в нем сведения.

• Несоблюдение требований данного предупреждения может привести к тому, что


специалист по техобслуживанию, оператор или пациент получит удар
электрическим током, механическую травму или другое повреждение.

UPOZORENJE Ovo servisno uputstvo je dostupno samo na engleskom jeziku.


(SR) • Ako klijentov serviser zahteva neki drugi jezik, klijent je dužan da obezbedi prevodi‐
lačke usluge.

• Ne pokušavajte da opravite uređaj ako niste pročitali i razumeli ovo servisno uputstvo.

• Zanemarivanje ovog upozorenja može dovesti do povređivanja servisera, rukovaoca


ili pacijenta usled strujnog udara ili mehaničkih i drugih opasnosti.

UPOZORNENIE Tento návod na obsluhu je k dispozícii len v angličtine.


(SK) • Ak zákazníkov poskytovateľ služieb vyžaduje iný jazyk ako angličtinu, poskytnutie
prekladateľských služieb je zodpovednosťou zákazníka.

• Nepokúšajte sa o obsluhu zariadenia, kým si neprečítate návod na obluhu a neporo‐


zumiete mu.

• Zanedbanie tohto upozornenia môže spôsobiť zranenie poskytovateľa služieb, obslu‐


hujúcej osoby alebo pacienta elektrickým prúdom, mechanické alebo iné ohrozenie.

ATENCION Este manual de servicio sólo existe en inglés.


(ES) • Si el encargado de mantenimiento de un cliente necesita un idioma que no sea el
inglés, el cliente deberá encargarse de la traducción del manual.

• No se deberá dar servicio técnico al equipo, sin haber consultado y comprendido este
manual de servicio.

• La no observancia del presente aviso puede dar lugar a que el proveedor de servicios,
el operador o el paciente sufran lesiones provocadas por causas eléctricas, mecáni‐
cas o de otra naturaleza.

8 Important Information
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

VARNING Den här servicehandboken finns bara tillgänglig på engelska.


(SV) • Om en kunds servicetekniker har behov av ett annat språk än engelska, ansvarar
kunden för att tillhandahålla översättningstjänster.

• Försök inte utföra service på utrustningen om du inte har läst och förstår den här
servicehandboken.

• Om du inte tar hänsyn till den här varningen kan det resultera i skador på servicete‐
knikern, operatören eller patienten till följd av elektriska stötar, mekaniska faror eller
andra faror.

OPOZORILO Ta servisni priročnik je na voljo samo v angleškem jeziku.


(SL) • Če ponudnik storitve stranke potrebuje priročnik v drugem jeziku, mora stranka za‐
gotoviti prevod.

• Ne poskušajte servisirati opreme, če tega priročnika niste v celoti prebrali in razumeli.

• Če tega opozorila ne upoštevate, se lahko zaradi električnega udara, mehanskih ali


drugih nevarnosti poškoduje ponudnik storitev, operater ali bolnik.

DİKKAT Bu servis kılavuzunun sadece ingilizcesi mevcuttur.


(TR) • Eğer müşteri teknisyeni bu kılavuzu ingilizce dışında bir başka lisandan talep ederse,
bunu tercüme ettirmek müşteriye düşer.

• Servis kılavuzunu okuyup anlamadan ekipmanlara müdahale etmeyiniz.

• Bu uyarıya uyulmaması, elektrik, mekanik veya diğer tehlikelerden dolayı teknisyen,


operatör veya hastanın yaralanmasına yol açabilir.

Important Information 9
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1
This page left intentionally blank.

10 Important Information
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Revision History
Date Reference Revision Main modification

2013–04 5415898-1-8EN 2 M3 Release.

2014–04 5415898-2-8EN 1 M4 Release.

Revision History 11
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1
This page left intentionally blank.

12 Revision History
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Table of Contents
Chapter 1 SAFETY.................................................................................................................................35
1 Introduction....................................................................................................................................35
2 Definition of Warnings and Notes..................................................................................................36
3 Job Card LOTO A001 - Lock-Out / Tag-Out (LOTO) Procedures.................................................37
3.4.1 Prepare the LOTO procedure............................................................................................39
3.4.2 Identify the energy sources on the system........................................................................40
3.4.3 Switch the Senographe system OFF.................................................................................40
3.4.4 Isolation of the Generator Line Supply power source........................................................40
3.4.4.1 Isolating the Mains Distribution Panel............................................................................40
3.4.4.2 Isolating the Room Lamps power source.......................................................................41
3.4.5 Apply LOTO.......................................................................................................................41
3.4.5.1 If the activity requires one Field Engineer......................................................................41
3.4.5.2 If the activity requires more than one Field Engineer.....................................................42
3.4.5.3 Final steps......................................................................................................................42
3.4.6 Discharge stored energy...................................................................................................43
3.4.7 Verify room lamp electrical source is within safe limits......................................................45
3.4.8 PROCEDURE FOR THE RECONNECTION OF THE EQUIPMENT................................46

Chapter 2 GENERAL DESCRIPTIVE....................................................................................................49


1 Introduction....................................................................................................................................49
1.1 Scope and Applicability of the Publication............................................................................49
1.2 Content of this Publication....................................................................................................50
1.3 Publication Conventions.......................................................................................................51
1.3.1 Reference Conventions...............................................................................................51
1.3.2 Graphical User Interface Conventions.........................................................................51
1.3.2.1 Windows and Dialog Boxes, Radio Buttons, Check Boxes and Fields...............51
1.3.2.2 Buttons................................................................................................................51
1.3.2.3 Menus.................................................................................................................51
1.3.2.4 Generator menu..................................................................................................52
1.3.2.5 Keyboard Keys...................................................................................................52

Table of Contents 13
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

1.3.2.6 Mouse Button......................................................................................................52


1.3.3 Command Line Interface Conventions........................................................................52
1.3.3.1 Command Strings...............................................................................................52
1.3.3.2 System Prompts and Responses.......................................................................52
1.3.3.3 Directory, Path Names and Filenames...............................................................53
1.3.4 Entering and Typing Instructions.................................................................................53
1.3.5 References to spacial locations of the systems...........................................................53
1.4 Acronyms Glossary..............................................................................................................55
1.5 Proprietary Considerations...................................................................................................58
1.5.1 CATEGORIES OF SERVICE ENGINEER...................................................................58
1.5.2 SERVICE TOOLS........................................................................................................58
1.5.2.1 Embedded Service Software..............................................................................58
1.5.2.2 Access to Generator Install and Maintenance Menus........................................59
1.5.2.3 IQST Phantom....................................................................................................59
1.5.2.4 Enabling Class C Access to Diagnostics Functions...........................................59
1.5.3 SERVICE PUBLICATIONS..........................................................................................59
1.5.3.1 Service Manual (SM) Class A.............................................................................59
1.5.3.2 Service Manual (SM) Class C.............................................................................59
1.5.3.3 Service Manual (SM) Class M............................................................................60
2 GE Breast Tomosynthesis Labels and Symbols...........................................................................61
2.1 Meaning of symbols used in labels.......................................................................................61
2.2 Meaning of symbols on the equipment and accessories......................................................63

Chapter 3 PRE INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................65


1 Pre Installation Requirements.......................................................................................................65
1.1 About this Chapter................................................................................................................65
1.2 Environmental Requirements...............................................................................................66
1.2.1 GE Breast Tomosynthesis kit working environment....................................................66
1.2.2 GE Breast Tomosynthesis kit transport and short term (<5 days) storage conditions.66
1.2.3 Long term storage........................................................................................................66
1.3 IEC60601-1-2 Electromagnetic Standards Compliance.......................................................67

14 Table of Contents
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

1.3.1 General........................................................................................................................67
1.3.2 Electromagnetic Emission...........................................................................................67
1.3.3 Electromagnetic Immunity...........................................................................................67
1.3.4 Recommended Separation Distances for Portable and Mobile Radio Frequency
Communications Equipment IEC 60601-1-2.....................................................69
1.3.5 Use Limitation..............................................................................................................70
1.3.6 Installation Requirements and Environmental Control.................................................70
1.3.6.1 Cable Shielding & Grounding.............................................................................70
1.3.6.2 Separated Power Supply Distribution Panel & Line............................................70
1.3.6.3 Subsystem & Accessories Power Supply Distribution........................................70
1.3.6.4 Stacked Components & Equipment....................................................................71
1.3.6.5 Static Magnetic Field Limits................................................................................71
1.3.6.6 Electrostatic Discharge Environment & Recommendations...............................71
1.4 Electrical Requirements........................................................................................................72
1.4.1 Introduction..................................................................................................................72
1.4.2 kVA Load Characteristics............................................................................................72
1.5 Planning for Storage.............................................................................................................73
1.5.1 Temporary Storage in the Hospital..............................................................................73
1.5.2 Packing Information.....................................................................................................73
1.5.3 Constraints for Moving the Equipment Into the Room.................................................73
1.6 Room Layout Planning.........................................................................................................75
1.6.1 Dimensions and Masses..............................................................................................75
1.6.2 Layout Constraints for Positioning the Reconstruction Station....................................75
1.6.2.1 Floor and Wall Spacing.......................................................................................75
1.6.2.2 General Layout...................................................................................................78
1.6.3 Anchoring to the Floor.................................................................................................80
1.6.3.1 The Positioning Template...................................................................................80
1.6.3.2 Gantry Floor Requirements................................................................................80
1.6.3.3 Anchoring Inserts................................................................................................81
1.6.4 Interconnecting Cables Path and Length.....................................................................81
1.7 Interoperability and Networking Connections.......................................................................84

Table of Contents 15
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

1.7.1 DICOM Compatibility...................................................................................................84


1.7.2 Storage Capacity.........................................................................................................84
1.7.3 Networking Connections..............................................................................................84
1.8 Associated Review Workstations.........................................................................................86
1.9 Cable Lay-out and Pin-out....................................................................................................87
1.9.1 Internal Reconstruction Station Cabling......................................................................87
1.9.1.1 Ground Cable – C5-C5 AWG12 LG450 (5365831)............................................87
1.9.1.2 Ground Cable – FAS C5 AWG12 LG420 (5365830)..........................................87
1.9.1.3 Ground Cable – FAS C5 AWG12 LG1000 (5366584)........................................87
1.9.2 Reconstruction Station to Control Station Cabling.......................................................88
1.9.2.1 Short Harness Cables.........................................................................................88
1.9.2.1.1 W801 Cable — Short Gigabit Ethernet Cable for the Reconstruction
Computer to ADS Computer (5434079).................................................88
1.9.2.1.2 W802 Cable – Short Gigabit Ethernet Cable for the Hospital Network
(5434078)...............................................................................................89
1.9.2.1.3 Short Reconstruction Computer AC Supply Cable (5434166)...................89
1.9.2.1.4 W805 Cable – Short Reconstruction Station Housing Earth Cable...........90
1.9.2.2 Long Harness Cables.........................................................................................90
1.9.2.2.1 W803 Cable — Long Gigabit Ethernet Cable for the Reconstruction
Computer to ADS Computer (5434175).................................................90
1.9.2.2.2 W804 Cable – Long Gigabit Ethernet Cable for the Hospital Network
(5434176)...............................................................................................91
1.9.2.2.3 Long Reconstruction Computer AC Supply Cable (5434167)...................92
1.9.2.2.4 W806 Cable – Long Reconstruction Station Housing Earth Cable............92
1.10 Specifications.....................................................................................................................93
1.10.1 Maximum tolerance of displayed constants in DBT mode.........................................93
1.10.1.1 Manual mode exposure accuracy selected on the X-ray console....................93
1.10.1.2 AOP mode exposure accuracy displayed on the acquisition workstation.........93
1.10.1.3 Compression force and breast thickness displayed on the Gantry Readout....93
1.10.1.4 Tube angulation displayed on the Gantry Readout..........................................93
1.10.2 X-ray tube head movement.......................................................................................93
1.10.3 Radiation and filter information..................................................................................93

16 Table of Contents
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

1.10.3.1 Source to Image Distance (SID).......................................................................93


1.10.3.2 Radiation reference axis...................................................................................94
1.10.3.3 Nominal X-ray tube voltages and currents........................................................94
1.10.3.3.1 Irradiation in AOP mode...........................................................................94
1.10.3.3.2 Irradiation in Manual mode......................................................................94
1.10.3.4 Nominal focal spot size with the MTD...............................................................94
1.10.3.5 Dimensions and locations of all available effective image receptive areas......94
1.10.3.5.1 FOV for 2D acquisitions with MTD...........................................................94
1.10.3.5.2 FOV for 3D acquisitions...........................................................................95
1.10.3.6 Attenuation equivalence...................................................................................96
1.10.3.6.1 Attenuation equivalence at 100 kVp........................................................96
1.10.3.6.2 Attenuation equivalence at 30 kVp..........................................................96
1.10.4 Dose Display and Dose Display Accuracy for AGD...................................................96
1.10.4.1 Dose Display.....................................................................................................96
1.10.4.2 Dose Display Accuracy for AGD.......................................................................97
1.10.5 Applicable Classifications .........................................................................................97
2 Pre Installation Procedures...........................................................................................................98
2.1 About this chapter.................................................................................................................98
2.2 Job Card PRE A001 - Image Backup and RRA Analysis.....................................................99
2.2.1 Objective......................................................................................................................99
2.2.2 Procedure....................................................................................................................99
2.3 Job Card PRE A002 - Ensure Minimum System Level is Met............................................100
2.3.1 Introduction................................................................................................................100
2.3.2 Define the necessary checks.....................................................................................100
2.3.3 Perform FMI12075 checks.........................................................................................102
2.3.3.1 Physical checks................................................................................................102
2.3.3.2 Service desktop checks....................................................................................103
2.3.4 Check the Control Station version.............................................................................104
2.3.5 Next Actions...............................................................................................................105
2.3.5.1 FMI12075 is not applied...................................................................................105
2.3.5.2 The Control Station is a V1/V2/V3....................................................................105

Table of Contents 17
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

2.3.5.3 The appropriate FMIs are applied and the Control Station is a V4...................105
2.3.6 Record Form..............................................................................................................105
2.4 Job Card PRE A003 - Pre Installation Planning - Ensure compatibility with the GE
Breast Tomosynthesis option................................................................................107
2.4.1 Ordering Kits..............................................................................................................107
2.4.2 MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS...............................................................................108
2.4.3 Special Tools and Equipment....................................................................................109
2.4.4 Pre-GE Breast Tomosynthesis Upgrade Scheduling Tasks......................................109
2.4.5 Potential Need For Rotation-Related Gantry Hardware............................................110
2.4.5.1 Deciding What Rotation-Related Gantry Parts to Take Onsite.........................110
2.4.5.2 Q1 2009 Essential Systems (5144816-5) Manufactured With the 3000N
Rotation Gas Spring..................................................................................112
2.4.6 Potential Need to Change BSLM Board....................................................................114
2.4.7 Potential Need For New Monitor on Systems Upgraded by Accelera Kit..................114
2.4.8 Potential Need For Long Reconstruction Cable Harness..........................................114
2.4.9 Planning Upgrades of IDI Mammography Workflow Solutions..................................114
2.4.10 Obtaining Test BTO Images to Check PACS Compatibility.....................................114
2.5 Job Card PRE A004 - Checking for Damage.....................................................................117
2.5.1 POSSIBLE TYPES OF DAMAGE..............................................................................117
2.5.2 CHECKING FOR EXTERNAL DAMAGE...................................................................120
2.5.2.1 Delivery Inspection with Courier.......................................................................120
2.5.2.2 Conduct post-delivery Inspections....................................................................120
2.5.3 CHECKING FOR INTERNAL DAMAGE....................................................................121
2.5.4 REPORTING DAMAGE.............................................................................................121
2.6 Job Card PRE A005 - Unpacking the kit............................................................................122
2.6.4.1 Reception................................................................................................................123
2.6.4.2 Packaging description.............................................................................................123
2.6.4.3 Unpacking the kit....................................................................................................125
2.6.4.3.1 Reconstruction computer.....................................................................................126
2.6.4.3.2 Reconstruction housing.......................................................................................128
2.6.4.3.3 Motorized Tomosynthesis Device (MTD).............................................................129
2.7 Job Card PRE A006 - Overall system behavior check.......................................................132

18 Table of Contents
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

2.7.1 Check the system for Gantry related errors...............................................................132


2.7.2 Check the anchoring of the system...........................................................................132
2.7.3 Perform an acquisition...............................................................................................132

Chapter 4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................133


1 Tomosynthesis Theory................................................................................................................133
1.1 Principles of Operation.......................................................................................................133
1.2 Detector Performance........................................................................................................134
1.3 Angular Sweep Range and Number of Projections............................................................134
1.4 Step-and-shoot tube motion...............................................................................................135
1.5 The 3D X-ray Exposure 3D Sequence...............................................................................135
1.5.1 Full FOV X-ray Exposure 3D Sequence....................................................................135
1.5.2 Partial FOV X-ray Exposure 3D Sequence................................................................136
2 Main GE Breast Tomosynthesis Option Components.................................................................138
2.1 Motorized Tomosynthesis Device (MTD)...........................................................................139
2.1.1 Application Aspects of the MTD.................................................................................139
2.1.2 System Function Aspects of the MTD.......................................................................143
2.1.3 Main characteristics of the MTD................................................................................146
2.1.3.1 MTD grid...........................................................................................................146
2.1.3.2 MTD breast plate..............................................................................................146
2.1.3.3 MTD Dimensions and mass..............................................................................147
2.2 MTD Compatible Detector Rails.........................................................................................147
2.3 Precise 50N Rotation Clutch..............................................................................................147
2.4 Stator Current Filter Assembly Cable.................................................................................147
2.5 Reconstruction Computer...................................................................................................147
2.5.1 Application Aspects of the Reconstruction Computer................................................147
2.5.2 System Function Aspects of the Reconstruction Computer......................................148
2.5.2.1 Reconstruction Computer Hardware................................................................148
2.5.2.2 Power Aspects of the Reconstruction Computer..............................................149
2.5.2.3 Networking Aspects of the Reconstruction Computer......................................149
2.5.2.4 Unique ID (MAC address) of the Reconstruction Computer.............................149

Table of Contents 19
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

2.6 3D Foot Pedal.....................................................................................................................149


2.6.1 Application Aspects of the 3D Foot Pedal.................................................................149
2.6.2 System Function Aspects of the 3D Foot Pedal........................................................150
2.7 DBT Compatible Lift Board.................................................................................................150
2.8 Multiplug and UPS Supply Cable.......................................................................................151
2.9 Gigabit Ethernet Switch......................................................................................................152
2.10 Software and Firmware Versions.....................................................................................153
3 Product History............................................................................................................................156
3.1 Software Evolution..............................................................................................................156
3.2 Hardware Evolution............................................................................................................157
3.2.1 Version 4....................................................................................................................157
3.2.2 Aurora M4..................................................................................................................157
4 Exposure Sequence Description.................................................................................................158
4.1 2D Exposure Sequence Description...................................................................................158
4.2 3D Exposure Sequence Description...................................................................................159
5 System Differences.....................................................................................................................161
5.1 Differences to the ADS Browser.........................................................................................161
5.1.1 Available Reconstruction Disk Space........................................................................161
5.1.2 Launching Volume Reconstruction Manually.............................................................162
5.1.3 Reconstruction Queue...............................................................................................162
5.2 Differences to the Service Desktop....................................................................................164
5.2.1 Launching the Service Desktop.................................................................................164
5.2.2 Home Page................................................................................................................164
5.2.3 Calibrations................................................................................................................165
5.2.3.1 Detector calibrations.........................................................................................165
5.2.3.2 Calibration: Positioner Summary......................................................................166
5.2.4 IQ Checks..................................................................................................................167
5.2.5 Reconstruction Computer Configuration....................................................................169
5.3 Networking Differences......................................................................................................171
5.3.1 System Networking and Internal Communication......................................................171
5.3.2 Firewall and Port Forwarding.....................................................................................173

20 Table of Contents
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

5.3.3 Network File System and Changes to the Database.................................................177


5.3.3.1 Network File System and Database.................................................................177
5.4 Other Differences To The System......................................................................................180
5.4.1 Premium and Fine View.............................................................................................180
5.4.1.1 Image processing.............................................................................................180
5.4.1.2 Processed image..............................................................................................180
5.4.2 Mechanical motion.....................................................................................................180
5.4.2.1 Source starting position....................................................................................180
5.4.2.2 Source trajectory...............................................................................................180
5.4.2.3 Apparent focal spot size and handling of vibrations.........................................181
5.4.3 X-ray tube..................................................................................................................181
5.4.3.1 Introduction.......................................................................................................181
5.4.3.2 Focal spot.........................................................................................................181
5.4.3.2.1 Possible values for direct focal distance..................................................181
5.4.3.2.2 Position of the intersection of the reference axis with the image
reception area for a specified direct focal distance..............................181
5.4.3.2.3 Angle of the reference axis to the plane of the image reception area......181
6 System Diagrams........................................................................................................................182
6.1 Acquisition System Entry Block Diagram...........................................................................182
6.2 Column Block Diagram.......................................................................................................183
6.3 Compression Arm Block Diagram......................................................................................184
6.4 Control Station Block Diagram...........................................................................................186
6.5 Reconstruction Station Block Diagram...............................................................................188
7 Parts............................................................................................................................................189
7.1 Component Index...............................................................................................................189
7.2 Component location............................................................................................................196
7.2.1 Generator...................................................................................................................196
7.2.2 Gantry........................................................................................................................197
7.2.3 Control Station...........................................................................................................197
7.2.4 MTD...........................................................................................................................198
7.2.5 Reconstruction Station...............................................................................................198

Table of Contents 21
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Chapter 5 INSTALLATION...................................................................................................................199
1 About this chapter........................................................................................................................199
2 Scenario IST A001 - Installation..................................................................................................200
2.1 Context...............................................................................................................................200
2.2 Steering Guide....................................................................................................................200
3 Job Card IST A000 - AOP Configuration Check.........................................................................205
3.3.1 For all systems................................................................................................................205
3.3.1.1 Generator AOP Mode Configuration Check.................................................................205
3.3.1.2 ADS Computer AOP Mode Configuration Check.........................................................205
3.3.2 For Penduick and above systems with Stereotaxy..........................................................206
4 Job Card IST A001 - Default Internal IP Address Checks...........................................................207
5 Job Card IST A002 - Lift board....................................................................................................209
5.3.1 Disassembly of Lift Board................................................................................................209
5.3.2 Installation of the Lift Board.............................................................................................211
5.3.3 Firmware Check..............................................................................................................213
5.3.4 Check Gantry Readout Cable Position............................................................................214
5.3.5 Functional checks............................................................................................................214
6 Job Card IST A003 - 3D foot pedal.............................................................................................215
7 Job Card IST A004 - Install Accelera Option (systems with V1/V2/V3 Control Station only)......217
8 Job Card IST A005 - Ethernet switch..........................................................................................219
8.3.1 Accessing the Ethernet switch.........................................................................................219
8.3.2 Removing the Ethernet switch.........................................................................................220
8.3.3 Installing the new Ethernet switch...................................................................................220
9 Job Card IST A006 - ADS RAM upgrade....................................................................................224
9.3.1 Remove the Z400 from the Control Station.....................................................................225
9.3.2 Accessing the motherboard.............................................................................................225
9.3.3 Installing the new RAM....................................................................................................227
9.3.4 Reassemble the AWS unit...............................................................................................228
9.3.5 Reconfiguring the System Memory.................................................................................229
10 Job Card IST A007 - Generator ePROMs Upgrade..................................................................231

22 Table of Contents
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

10.3.1 Back up Generator Parameters.....................................................................................232


10.3.2 ePROMs upgrade..........................................................................................................233
10.3.3 Generator Parameters restore.......................................................................................234
11 Job Card IST A008 - Reconstruction Station............................................................................236
11.4.1 Installing the multiplug...................................................................................................242
11.4.2 Connecting the multiplug to the Generator AC supply..................................................244
11.4.3 Positioning of the Reconstruction housing....................................................................246
11.4.3.1 The reconstruction can be placed behind the Control Station....................................247
11.4.3.2 If the reconstruction cannot be placed behind the Control Station.............................248
11.4.3.3 Anchoring the Reconstruction housing ......................................................................248
11.4.4 Opening the Reconstruction housing............................................................................249
11.4.5 Routing the Reconstruction Station cable harness........................................................250
11.4.5.1 The system cable harness enters the Control Station by the left-hand side..............250
11.4.5.2 The system cable harness enters the Control Station by the right-hand side............254
11.4.6 Insert the Reconstruction computer into the housing....................................................257
11.4.7 Connecting the Reconstruction computer.....................................................................258
11.4.8 Grounding the Reconstruction Station...........................................................................262
12 Job Card IST A009 - MTD Deflectors........................................................................................264
13 Job Card IST A010 - Acquisition System Backup.....................................................................267
13.3.1 Update IDC files on the AWS........................................................................................267
13.3.2 ADS Backup..................................................................................................................267
13.3.2.1 Query and record the settings of the Network Interface Card (NIC)...........................268
13.3.2.2 Manually Backup System Options..............................................................................270
13.3.3 IDC Backup...................................................................................................................270
14 Job Card IST A011 - Gantry Components Software Update.....................................................271
15 Job Card IST A012 - IDC Software Upgrade............................................................................272
15.3.1 Install the Linux-based CTT operating system and IDC application software (35
minutes).................................................................................................................273
15.3.2 Update IDC Files...........................................................................................................273
15.3.3 Restore IDC Configuration............................................................................................273
15.3.3.1 For upgraded systems that had the V1/V2, or V3 Control Station (with SB150 or
U20 computer).......................................................................................................273

Table of Contents 23
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

15.3.3.2 For upgraded systems that already had the V4 Control Station (with Z400 computer)273
16 Job Card IST A012a - IDC Calibration Restore.........................................................................274
17 Job Card IST A012b - Detector Calibration (for new systems and those just field upgraded
to Accelera).................................................................................................................276
18 Job Card IST A012c - Configure Detector.................................................................................278
18.3.1 Update IDC Files...........................................................................................................278
18.3.2 Load Detector Parameters............................................................................................279
18.3.3 Load Detector Firmware (pre-LFOV2 systems only).....................................................279
19 Job Card IST A013 - AWS Software Installation.......................................................................281
19.3.1 ADS Installation From Scratch......................................................................................282
19.3.2 Verifying ADS installation Success................................................................................282
20 Job Card IST A013a – Collimator Check Script Installation......................................................284
21 Job Card IST A014 - Create RSA Key and Update ADS Hostname.........................................286
21.3.1 Ensure that the Reconstruction Computer is Powered ON...........................................286
21.3.2 Create RSA Key and Update ADS Hostname...............................................................286
22 Job Card IST A014a - AWS Configuration Restore..................................................................288
22.4.1 Restore ADS configuration parameters.........................................................................288
22.4.2 Post-restore tasks..........................................................................................................289
23 Job Card IST A014b - AWS Configuration................................................................................291
23.2.1 Restore Tasks...............................................................................................................291
23.2.2 Post-restore Tasks........................................................................................................292
24 Job Card IST A015 – MTD Unique ID Declaration....................................................................293
25 Job Card IST A016 - Provide Documentation...........................................................................295
25.3.1 User and Service Technical Publications......................................................................295
25.3.2 Other Technical Publications.........................................................................................296
26 Job Card IST A017 - Send Localization Card and Send Completion Report............................297
27 Job Card IST A018 - Premium View Configuration...................................................................298
28 Job Card IST A019 - Stereotaxy Configuration.........................................................................300
29 Job Card IST A021 - MTD table stand......................................................................................302
30 Job Card IST A022 - Upgrade Rotation Board and Rotation Gas Spring.................................305
30.4.1 Check and if necessary, upgrade Rotation Board.........................................................307

24 Table of Contents
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

30.4.2 Check and if necessary, upgrade Rotation Gas Spring.................................................308


31 Job Card IST A023 - Detector Rails..........................................................................................310
31.4.1 Determine if the Existing Detector Rails Need Changing..............................................311
31.4.2 Remove the Existing Detector Rails..............................................................................311
31.4.3 Install the Compatible Detector Rails............................................................................312
32 Job Card IST A024 - Upgrade Precise 50N Rotation Clutch.....................................................316
32.3.1 Prerequisites..................................................................................................................316
32.3.2 Disassembly of the Clutch.............................................................................................317
32.3.3 Reassembly of the Clutch..............................................................................................318
32.3.4 Check Cable Positioning...............................................................................................320
33 Job Card IST A025 – BSLM Board Compatibility Check...........................................................322
34 Job Card IST A026 - Upgrade 100N Gas Spring for Rotation Worm Gear...............................324
35 Job Card IST A027 - Stator Current Filter Assembly Cable......................................................326
36 Job Card ELE A021 – External Network Configuration.............................................................331
36.3.1 Obtain summary of previous external networking information from manual backup.....335
36.3.2 Re-configure external network IP address, external network netmask and default
gateway on the Reconstruction Computer............................................................335
36.3.2.1 Configure the External Network IP Address; Netmask, and Routing (Gateway)
Information on the Reconstruction Computer........................................................335
36.3.2.2 Adding additional gateways or default routes.............................................................336
36.3.3 Restore permitted hosts................................................................................................338
36.3.4 Make hospital network connection, and if necessary restore Network Interface Card
(NIC) speed settings..............................................................................................339
36.3.4.1 Make network connection to the hospital network......................................................339
36.3.4.2 Determine hospital maximum network speed.............................................................339
36.3.4.3 If necessary, permanently configure the supported network speed...........................342
37 Job Card ELE A022 – Worklist AE Title Configuration..............................................................346
38 Job Card ELE A025 - Reconstruction Computer and/or ADS Computer Post Install
Configuration...............................................................................................................348
38.3.1 Restoring the Reconstruction Computer Configuration (post LFC)...............................348
38.3.1.1 Reestablish connectivity with the ADS Computer......................................................348
38.3.1.2 Restore the Reconstruction Computer Configuration.................................................350

Table of Contents 25
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

38.3.2 Restoring the ADS Computer Configuration (post LFC)................................................352


38.3.2.1 Reestablish connectivity with the Reconstruction Computer......................................352
38.3.2.2 Restore the ADS Computer Configuration.................................................................352
39 Job Card ELE A030 - Software and firmware reload or update................................................355
39.1 Positioner software and firmware.....................................................................................355
39.1.1 Gantry CPU software (Poseidon)............................................................................355
39.1.2 Gantry node firmware..............................................................................................355
39.2 MTD firmware...................................................................................................................355
39.3 ADS software....................................................................................................................355
39.4 IDC software.....................................................................................................................356
39.5 Reconstruction software...................................................................................................357
40 Job Card ELE A052 - Back Up/Restore....................................................................................358
40.4.1 Backup procedure.........................................................................................................358
40.4.2 Restore procedure.........................................................................................................360
40.4.3 IDC reboot.....................................................................................................................361
40.4.4 Backup troubleshooting.................................................................................................362
41 Job Card ELE A055a - Changing Internal IP Addressing (INT1 network).................................364
41.3.1 Create a Backup Directory............................................................................................368
41.3.2 Disable the Second Internal Network............................................................................368
41.3.3 Change IDC IP Address................................................................................................368
41.3.4 Change Poseidon (Gantry CPU) IP Address.................................................................369
41.3.5 Re-enable the Second Internal Network........................................................................371
41.3.6 Change the ADS Computer Internal IP Address...........................................................371
41.3.7 Copy Backup Files from the IPbak Directory to CD-R...................................................379
41.3.8 Completion....................................................................................................................379
41.3.9 Steering Guide For Future Component Upgrades.........................................................380
41.3.9.1 Steering Guide for Future AWS Software Upgrades on the ADS Computer..............380
41.3.9.2 Steering Guide for Future Software Upgrades on the IDC.........................................380
41.3.9.3 Steering Guide for Future Software Upgrades on the Gantry CPU............................380
42 Job Card ELE A055b - Changing Internal IP Addressing (INT2 network).................................382

26 Table of Contents
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

42.3.1 Modify the configuration of the second internal (INT2) network on the
Reconstruction Computer......................................................................................386
42.3.2 Modify the configuration of the second internal (INT2) network on the ADS Computer 389
42.3.2.1 Modify the Solaris Network Settings on the ADS Computer.......................................389
42.3.2.2 Update the hosts file on the ADS Computer...............................................................399
42.3.3 Reverting back the configuration of the second internal (INT2) network on the ADS
Computer to the default values..............................................................................402
42.3.3.1 Revert back the Solaris Network Settings on the ADS Computer..............................402
42.3.3.2 Revert back the hosts file on the ADS Computer.......................................................412

Chapter 6 CALIBRATIONS AND CONFIGURATION..........................................................................417


1 Job Card CAL A001 - Detector Gain Calibration 3D...................................................................417
1.4.1 Detector Gain Calibration................................................................................................418
1.4.2 Corrective actions after failure.........................................................................................419
2 Job Card CAL A043 - Detector Gain Calibration 2D MTD..........................................................421
2.4.1 Detector Gain Calibration................................................................................................421
2.4.2 Corrective actions after failure.........................................................................................423
3 Job Card CAL A048 - Calibration of Compression Force Sensor MTD......................................425
3.4.1 Compression Force Sensor Calibration...........................................................................426
3.4.2 Compression Force Sensor Calibration Check...............................................................427
4 Job Card CAL A049 - Compression Paddle Offset Calibration MTD..........................................428
4.4.1 Paddle Number References............................................................................................428
4.4.2 Display the existing Offset for Compression Paddles......................................................429
4.4.3 Define the Current Offset for Each of the Compression Paddles....................................430
4.4.4 Specify final the Offset for Each of the Compression Paddles........................................431
5 Job Card CAL A050 - Compression Thickness Calibration MTD................................................434
5.4.1 Compression Thickness Calibration................................................................................434
5.4.2 Compression Thickness Calibration Check.....................................................................435
6 Job Card CAL A051 - AOP Calibration with MTD.......................................................................437
7 Job Card CFG A001 - Reconstruction Computer Configuration.................................................439
7.1 Accessing the Reconstruction Computer Configuration Pages..........................................439
7.2 Reconstruction Computer Configuration Pages.................................................................439

Table of Contents 27
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

7.3 Access................................................................................................................................440
7.4 DICOM................................................................................................................................440
7.5 Image Quality.....................................................................................................................441
7.5.1 General IQ Configuration Parameters.......................................................................442
7.6 Networking..........................................................................................................................442
7.6.1 Configuring the external network IP address and netmask.......................................442
7.6.2 Configuring the default gateway................................................................................444

Chapter 7 CHECKS..............................................................................................................................445
1 Job Card CHK A001 - Angulation Check....................................................................................445
1.4.1 Column to Detector Earth Cables....................................................................................445
1.4.2 Detector Cable Set..........................................................................................................447
2 Job Card CHK A002 - Compression Paddle Chest Wall Test.....................................................451
2.4.1 Compression Paddle Chest Wall Test.............................................................................451
2.4.2 Compression Paddle (Coin) Measurements....................................................................452
2.4.3 Action Limits....................................................................................................................456
3 Job Card CHK A003 - Flat Field 3D............................................................................................459
3.4.1 Accessing the test...........................................................................................................461
3.4.2 Performing the test..........................................................................................................461
3.4.3 Corrective action in case of failure..................................................................................462
3.4.3.1 Brightness Non Uniformity Test Fails...........................................................................462
3.4.3.2 Signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) Non uniformity Fails..........................................................464
4 Job Card CHK A004 - Image Acquisition and ACR Score 3D.....................................................465
5 Job Card CHK A005 - AOP check 3D.........................................................................................469
5.4.1 Accessing the test screen................................................................................................470
5.4.2 Performing the test..........................................................................................................470
6 Job Card CHK A006 - Volume Coverage....................................................................................472
6.4.1 Performing the test..........................................................................................................473
6.4.2 Corrective actions after failure.........................................................................................474
7 Job Card CHK A010 - Grid texture..............................................................................................475
7.4.1 Accessing the test...........................................................................................................476

28 Table of Contents
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

7.4.2 Performing the test..........................................................................................................476


8 Job Card CHK A011 - Ground Continuity and Leakage Current Tests.......................................478
8.4.1 Zero the Resistance Offset of the Electrical Safety Analyzer..........................................480
8.4.2 Prepare the System for the Tests....................................................................................481
8.4.3 Perform Protective Earth Resistance Tests.....................................................................482
8.4.4 Perform Leakage Current Tests......................................................................................485
9 Job Card CHK A012 - Overall system behavior check................................................................490
9.1 Check the system for Gantry related errors........................................................................490
10 Job Card CHK A020 – Collimator Compatibility Check.............................................................491
11 Job Card CHK A029 - Breast Support Tests for the MTD.........................................................493
11.3.1 MTD Locking Mechanism Tests....................................................................................494
11.3.1.1 Test MTD Locking Mechanism Locking Action...........................................................494
11.3.1.2 Test MTD 3D light.......................................................................................................495
11.3.1.3 Test MTD Locking Mechanism Release Action..........................................................496
11.3.2 Red Line Test................................................................................................................497
11.3.3 5 mm Test......................................................................................................................499
12 Job Card CHK A033 — CNR and MTF Measurement with MTD..............................................500
13 Job Card CHK A037 - Image Acquisition and ACR Score 2D MTD..........................................503
13.4.1 Preparing the test..........................................................................................................504
13.4.2 Accessing the test.........................................................................................................505
13.4.3 Performing the test........................................................................................................506
14 Job Card CHK A038 - AOP Mode and SNR Check 2D MTD....................................................508
14.4.1 Accessing the test.........................................................................................................509
14.4.2 Performing the test........................................................................................................509
15 Job Card CHK A050 - Breast Tomosynthesis Object Construction Checks.............................512
15.4.1 Initial RIS/HIS Configuration Check...............................................................................513
15.4.2 BTO Construction From a Worklist from RIS/HIS (DICOM Conformance Statement). .514
16 Job Card CHK A051 - PACS Compatibility Tests With Breast Tomosynthesis Objects...........519
16.4.1 PACS Compatibility Checks With BTO..........................................................................520

Table of Contents 29
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Chapter 8 SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION AND FOLLOW-UP.................................................................525


1 About this chapter........................................................................................................................525
2 LBK-A001 - System configuration form.......................................................................................526
2.1 General System Information...............................................................................................526
2.2 CESM Option......................................................................................................................529
2.3 CAD Configuration..............................................................................................................529
3 LBK-A003 - Back-up/restore procedure - AWS parameters manual record sheets....................530
3.1 Site information and general configuration.........................................................................531
3.2 Filter management..............................................................................................................532
3.3 Browser preferences..........................................................................................................535
3.4 Medical application preferences.........................................................................................536
3.5 Worklist management.........................................................................................................541
3.6 Worklist Query Definitions..................................................................................................541
3.7 Network management........................................................................................................541
3.8 Printer management...........................................................................................................542
3.9 PPS management..............................................................................................................545
3.10 Needle setup....................................................................................................................545
3.11 AOP configuration............................................................................................................546
3.12 Network routing information (S93ROUTE File)................................................................547
3.13 IP filters information (permitted network hosts)................................................................548
4 LBK-A004 - System Configuration form Reconstruction Computer............................................549
4.1 INTRODUCTION................................................................................................................549
4.2 MANUAL PARAMETER BACKUP.....................................................................................549

Chapter 9 SIP MAINTENANCE ADDENDUM......................................................................................551


1 SIP Maintenance Addendum.......................................................................................................551
1.1 Rotation Related Differences..............................................................................................551
1.2 Lift Related Differences......................................................................................................553
1.3 Ethernet Switch Related Differences..................................................................................554
1.4 Generator Supply Command Board Stator Current Filter Assembly Cable........................554
1.5 Collimator Check Script Related Differences.....................................................................554

30 Table of Contents
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

1.6 Networking Related Differences.........................................................................................555


1.7 AWS User Interface Related Differences...........................................................................555
1.8 Option Specific FRUs.........................................................................................................556

Chapter 10 TROUBLESHOOTING......................................................................................................557
1 Diagnostics..................................................................................................................................557
1.1 Job Card DIAG A1000 - Gantry Diagnostic........................................................................557
1.1.1 JC DIAG A1700 3D FOOT PEDAL IS DETECTED PRESSED.................................557
1.1.2 JC DIAG A1701 MTD/POS COMMUNICATION........................................................558
2 Error Messages...........................................................................................................................559
2.1 About this chapter...............................................................................................................559
2.2 Job Card ERR SUB A001 - Generator Error messages.....................................................560
2.2.1 Introduction................................................................................................................560
2.2.2 How to view the error log...........................................................................................560
2.2.3 Error code structure...................................................................................................560
2.2.4 Generator error messages.........................................................................................560
2.3 Job Card ERR SUB A003 - Gantry and MTD Error messages..........................................564
2.3.1 How to view the error log...........................................................................................564
2.3.2 Error message structure............................................................................................564
2.3.3 Gantry error messages..............................................................................................564
2.4 Job Card ERR SUB A005 - AWS Error messages.............................................................578
2.4.1 How to view the error log...........................................................................................578
2.4.2 AWS error messages.................................................................................................578
2.5 Job Card ERR SUB A007 - IDC Error messages...............................................................579
2.5.1 How to view the error log...........................................................................................579
2.5.2 IDC error messages...................................................................................................579
2.6 Job Card ERR SUB A010 - Reconstruction Computer Error messages............................581
2.6.1 How to view the error log...........................................................................................581
2.6.2 Reconstruction Computer error messages................................................................581

Chapter 11 PARTS REPLACEMENT...................................................................................................587


1 Job Card D/R A001 - MTD Table Stand......................................................................................587

Table of Contents 31
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

2 Job Card D/R A002 - MTD..........................................................................................................590


2.4.1 Unpack the new MTD......................................................................................................591
2.4.2 Pack the defective MTD..................................................................................................591
2.4.3 Register the UID the new MTD with the system..............................................................591
2.4.4 Calibrations and checks..................................................................................................591
3 Job Card D/R A003 - MTD Deflectors.........................................................................................594
4 Job Card D/R A004 - MTD Compression Knobs.........................................................................597
4.3.1 Removing the MTD compression knob...........................................................................598
4.3.2 Installing the MTD compression knob.............................................................................599
5 Job Card D/R A005 - MTD Compression Paddle........................................................................601
6 Job Card D/R A006 - Reconstruction Station..............................................................................604
6.3.1 Disassemble Old Reconstruction Computer....................................................................605
6.3.2 Reassemble New Reconstruction Computer...................................................................608
6.3.3 Install the Reconstruction Computer Software (LFC) and reinstall side covers..............612
6.3.4 Load the Reconstruction Computer Software..................................................................613
6.3.5 Restore the Reconstruction Computer Configuration (post LFC)....................................614
6.3.5.1 Reestablish connectivity with the ADS Computer........................................................614
6.3.5.2 Restore the Reconstruction Computer Configuration...................................................615
7 Job Card D/R A007- Ethernet Switch..........................................................................................618
7.3.1 Disassemble Old Ethernet Switch...................................................................................618
7.3.2 Reassemble New Ethernet Switch..................................................................................619
8 Job Card D/R A008 - 3D foot pedal.............................................................................................623
9 Job Card D/R A010 - Generator ePROMs..................................................................................626
9.4.1 Remove Existing ePROMs on the Generator CPU Board...............................................628
9.4.2 Install New ePROMs on the Generator CPU Board........................................................629
9.4.3 Restore Generator Parameters.......................................................................................630
10 Job Card D/R A011 - ADS RAM................................................................................................633
10.3.1 Remove the ADS computer from the Control Station....................................................633
10.3.2 Accessing the motherboard...........................................................................................634
10.3.3 Installing the new RAM..................................................................................................636
10.3.4 Re-configuring the System Memory..............................................................................637

32 Table of Contents
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

11 Job Card D/R A012 - Lift Board.................................................................................................640


11.3.1 Disassembly of Lift Board..............................................................................................641
11.3.2 Reassembly of the Lift Board........................................................................................642
11.3.3 Firmware Check............................................................................................................644
11.3.4 Check Gantry Readout Cable Position..........................................................................645
11.3.5 Functional checks..........................................................................................................645
12 Job Card D/R A013 - AWS Unit.................................................................................................646
12.3.1 Change AWS Unit, Recuperate RAM and Load AWS Software...................................646
12.3.2 Restore AWS Configuration..........................................................................................648
12.3.2.1 Reestablish connectivity with the Reconstruction Computer......................................648
12.3.2.2 Restore the ADS Computer Configuration.................................................................649
13 Job Card D/R A014 – Gantry CPU Board, Rotation Board, or Compression Board.................651
14 Job Card D/R A016 - Detector Rails..........................................................................................653
14.3.1 Disassemble the Existing Detector Rails.......................................................................653
14.3.2 Reassemble the New Detector Rails.............................................................................654
14.3.3 Post Installation Checks................................................................................................656
15 Job Card D/R A017 - Precise 50N Rotation Clutch...................................................................658
15.3.1 Prerequisites..................................................................................................................658
15.3.2 Disassembly of the Clutch.............................................................................................659
15.3.3 Reassembly of the Clutch..............................................................................................659
15.3.4 Check Cable Positioning...............................................................................................662
16 Job Card D/R A018 - Stator Current Filter Assembly Cable.....................................................664
17 Job Card D/R A235 – Compression Paddle Plate.....................................................................669
17.4.1 Compression Plate Replacement Procedure for 19x23 MTD Sliding Compression
Paddle...................................................................................................................671
17.4.1.1 Removal of the compression plate (sliding MTD).......................................................671
17.4.1.2 Reassembly of the paddle..........................................................................................672
17.4.2 Compression Plate Replacement Procedure for 24x31 Standard and elevated MTD
Compression Paddles...........................................................................................673
17.4.2.1 Removal of the compression plate (for 24x31 standard & elevated paddle for MTD) 673
17.4.2.2 Reassembly of the paddle..........................................................................................673

Table of Contents 33
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Chapter 12 PLANNED MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................677


1 Scenario PM A001 - Planned maintenance steering guide.........................................................677
1.1 Context...............................................................................................................................677
1.2 Actions Prior To PM Visit....................................................................................................677
1.3 PM Task Schedule (Visits 1-6)...........................................................................................678
2 Job Card PM A001 - Site Status..................................................................................................681
2.1 Current site status..............................................................................................................681
2.2 Check for Rotation Slippage Issues...................................................................................681
2.3 Site logbook........................................................................................................................681
2.4 Review system operation with customer............................................................................681
3 Job Card PM A002 - MTD compression knobs tightening..........................................................682
4 Job Card PM A003 - Reconstruction Station cleaning................................................................685
5 Job Card PM A004 - Forced File System Check on Reconstruction Computer..........................688

34 Table of Contents
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Chapter 1 Safety
1 Introduction
This chapter contains safety information specific to the option.

For safety information regarding the System refer to the Safety chapter in the Core SIP.

CAUTION
Connection of the system to a network/data coupling that includes other equipment
could result in previously unidentified risks to patients, operators or third parties
The responsible organization should identify, analyze, evaluate and control these
risks.
Subsequent changes to the network/data coupling could introduce new risks and
require additional analysis.

Changes to the network/data coupling include:

• changes in network/data coupling configuration,

• connection of additional items to the network/data coupling

• disconnecting items from the network/data coupling

• update of equipment connected to the network/data coupling

• upgrade of equipment connected to the network/data coupling.

WARNING
IF THIS EQUIPMENT IS MODIFIED, APPROPRIATE INSPECTION AND
TESTING MUST BE CONDUCTED TO ENSURE CONTINUED SAFE USE OF
THE EQUIPMENT.

WARNING
THE USE OF ACCESSORIES, TRANSDUCERS AND CABLES OTHER THAN
THOSE SPECIFIED, WITH THE EXCEPTION OF TRANSDUCERS AND CABLES
SOLD BY THE MANUFACTURER OF THE SYSTEM AS REPLACEMENT PARTS
FOR INTERNAL COMPONENTS, MAY RESULT IN INCREASED EMISSIONS OR
DECREASED IMMUNITY OF THE SYSTEM.

Chapter 1 Safety 35
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

2 Definition of Warnings and Notes

DANGER
INDICATES AN IMMINENTLY HAZARDOUS SITUATION THAT, IF NOT
AVOIDED, WILL RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY.

WARNING
INDICATES A POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS SITUATION THAT, IF NOT
AVOIDED, COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY.

CAUTION
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation that, if not avoided, could result in minor
or moderate injury.

NOTICE
Used for instructions to the Operator to prevent damage to property.

NOTE: Used to draw attention to information that is important for the Operator to know.

36 2 Definition of Warnings and Notes


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

3 Job Card LOTO A001 - Lock-Out / Tag-Out (LOTO) Procedures


3.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Field Engineer Not Applicable 25 mins Not Applicable

3.2 Overview
Lock-out / Tag-out (LOTO) is a process that ensures all energy sources are locked in a safe
condition, and remain secured in order to prevent the unintentional energizing of equipment.

This Job Card establishes the minimum requirements according to GEHC Standards, for locking
out live power in order to achieve the power isolation required to carry out any installation,
deinstallation, maintenance, or repair work on the Senographe system.

All authorized personnel are required to follow these instructions, as well as any other safety
procedures related to the operation of the Senographe system, or to work carried out in areas
close to the Senographe system.

3.3 Preliminary Requirements


3.3.1 Tools and Test Equipment
Illustration 1-1: LOTO kit

Chapter 1 Safety 37
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer


Small Yellow Box (A) 1 Used to secure - -
disconnected
power cable
connections.
Large Yellow Box (B) 1 Used to secure - -
disconnected
power cable
connections.
Red Padlock (and key) (C) 1 Used during - -
and Red Label (D) work time of a
Field Engineer.
Yellow Padlock and key (E) 1 Used during - -
and Yellow Label (F) non-work time
of a Field
Engineer.
Mutihasp (G) 1 Used in - -
conjunction
with multiple
padlocks when
more than one
Field Engineer
is required for
the task.
Blue "Lockout Point" Labels 1 - - -
(H)
Standard Tool Box 1 - - -
Digital Multimeter with a 1 - - -
1000 V rating

3.3.2 Safety

WARNING
THE FOLLOWING ELECTRICAL RISK IS ASSOCIATED WITH THE SYSTEM:
220V MONOPHASE AC MAINS POWER SUPPLY IN THE LINE SUPPLY CABLE
GOING FROM THE MAINS DISTRIBUTION PANEL INTO THE GENERATOR.
FAILURE TO ISOLATE DANGEROUS POWER SOURCES MAY CAUSE
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.

38 3 Job Card LOTO A001 - Lock-Out / Tag-Out (LOTO)


Procedures
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

WARNING
THE FOLLOWING ELECTRICAL RISK IS ASSOCIATED WITH THE SYSTEM:
STORED RESIDUAL VOLTAGE WITHIN THE CAPACITORS OF GENERATOR.
FAILURE TO ISOLATE DANGEROUS POWER SOURCES MAY CAUSE
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.

WARNING
THE FOLLOWING ELECTRICAL RISK IS ASSOCIATED WITH THE SYSTEM:
EXTERNAL POWER SOURCE FOR THE ROOM LAMPS THAT ARE
CONNECTED TO THE GENERATOR RELAY BOARD.
FAILURE TO ISOLATE DANGEROUS POWER SOURCES MAY CAUSE
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.

3.3.3 Required Conditions


Condition Reference Effectivity
The external power source for the room - -
lamps must be under 30 V. If the room
lamps power source exceeds 30 V you
must change this power source.
To perform a LOTO procedure you must - -
have undergone LOTO training .

3.4 Procedure
3.4.1 Prepare the LOTO procedure
Before the actual procedure start, a few preparatory steps must be performed.

1. If not already, obtain the site specific LOTO procedure available to hand.

The specific LOTO procedure may vary from site to site and depends on the Mains
Distribution Panel at the hospital.

The specific LOTO procedure will be similar in content to the present Job Card, but may
address items that are specific to the hospital configuration.

2. Verbally inform all personnel:

• of the date and time on which the lock-out will take place,

• of the date and time at which the equipment will be operational again.

3. Inform all the users of the Senographe system that it is currently decommissioned from
operation and that they can no longer use the Senographe system until they are instructed that
the Senographe system is recommissioned.

Chapter 1 Safety 39
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

3.4.2 Identify the energy sources on the system


1. On the Mains Distribution Panel, identify the power source which supplies AC power to the
Line Supply Cable which goes into the Generator.

2. Identify the points where there is electrical energy in the system and the magnitude or the
electrical energy.

3. Identify the power source which supplies the lamp cables that go into the Generator Relay
board.

3.4.3 Switch the Senographe system OFF


1. Go to the AWS Browser.

2.
Click the [system shutdown] button .

A confirmation message appears asking if the entire system should be shut down.

3. Click on [YES].

Complete system and UPS shut down takes about two minutes from switch-off.

NOTE: The Control Station follows an automatic shutdown procedure. No prompts are
displayed.
Do not disturb this procedure by attempting to enter commands at this time. It is
designed to safeguard image and patient data.

4. Ensure that the Acquisition Workstation has completed its shutdown.

Shutdown is complete when there is no longer any display on the LCD Monitor screen (i.e.,
the screen appears black), and the LEDs on the UPS are off.

3.4.4 Isolation of the Generator Line Supply power source


You must isolate two types of power source which lead into the Generator of the Senographe
system:

• the Mains Distribution Panel which supplies the power source for the Line Supply Cable going
into the Generator,

• the power source for the room lamps running into the Generator.

3.4.4.1 Isolating the Mains Distribution Panel


The Mains Distribution Panel may vary in different hospital. The specific details are listed in the
site specific LOTO procedure. Use the following generic steps to isolate the power source going
to the Senographe system:

1. Turn the handle of the Mains Distribution Panel into the OFF position to switch off the AC mains
power going to the Generator cabinet.

40 3 Job Card LOTO A001 - Lock-Out / Tag-Out (LOTO)


Procedures
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

2. Press the OFF button on the front of the Mains Distribution Panel.

3. Turn all the necessary switches/breakers on the front of the Mains Distribution Panel into the
OFF position.

3.4.4.2 Isolating the Room Lamps power source


1. Locate the power source of the room lamps that route electrical energy into the Relay Board
on the Generator.

2. Isolate the power source.

The room lamps power source can vary in different hospitals. Typically you will need to cut
the power source circuit breaker or isolator.

3.4.5 Apply LOTO


If the activity requires one Field Engineer go to Section 3.4.5.1. If the activity requires more than
one Field Engineer go to Section 3.4.5.2.

3.4.5.1 If the activity requires one Field Engineer


NOTE: The key and the red LOTO padlock are the personal property of the individual Field
Engineer and must never be loaned to others.

1. Install an open red LOTO padlock onto the Mains Distribution Panel.

2. Insert a red LOTO label to isolate incoming supply.

Chapter 1 Safety 41
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

3. Close the red LOTO padlock.

3.4.5.2 If the activity requires more than one Field Engineer


NOTE: The key and the red LOTO padlock is the personal property of the individual Field
Engineer and must never be loaned to others.

1. Install the Multihasp onto the Mains Distribution Panel.

If required, use the appropriate RED plastic adapter from the LOTO kit to lock-out individual
breakers according to size or type.

2. Install one red LOTO padlock and one red LOTO tag on the Multihasp for each Field Engineer.

3.4.5.3 Final steps


1. Write the date and Field Engineer name on each of the red LOTO labels.

42 3 Job Card LOTO A001 - Lock-Out / Tag-Out (LOTO)


Procedures
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

2. Apply reasonable (not excessive) force to perform a "try-out". Make sure that the LOTO device
does not allow you to switch on the power at the Mains Distribution Panel.

3.4.6 Discharge stored energy


1. Remove the four Generator side panels (see Job Card PHY A042 - Remove/Reinstall
Generator Covers in the Senographe Essential SIP).

2. Use a Digital Multimeter to ensure that the Line Supply Cable voltage between L1 and N is at
0 V.

3. Wait for at least ten minutes for the capacitors to discharge .

WARNING
RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK
THE CAPACITORS STORE A HIGH AMOUNT OF ELECTRIC ENERGY
WAIT AT LEAST TEN MINUTES FOR THE CAPACITORS TO DISCHARGE

4. Check for residual voltage using a Digital Multimeter (do not rely on Neon lights).

Chapter 1 Safety 43
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

5. Use a voltmeter with a rating of 1000 VDC to check that there is no residual voltage between
screws S1 and S2 on the Generator.

6. Use the Digital Multimeter to check that the 27 V circuit is at 0 V between the following items
of the Supply Command Board 200PL2:

a. Test Points P27V and 0/27V.

b. Connections on each side of Fuse F3.

44 3 Job Card LOTO A001 - Lock-Out / Tag-Out (LOTO)


Procedures
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

3.4.7 Verify room lamp electrical source is within safe limits


The cables between the XJ1, XJ2 and XJ3 connectors on the Generator Relay board contain a
live voltage of up to 30 V from an external source. This voltage is not harmful to people working
on the Generator. However, the source must be isolated and off when you undertake maintenance
or corrective work so that there is no risk of causing a short circuit which can damage the Generator
or the external power supplies. For personnel safety, it is extremely important that you ensure that
this voltage is no more than the values specified in the following steps.

1. Switch on the room lamp power source in the hospital.

Chapter 1 Safety 45
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

2. Use a Digital Multimeter to ensure that the X-ray ON and Seno ON lamp cables voltage
between the XJ1 and XJ2 connectors on the Generator Relay board are at 30 V or less:

• If the voltage is above 30 V (AC or DC) then before you proceed with your planned
maintenance or corrective tasks, perform the following action: change the electrical
energy source which supplies power to the X-ray ON and Seno ON lamp cables to
ensure that no more than 30 V (AC or DC) is supplied to the Generator Relay board.

• If the voltage is 30 V (AC or DC) or less, continue.

3. Close the room door to ensure that a voltage is present on the Relay board XJ3 connector.

4. Use a Digital Multimeter to ensure that the room door cables voltage between the XJ3
connector on the Generator Relay board are at 24 V DC or less.

• If the voltage is above 24 V DC then, before you proceed with your planned
maintenance or corrective tasks, perform the following action: change the electrical
energy source which supplies power to the room lamp cables so that no more than 24
V DC is supplied to the Generator Relay board.

• If the voltage is 24 V DC or less then continue.

5. Isolate the power source of the room lamps that route electrical energy into the Relay Board
on the Generator.

The room lamps power source can vary in different hospitals, but typically you will need to
cut the power source circuit breaker or isolator.

3.4.8 PROCEDURE FOR THE RECONNECTION OF THE EQUIPMENT


Follow this procedure to return the Senographe system or subsystem components to its normal
operation state:

46 3 Job Card LOTO A001 - Lock-Out / Tag-Out (LOTO)


Procedures
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

1. Remove the tools from the area of the system.

2. Make sure that all the parts and covers are correctly fitted.

3. Inform everybody of the re-connection of the device.

4. Check the area and the equipment.

5. Remove the LOTO devices including locking pins or bolts.

6. Reestablish the power to the system.

7. Return the equipment in its normal operating state.

8. Perform a system function check.

3.5 Finalization
No finalization steps.

Chapter 1 Safety 47
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1
This page left intentionally blank.

48 3 Job Card LOTO A001 - Lock-Out / Tag-Out (LOTO)


Procedures
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Chapter 2 General Descriptive


1 Introduction
1.1 Scope and Applicability of the Publication
This Service publication provides all information required to understand and plan the installation,
to install, and to maintain the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option.

This publication contains only class A information.

It is intended for use by Field Engineers installing and maintaining the system who are employed
by:

• GEMS.

• A third party supplier with an agreed contract with GE.

• A third party supplier without an agreed contract with GE.

Chapter 2 General Descriptive 49


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

1.2 Content of this Publication


This Service Manual contains the following chapters:

• Pre Installation
Specifies the site planning requirements and pre-installation planning procedures required for
the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option.

• System Description
Describes the main technical aspects of the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option, including
functional diagrams and parts list.

• Installation
Provides a steering guide with appropriate installation Job Cards to install the GE Breast
Tomosynthesis option.

• Calibrations and Configuration


Provides Job Cards to calibrate and configure the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option.

• Checks
Provides Job Cards to check various aspects of the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option.

• System Identification and Follow-up


Gives system configuration and service history information, by providing Log Book (LBK) forms
for noting down the existing parameters of the Core Senographe Essential and the GE Breast
Tomosynthesis option.

• Troubleshooting
Lists the error codes and describes the appropriate troubleshooting actions related to the GE
Breast Tomosynthesis option.

• Parts Replacement
Provides the disassembly/reassembly procedures for the parts related to the GE Breast
Tomosynthesis option.

• Planned Maintenance
Provides a steering guide and Job Cards to perform planned maintenance on the GE Breast
Tomosynthesis option.

50 1 Introduction
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

1.3 Publication Conventions


System information, such as command strings, prompts and responses, is represented in
consistent ways throughout this publication.

1.3.1 Reference Conventions


Italics are used to reference other publications:

For more information on installing the Bucky, refer to the Operator Manual.

Blue text is used for hyperlink cross references to other sections within the publication:

For more information about the difference between entering and typing, refer to Section 1.3.4.

1.3.2 Graphical User Interface Conventions


1.3.2.1 Windows and Dialog Boxes, Radio Buttons, Check Boxes and Fields
Titles of windows and dialog boxes are in bold. Also, check boxes, radio buttons and fields are
also in bold. For example:

• The Parameters dialog box appears.

• The Save As dialog box contains a Save in: field, a [Save] button, and a [Cancel] button.

• In the Parameters dialog box, enable the 10 x 12 check box, and click [OK].

• In the Save As dialog box, type an appropriate filename in the Filename field, and click [Save].

1.3.2.2 Buttons
Buttons are surrounded by square brackets. For example:

• Click the [OK] button to continue.

• Click [OK] to continue.

• In the Save As dialog box clicking the [Save] button will save the specified file, while clicking
the [Cancel] button will cancel the save operation.

1.3.2.3 Menus
When an instruction to select a menu option is given, the path to the menu option will be
represented with the menu options in normal typeface and each level separated by an arrow.
Instructions to select menu items within the GUI can vary, as follows:

• If it is obvious which window the procedure is describing, the selection of the menu is simply
as follows:
From the menu bar, select View→Toolbars→Edit.

• If it is not obvious which window the procedure is describing, the instruction also includes the
window before the menu selection as follows:

Chapter 2 General Descriptive 51


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

In the Arbortext Editor window, select View→Toolbars→Edit.

1.3.2.4 Generator menu


When an instruction to navigate in the Generator menu is given, the path will be represented with
the menu options in bold capital letters and each level separated by a slash:

SETUP/SETUP/SETUP/SETUP/SETUP/SETUP/CKSUM/CKSUM

1.3.2.5 Keyboard Keys


Keyboard key names are surrounded by angled brackets, as follows:

• Press the <Y> key to continue.

• Press the <Esc> key to exit.

• Press the <Up Arrow> cursor key to choose the 60 Hz option and press the <Spacebar> to
continue.

1.3.2.6 Mouse Button


It is assumed that the left mouse button is the primary one, as follows:

• When an instruction simply says to click, you must press the left mouse button.

• When an instruction describes which mouse button to click (right mouse click, or middle mouse
click), you must press the appropriate mouse button.

1.3.3 Command Line Interface Conventions


1.3.3.1 Command Strings
Command strings that you enter appear in bold face courier font:

cd /tmp

NOTE: When entering commands, you must type the command string exactly as shown,
including spaces, and then press the <Return> key. However, on some occasions (for
example responding to prompts in an executed script) you do not press the <Return>
key. For more information about the difference between entering and typing, refer to
Section 1.3.4.

Variable parameters appear in italics:

mkdir date

An explanation of the variable follows the command string, as in the following example:

where date is the current date, and takes the format YYYYMMDD.

1.3.3.2 System Prompts and Responses


System prompts and responses appear in courier font:

52 1 Introduction
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Start of Backup
BackUp of Network Management was Successful
BackUp of Worklist Management was Successful
BackUp of Printer Management was Successful
BackUp of Review Room Management was Successful
BackUp of Filter Management was Successful

1.3.3.3 Directory, Path Names and Filenames


Directory names, path names and filenames appear in courier font:

The /tmp directory contains temporary files that are deleted when the system reboots.

1.3.4 Entering and Typing Instructions


Depending on the situation, you are instructed to either type or enter a command or string of text.

When required to press the <Return> key after typing a command or text string, the command or
text string is prefixed with enter or entering. For example, in a command line interface (CLI) you
are instructed as follows:

Move to the temp directory, by entering:

cd /tmp

In some cases you are not required to press the return key after typing a command or string of
text, for example:

• field entries in a graphical user interface (GUI)

• typing a menu option in a CLI which does not require you to press the return (or enter) key

In these cases, you are instructed to type the appropriate command or string of text. For example,
to enter your name in a GUI field you are instructed as follows:

Type your first name in the First Name field.

or

Type 192.168.0.5 in the IP Address field.

1.3.5 References to spacial locations of the systems


References to the sides of the parts of the system (e.g. Gantry and the Control Station) are made
from the absolute standpoint of the part iteself, as shown in the below example:

Chapter 2 General Descriptive 53


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

54 1 Introduction
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

1.4 Acronyms Glossary


Acronym Meaning
A
ACR American College of Radiology
ADS Apollo Digital System
ADU Analog to Digital Unit (or "count")
AGD Average Glandular Dose
AOP Automatic Optimization of Parameters
ARC Analog Readout Chip
B
BNU Brightness Non Uniformity
BPA Bisphenol A
C
CC CranioCaudal
CESM Contrasted Enhanced Spectral Mammography
CF Conversion Factor
CNR Contrast
CsI Cesium Iodide
CTQ Critical to Quality
D
DBT Digital Breast Tomosynthesis
DEHP Di Ethylhexyl Phtalate
DICOM Digital Imaging and Communications in Medicine
DMR Dual Molybdenium
DQE Detective Quantum Efficiency
DRS Design Requirement Specification
E
ESAK Entrance Skin Air Kerma
ESE Entrance Skin Exposure
EUREF European Reference Organization for Quality Assured Breast Screening and Diagnostic
Services
F
FE Field Engineer
FFDM Full Field Digital Mammography
FOV Field of view
FRU Field Replaceable Unit
G
GEN Generator
GUI Graphical User Interface
H
HFM High Frequency Modulation

Chapter 2 General Descriptive 55


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Acronym Meaning
HVL Half
I
IDC Image Detection Controller
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission
IFF Image Feedback Function
IM Installation Manual
IQ Image Quality
IQST Image Quality Signature Test
K
kV kiloVolt
kVp kiloVolt peak
L
LF Large Focal Spot
LFOV Large Field Of View
LRS Long Range Scatter
LSB Least significant bit
LSL Lower Specification Limit
LUT Look Up Table
M
mA milliAmpere
mAs milliAmpere per second
MG DICOM code for Mammography Modality
MLO MedioLateral Oblique
Mo Molybdenum
MPC Medical Procedure Card
MQSA Mammography Quality Standard Acts
MTD Motorized Tomosynthesis Device
MTF Modulation Transfer Function
N
N/A Not Applicable
NPS Noise Power Spectrum
O
OLC On Line Center
OM Operator Manual
OME Operator Manual Extract
OPET Overall Pre-Exposure Time
OS Operating System
P
PIM Pre-Installation Manual
PMMA PolyMethyl MethAcrylate

56 1 Introduction
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Acronym Meaning
PN Part Number
PPS Performed Procedure Step
Q
QAP Quality Assurance Procedure
QC Quality Control
QG Quick Guide
QIF Quantum Improvement Factor
R
RAC Risk Assessment and Control
Rh Rhodium
RoHS Restriction of Use of Hazardous Substances
ROI Region Of Interest
RRA Repeat and Reject Analysis
RWS Review WorkStation
S
SDNR Signal Difference to Noise Ratio
SF Small Focal Spot
SID Source to Image Distance
SIP Service Information Procedures
SM Service Manual
SNR Signal to Noise Ratio
SPS Scheduled Procedure Step
T
Tp Transmission of Primary Radiation
Ts Transmission of Secondary Radiation
U
UID Unique IDentifier
USL Upper Specification Limit

Chapter 2 General Descriptive 57


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

1.5 Proprietary Considerations


This chapter contains information relating to the proprietary aspects of installation and service of
the Senographe system.

• The level of service tools and support available to a service engineer working on the system
at any time depends upon:

○ The equipment life cycle (first installation, in warranty, out of warranty).


○ The category of the service engineer. Access to proprietary service tools is restricted to
GEHC personnel and to service organizations which have entered contracts with GEHC.

○ The existence of a service contract between the customer and GEHC or a recognized
distributor).

• Outside of warranty, the customer can establish a service contract directly with GEHC, or with
a non- GEHC service organization. Non-GEHC service organizations can have Peer license
or Exclusive contracts with GEHC.

1.5.1 CATEGORIES OF SERVICE ENGINEER


Three categories of service engineer can be involved in service operations on the Senographe
Acquisition equipment:

• GE Exclusive. Engineers and technicians employed directly by GE or by recognized


distributors (organizations having exclusive agreements with GE). They carry a current service
key (see ) and have access to all proprietary information and tools, including OLC and Insite
access.

• Peer license. Engineers and technicians employed by organizations which have limited
agreements with GE. For example, hospitals who wish to perform their own maintenance can
enter Peer license agreements with GE.

• Third party. Engineers and technicians employed by organizations which have no licensing
agreement with GE. These can include service organizations which are in competition with
GE.

1.5.2 SERVICE TOOLS


1.5.2.1 Embedded Service Software
Access to some embedded service software is restricted when the category of service is Regular
or Advanced, as summarized here:

Service software Service level

A C M
Regular Advanced Exclusive

Error log No links to corrective actions With links to corrective actions With links to corrective actions

Diagnostics No automated procedures With automated procedures With automated procedures

Image quality Some restrictions Some restrictions No restrictions

Calibrations No restrictions No restrictions No restrictions

58 1 Introduction
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Configuration:

Summary No restrictions No restrictions No restrictions


Site information
General Contract date not modifiable Contract date not modifiable Contract date is modifiable

Insite No access No access Insite access

Utilities N/A N/A Scripts

1.5.2.2 Access to Generator Install and Maintenance Menus

• The Generator Install and Maintenance Menus on the X-ray Console are protected with a
password.

• To access these menus:

○ Press the <SETUP> key and select the option PASSWORD.


○ Enter the password code 5332 to enter the Install and Maintenance menus.
1.5.2.3 IQST Phantom
An IQST Phantom is shipped with the system; there must be one on each site.

An IQST Phantom is essential for certain proprietary (Class M) calibration and verification
operations.

1.5.2.4 Enabling Class C Access to Diagnostics Functions


To enable diagnostic for class C users, GE FE must go on-site with their class M service key
2150965-5 to connect the same service key, allowing to change the installation date on the system.
They must change this date to first day of class-C contract. For a period of one year after this date,
the diagnostic functions are enabled on-site. This operation needs to be repeated every year, until
the end of the class C contract.

1.5.3 SERVICE PUBLICATIONS


1.5.3.1 Service Manual (SM) Class A

• The SIP Class A is a “white” document. It contains only non-proprietary information. It is


intended for use by any service engineer involved in servicing the equipment, including Third
Party employees employed by service organizations in competition with GE.

• Class A information includes all necessary information (descriptive and procedural) for pre-
installation work, installation, and maintenance of the Senographe Essential.

• Class A Job Card numbers are identified with the prefix A.

1.5.3.2 Service Manual (SM) Class C

• The SIP Class C is a “yellow” document. It intended for use only by service engineers operating
under a Peer license, such as employees of a hospital having signed an agreement with GE.

• In addition to all Class A information, the SIP Class C includes advanced information covering
the theory of operation and troubleshooting.

Chapter 2 General Descriptive 59


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

• Class C Job Card numbers are identified with the prefix C.

1.5.3.3 Service Manual (SM) Class M

• The SIP Class M is a “red” document, containing GE-proprietary information. It is intended for
use only by service engineers with GE Exclusive rights, employed directly by GE or by
organizations having an exclusive agreement with GE.

• In addition to all Class A and Class C information, the SIP Class M includes procedures for
advanced Image Quality checks and for Insite check-out.

• Class M Job Card numbers are identified with the prefix M.

60 1 Introduction
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

2 GE Breast Tomosynthesis Labels and Symbols


The label for the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option (Illustration 2-1) is located on the on the
Reconstruction Station housing.

Illustration 2-1: GE Breast Tomosynthesis Label

2.1 Meaning of symbols used in labels

Type B equipment

Alternating current

Chapter 2 General Descriptive 61


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

This symbol indicates that waste electrical and electronic equipment must not be disposed of as unsorted mu‐
nicipal waste and must be collected separately. Please contact an authorized representative of the manufacturer
for information concerning the decommissioning of your equipment.

Name and address of the manufacturer

Date of manufacture

Medical device catalogue number

Medical device serial number

Consult instructions for use. This symbol is white and blue.

Symbol indicating that the Instructions For Use are supplied in electronic form.

62 2 GE Breast Tomosynthesis Labels and Symbols


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

2.2 Meaning of symbols on the equipment and accessories

Symbol used on Motorized Tomosynthesis Device (MTD) compatible accessories, such as the compression
paddles. This symbol may be blue or white.

Symbol indicating the direction to turn the unlocking knob to unlock the MTD compression paddle. Turn the knob
clockwise to unlock the paddle.

Symbol indicating the direction to turn the manual adjustment knob to decompress the patient’s breast manually.
Turn the manual adjustment knob away from the patient to decompress the breast.

Chapter 2 General Descriptive 63


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1
This page left intentionally blank.

64 2 GE Breast Tomosynthesis Labels and Symbols


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Chapter 3 Pre Installation


1 Pre Installation Requirements
1.1 About this Chapter
The following pre installation requirements are specific to the option:

• Environmental Requirements

• IEC60601-1-2 Electromagnetic Standards Compliance

• Planning for Storage

• Room Layout Planning

• Networking connections

• Associated review workstations

The following requirements are common between the option and the core system, they can be
found in the Pre-Installation System Requirements chapter in the Service Information and
Procedures of the system:

• Noise

• Structural requirements

• Electrical requirements.

• Door lights and safety switch

• Planning for radiation protection

• Insite connection

Chapter 3 Pre Installation 65


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

1.2 Environmental Requirements


Environmental requirement for the system remain the same as for the Senographe Essential. For
more information, refer to the Pre-Installation System Requirements chapter in the Service
Information and Procedures of the system.

1.2.1 GE Breast Tomosynthesis kit working environment


Table 3-1: GE Breast Tomosynthesis kit working environment

Relative humidity Temperature Atmospheric pressure Altitude


(non-condensing)

Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.

10% 80% 15°C 35°C 700hPa 1060hPa 0m 3000 m

59°F 95°F 0 ft 9840 ft

1.2.2 GE Breast Tomosynthesis kit transport and short term (<5 days) storage conditions
Table 3-2: GE Breast Tomosynthesis kit transport and short term (<5 days) storage conditions -
temperature and humidity

Relative humidity Temperature Atmospheric pressure


(non-condensing)

Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.

10% 85% –20°C 70°C 500hPa 1060hPa

-4°F 158°F

1.2.3 Long term storage


Contact your Field Engineer prior to placing the GE Breast Tomosynthesis in long term storage.

66 1 Pre Installation Requirements


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

1.3 IEC60601-1-2 Electromagnetic Standards Compliance


1.3.1 General
This option complies with the IEC60601-1-2 Edition 2 and 3 EMC standard for medical devices. It
has been tested on a Senographe Essential system. The option is suitable for use in
electromagnetic environments as defined in the limits and recommendations given in the following
tables:

• Emission Compliance level and limits (Table 3-3).

• Immunity Compliance levels and recommendations for ensuring that the equipment retains its
clinical utility (Table 3-4).

This equipment complies with the above EMC standard when used with cables supplied by the
manufacturer up to the maximum lengths permitted by the system design specifications.

1.3.2 Electromagnetic Emission

CAUTION
The GE Breast Tomosynthesis option is intended for use in the electromagnetic
environment specified below. The customer or the user of the GE Breast
Tomosynthesis option should assure that it is used in such an electromagnetic
environment.

Table 3-3: Electromagnetic emission

Emissions Test Compliance Electromagnetic Environment

The GE Breast Tomosynthesis option uses


RF energy only for its internal function.
RF emissions
Group 1 Therefore, its RF emissions are very low
CISPR11
and are not likely to cause any interference
in nearby electronic equipment.

RF emissions Class A
CISPR11 The GE Breast Tomosynthesis option is
suitable for use in all establishments other
Harmonic emissions than domestic and those directly connected
Not applicable
IEC 61000-3-2 to the public low-voltage power supply net‐
work that supplies buildings used for do‐
Voltage fluctuations/flicker emissions Not applicable mestic purposes.
IEC 61000-3-3

1.3.3 Electromagnetic Immunity


The Senographe system is suitable for use in the specified electromagnetic environment. The
purchaser or Operator of a Senographe system must ensure that it is used in an electromagnetic
environment as described below:

CAUTION
The GE Breast Tomosynthesis option is intended for use in the electromagnetic
environment specified below. The customer or the user of the GE Breast
Tomosynthesis option should assure that it is used in such an electromagnetic
environment.

Chapter 3 Pre Installation 67


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Table 3-4: Electromagnetic immunity

Immunity Test IEC 60601 Test Level Compliance level Electromagnetic environment
guidance

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) ±6 kV contact For 240 Vac / 50Hz Floors should be wood, con‐
IEC 61000-4-2 ±8 kV air ±6 kV contact crete or ceramic tile. If floors are
±8 kV air covered with synthetic material,
the relative humidity should be
at least 30 %.

Electrical fast transient/burst ±2 kV for power supply lines For 240 Vac / 50Hz and 200 Mains power quality should be
IEC 61000-4-4 ±1 kV for input/output lines Vac / 50Hz that of a typical commercial or
±2 kV for power supply lines hospital environment.
±1 kV for input/output Lines

Surge IEC ±1 kV line(s) to line(s) For 240 Vac / 50Hz and 200 Mains power quality should be
61000-4-5 ±2 kV line(s) to earth Vac / 50Hz that of a typical commercial or
±1 kV mode differential hospital environment.
±2 kV mode common

Voltage dips, short interruptions <5 % UT (>95 % dip in UT) for 5 For 240 Vac / 50Hz 0 Vac during Mains power quality should be
and voltage variations on power s 5s that of a typical commercial or
supply input lines And for 200 Vac / 50Hz 0 Vac hospital environment. If the user
IEC 61000-4-11 during 5 s of the GE Breast Tomosynthesis
option requires continued oper‐
ation during power mains inter‐
ruptions, it is recommended that
the GE Breast Tomosynthesis
option be powered from an un‐
interruptible power supply or a
battery.
As the GE Breast Tomosynthe‐
sis option is part of a system
which rated input current ex‐
ceeds 16 A per phase, it is ex‐
empt from voltage dips tests.

Power frequency (50/60 Hz) 3 A/m 3 A/m for 50Hz Power frequency magnetic
magnetic field And 3 A/m for 60Hz fields should be at levels char‐
IEC 61000-4-8 acteristic of a typical location in
a typical commercial or hospital
environment.

NOTE: UT is the a.c. mains voltage prior to application of the test level.

CAUTION
The GE Breast Tomosynthesis option is intended for use in the electromagnetic
environment specified below. The customer or the user of the GE Breast
Tomosynthesis option should assure that it is used in such an electromagnetic
environment.

Table 3-5: Electromagnetic immunity

Immunity Test IEC 60601 Test Level Compliance Level Electromagnetic environment guidance

Portable and mobile RF communications


equipment should be used no closer to any part
Conducted RF 3 Vrms of the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option, includ‐
3V
IEC 61000-4-6 150 kHz to 80 MHz ing cables, than the recommended separation
distance calculated from the equation applica‐
ble to the frequency of the transmitter.

68 1 Pre Installation Requirements


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Recommended separation distance


d = 1.17√P 150 kHz to 80 MHz
d = 1.17√P 80 MHz to 800 MHz
d = 2.33√P 800 MHz to 2.5 GHz
where P is the maximum output power rating of
the transmitter in watts (W) according to the
transmitter manufacturer and d is the recom‐
mended separation distance in metres (m).
Field strengths from fixed RF transmitters, as
Radiated radio-frequency 3 V/m determined by an electromagnetic site survey
[E1] = 3 V/m
IEC 61000-4-3 80 MHz to 2,5 GHz (1) should be less than the compliance level in
each frequency range (2).
Interference may occur in the vicinity of equip‐
ment marked with the following symbol:

NOTE: At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the higher frequency range applies.

NOTE: These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption and reflection
from structures, objects and people.

1. Field strengths from fixed transmitters, such as base stations for radio (cellular/cordless) telephones and land mobile radios,
amateur radio, AM and FM radio broadcast and TV broadcast cannot be predicted theoretically with accuracy. To assess the
electromagnetic environment due to fixed RF transmitters, an electromagnetic site survey should be considered. If the measured
field strength in the location in which the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option is used exceeds the applicable RF compliance level
above, the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option should be observed to verify normal operation. If abnormal performance is ob‐
served, additional measures may be necessary, such as re-orienting or relocating the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option.

2. Over the frequency range 150 kHz to 80 MHz, field strengths should be less than 3 V/m.

1.3.4 Recommended Separation Distances for Portable and Mobile Radio Frequency
Communications Equipment IEC 60601-1-2

CAUTION
The GE Breast Tomosynthesis option is intended for use in an electromagnetic
environment in which radiated RF disturbances are controlled. The customer or the
user of the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option can help prevent electromagnetic
interference by maintaining a minimum distance between portable and mobile RF
communications equipment (transmitters) and the GE Breast Tomosynthesis
option as recommended below, according to the maximum output power of the
communications equipment.

Table 3-6: RECOMMENDED SEPARATION DISTANCES

Separation distance according to frequency of transmitter


Rated maximum output power m
of transmitter
W 150 kHz to 80 MHz 80 MHz to 800 MHz 800 MHz to 2.5 GHz
d = 1.17√P d = 1.17√P d = 2.33√P
0.01 0.12 0.12 0.23

0.1 0.37 0.37 0.74

1 1.16 1.16 2.33

10 3.69 3.69 7.37

Chapter 3 Pre Installation 69


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

100 11.70 11.70 23.30

For transmitters rated at a maximum output power not listed above, the recommended separation distance d in metres (m) can be
determined using the equation applicable to the frequency of the transmitter, where P is the maximum output power rating of the
transmitter in watts (W) according to the transmitter manufacturer.
NOTE: At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the separation distance for the higher frequency range applies.

NOTE: These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption and reflection
from structures, objects and people.

1.3.5 Use Limitation


External components:

CAUTION
The use of accessories, transducers, and cables other than those specified by
GEMS can result in the degraded Electromagnetic compatibility of the Senographe.
Refer to the Component Index in the Parts section of the Service Manual for a list.

1.3.6 Installation Requirements and Environmental Control


In order to minimize interference risks, the following requirements apply.

1.3.6.1 Cable Shielding & Grounding


All interconnecting cables to peripheral devices must be shielded and properly grounded. Use of
cables not properly shielded and grounded can result in the equipment causing radio frequency
interference.

1.3.6.2 Separated Power Supply Distribution Panel & Line

CAUTION
This equipment/system is intended for use by healthcare professionals only. This
equipment/system may cause radio interference or may disrupt the operation of
nearby equipment. It may be necessary to take mitigation measures, such as re-
orienting or relocating the GE Breast Tomosynthesis equipment or shielding the
location.

This product complies with the radiated emission limits of the CISPR11 Group1 Class A standard.

The Senographe is primarily intended for use in non-domestic environments, and not connected
directly to the public mains supply network. It is primarily intended for use in environments (such
as hospitals) with a dedicated supply system, and in an X-ray shielded room.

To avoid interference in the event that the Senographe is used in a domestic environment (in a
doctors office, for example), it is recommended that it must be connected to a separate AC power
distribution panel and line, and it must be installed in an X-ray shielded room.

1.3.6.3 Subsystem & Accessories Power Supply Distribution


All components, accessories, subsystems, and systems which are electrically connected to the
Senographe must have AC power supplied by the same power distribution panel and line.

70 1 Pre Installation Requirements


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

NOTE: You can not connect together different electrical devices and supply them by different
AC power distribution lines.
In order to avoid interference, all components and accessories connected to the
Senographe must be connected to the same AC power distribution panel. This AC power
distribution panel which is itself supplied by a single power line.

1.3.6.4 Stacked Components & Equipment


The Senographe must not be used adjacent to or stacked with other equipment. If adjacent or
stacked use is necessary, the Senographe must be monitored to ensure that normal operation
occurs in the configuration in which it is used.

1.3.6.5 Static Magnetic Field Limits


In order to avoid interference on the Senographe system, static field limits from the surrounding
environment are specified.

Static field is specified as less than 1 Gauss in the Examination room (Gantry room), and in the
Control Area (for all Subsystems).

Static field is specified as less than 3 Gauss in the Technical Room.

1.3.6.6 Electrostatic Discharge Environment & Recommendations


In order to reduce electrostatic discharge interference, a charge dissipative floor must be installed
to prevent charge accumulation.

The dissipative floor material must be connected to the system reference ground, if applicable.

Relative humidity must be maintained above 30 percent.

Chapter 3 Pre Installation 71


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

1.4 Electrical Requirements


1.4.1 Introduction
The option’s electrical requirements are identical to the Core system’s requirements, except for
the kVA Load Characteristics.

1.4.2 kVA Load Characteristics


• Maximum power in standby: 1.5 kVA.

• Maximum instantaneous power (during exposures, up to 6 seconds) 9 kVA.

• Power factor: 0.6.

• Line current crest factor: 1.7 at 200 V.

72 1 Pre Installation Requirements


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

1.5 Planning for Storage


1.5.1 Temporary Storage in the Hospital
There is normally a short delay (e.g., overnight) between the delivery of the equipment and its
installation.

If this delay lasts for more than two days, it is essential that a suitable storage room is available
to receive the equipment in its crates.

Refer to the Environmental Requirements section in the Pre-Installation Manual section of the
Core SIP for information on the environmental requirement.

1.5.2 Packing Information


Table 3-7 lists the main dimensions and masses of shipping crate for the GE Breast Tomosynthesis
option.

Table 3-7: SHIPPING DIMENSIONS AND MASSES.

Dimensions in mm (inches) Mass in kg (lbs)


Item
Depth Width Height

Pallet 1200 800 1420 137 kg


(47.3 ) (31.5) (55.9) (301.4 lbs)

1.5.3 Constraints for Moving the Equipment Into the Room


Illustration 3-1shows the constraints of moving the equipment into the room in terms of the shipping
crate.

Chapter 3 Pre Installation 73


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 3-1: Constraints for Moving the Equipment Into the Room

• the sense of direction is dictated by the pallet lift entry points of the pallet

• the lid and two doors must be closed when moving the crate on a pallet lift

74 1 Pre Installation Requirements


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

1.6 Room Layout Planning


1.6.1 Dimensions and Masses
Refer to the following pages for more information on major components provided by the option.

For more information on the core system major components, refer to the Room layout planning
section of the Core SIP.

Table 3-8: Dimensions and Masses

Component Depth Width Height Mass


mm (inches) mm (inches) mm (inches) kg (lbs)

Gantry (with MTD) 1273 616 1930 (76) to 2430 (95.67) 418
(50.1) (245.25) () (922)
Required space:
1842
(72.5)

Reconstruction housing 278 590 520 Empty: 19


(10.95) (23.23) (20.48) (42)
With the reconstruction
station: 36
(80)

1.6.2 Layout Constraints for Positioning the Reconstruction Station


The Reconstruction Station can either be placed behind the Control Station or away from the
Control Station. In most situations the Reconstruction Station is placed behind the Control Station.

• By default (for situations where the Reconstruction Station is directly behind the Control
Station), a cable harness of 600 mm (23.62”) is provided in the GE Breast Tomosynthesis kit.
At the Control Station end, approximately 50 mm (1.97”) of the cable harness is inside the
Control Station. At the Reconstruction Station end, approximately 135 mm (5.31”) of the cable
harness is inside the Reconstruction Station. The remaining 415 mm (16.34”) of cable harness
is external, and facilitates the close proximity curving of the cable harness between the Control
Station and the Reconstruction station. For more information about the cables supplied within
the 600 mm cable harness, see Section 1.9.2.1, Short Harness Cables.

• For situations where the Reconstruction Station cannot be placed directly behind the Control
Station, a cable harness of 8200 mm (322.83”) (5434153) can be ordered. At the Control
Station end, approximately 50 mm (1.97”) of the cable harness is inside the Control Station.
At the Reconstruction Station end, approximately 135 mm (5.31”) of the cable harness is inside
the Reconstruction Station. The remaining 8015 mm (312.55”) of cable harness is external,
and facilitates the cable connection between the Control Station and the Reconstruction
station. In this case, suitable provision (plinths, under-floor conduits, etc.) must be made for
passing cable harness between the Control Station and Reconstruction Station. For more
information about the cables supplied within the 8200 mm (322.83”) cable harness, see Section
1.9.2.2, Long Harness Cables.

1.6.2.1 Floor and Wall Spacing


The footprint of the Reconstruction Station housing is 590 mm x 278 mm (23.23” x 10.94”)
(Illustration 3-2). For serviceability reasons, the front side of the Reconstruction Station needs

Chapter 3 Pre Installation 75


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

1000 mm of space to allow the opening of the front side panel and accessing the inside of the
Reconstruction Station.

Illustration 3-2: Floor space requirement when Reconstruction Station is on its own
(Reconstruction Station footprint)

Illustration 3-3 and Illustration 3-4 show the floor space requirements when the Reconstruction
Station housing can be placed directly behind the Control Station.

76 1 Pre Installation Requirements


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 3-3: Floor space requirement when Reconstruction Station is behind the Control Station
with the monitor arm on the right

Chapter 3 Pre Installation 77


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 3-4: Floor space requirement when Reconstruction Station is behind the Control Station
with the monitor arm on the left

1.6.2.2 General Layout


Illustration 3-5 shows the general layout recommendations when the Reconstruction Station
housing can be placed directly behind the Control Station.

78 1 Pre Installation Requirements


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 3-5: General layout suggestion when Reconstruction Station is behind the Control
Station with the monitor arm on the right

The diagram below generically highlights the constraints mentioned above, which you must
consider when planning a room layout.

1. Reconstruction Computer Housing


2. Monitor Arm
3. Control Station
4. Gantry
5. Generator

Apply the following distances between the Control Station equipped with Reconstruction Station
located directly behind it, and the Gantry:

• minimum distance of 500 mm allowed for free movement around the Gantry and the
Reconstruction Station housing
NOTE: If an existing install base system has a space of less than 500 mm and more than
150 mm between the Tube Head the wall of the room, the GE Breast Tomosynthesis
option can be installed.

Chapter 3 Pre Installation 79


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

• minimum distance of 1000 mm at the back of the Reconstruction Station housing for
serviceability

• minimum distance of 1000 mm from the X-ray Source in the Tube Head and the Radiation
Screen on the Control Station

• maximum distance depending on Gantry cables length : see the Pre-Installation System
Requirements chapter in the Core System SIP/PIM.

After the room layout is decided, suitable provision (plinths, under-floor conduits, etc.) must be
made for passing cables and conduits.

In the following situations it is not possible to place the Reconstruction Station behind the Control
Station:

• if the customer has the TechInsight option (the MDS will be already positioned behind the
Control Station)

• if below the floor behind the Control Station there is under floor cabling or piping that inhibits
the fixation of the Reconstruction Station

• if the monitor arm is on the left side of the Control Station and the right edge, top edge, or top
right corner (looking down) of the Reconstruction Station are closer than a 1000 mm to the
Gantry Tube Head

• the Control Station is in a separate room, close to the wall, such that a gap of at least 1278
mm is not present between the rear of the Control Station and the wall making the serviceability
of the Reconstruction Station impossible (i.e. less than 1000 mm gap is present from the rear
of the Reconstruction Station housing)

1.6.3 Anchoring to the Floor


1.6.3.1 The Positioning Template
The installation kit supplied with the equipment includes one template printed on white paper. This
template assists with the layout of the Reconstruction housing and positioning the anchors. The
template is provided in the Reconstruction housing itself.

1.6.3.2 Gantry Floor Requirements


The Senographe Essential equipped with the MTD may vibrate during Tomosynthesis Acquisition
and cause IQ issues if the Gantry is not installed on a flat floor surface as specified in Floor
Requirements section of the Core SIP. The floor surface must remain horizontal and flat within
±2.5 mm per meter (±1/10 inch in 39 inches) after installation of the Gantry.

WARNING
FAILURE TO RESPECT THE FLOOR REQUIREMENTS FOR THE GANTRY CAN
RESULT IN VIBRATION OF THE MTD CAUSING IQ ISSUES.

80 1 Pre Installation Requirements


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

1.6.3.3 Anchoring Inserts


The recommendations listed in the table below correspond to the anchoring inserts that are
supplied in the same box as the Reconstruction Station Housing. You must choose to use different
anchoring inserts if your floor thickness is less than 120 mm and/or if you are installing the option
in a seismic area.

Anchoring holes in the floor 4

Number of holes in the plate 4

Diameter of the hole in the plate 12 mm

Hole diameter in the floor 16 mm

Minimum Hole depth in the floor 90 mm

Provided inserts Hilti HAM M10x80 Universal Expanding Raw Plug


External diameter of 16 mm for a screw with 10 mm diameter

Maximum bolt load pull tension (at each bolt) 580 daN

Minimum floor thickness 120 mm

Recommended tightening torque 45 Nm on concrete


20 Nm on masonry (brick)

If you use different anchoring inserts to those supplied, you must use the recommendations
corresponding with those anchoring inserts and not those listed in this table. Your local structural
engineer is responsible for evaluating the recommendations of third-party anchoring inserts.

1.6.4 Interconnecting Cables Path and Length


Illustration 3-6 and Illustration 3-7 are provided to help planning cable runs between subsystems
with the short and long Reconstruction Station cable harness, respectively.

Codification color on the illustration:

• Black = Harness, Shipped with the system and the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option (short
harness by default, and a long harness can be ordered if necessary)

• Red = Power AC supply (Line Supply Cable) (GEMS supplies a usable length = 6.5 m (21’-4”)
cable)

• Blue = Door light and switch (local adaptation)

• Green = Insite connection

• Purple = X-ray Console Cable

CAUTION
Cables between Generator and Gantry and X-ray Console are fragile:
Protect these cables in a cable housing or ensure that the cable path is safe.

Chapter 3 Pre Installation 81


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 3-6: Interconnecting Cables Path and Length – Short Reconstruction Station Cable
Harness

82 1 Pre Installation Requirements


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 3-7: Interconnecting Cables Path and Length – Long Reconstruction Station Cable
Harness

Chapter 3 Pre Installation 83


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

1.7 Interoperability and Networking Connections


The DICOM committee has defined a dedicated DICOM standard format, called DICOM Breast
Tomosynthesis Object (BTO), to store the breast 3D volume data. GE Breast Tomosynthesis
option implements this new format.

As Tomosynthesis generates more data for each exam than conventional mammography, a larger
archiving capacity is required.

Therefore, integrating the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option to an existing workflow implies to


check:

• the DICOM compatibility of other systems (PACs) (see Section 1.7.1)

• the storage capacity corresponds to the Tomosynthesis intended use (see Section 1.7.2)

• the networking on site corresponds to the Tomosynthesis intended use (see Section 1.7.3)

The customer needs to be aware of these needs and can contact a GE representative for further
information and guidance on DICOM object generated and its storage.

1.7.1 DICOM Compatibility


All workflow actors (such as PACS, archiver…) that will receive the Tomosynthesis images must
support : DICOM Storage as SCP for : Breast Tomosynthesis Image
1.2.840.10008.5.1.4.1.1.13.1.3 (SOP class UID) with at least one of the following proposed
transfer syntax:

• Explicit VR Big Endian - 1.2.840.10008.1.2.2

• Implicit VR Little Endian - 1.2.840.10008.1.2

• Explicit VR Little Endian - 1.2.840.10008.1.2.1

• Lossless JPEG Compression - 1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.70

• Lossy JPEG Compression - 1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.51 (when authorized on site)

1.7.2 Storage Capacity


A GE representative can support the customer to evaluate the storage capacity needed for the
intended use of Tomosynthesis. The customer might plan to upgrade the storage capacity
available to meet the storage need.

The GE Breast Tomosynthesis option installation shall be synchronized to the data storage
capacity upgrade when applicable.

1.7.3 Networking Connections


In order to benefit from the optimal performance of the option, the client should provide a Gigabit
Ethernet compatible connection to the network.

Other networking requirements remain the same as those described in the Core SIP.

84 1 Pre Installation Requirements


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

NOTE: From ADS 56.10 delivered with the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option, the AE title used
for worklist no longer includes WL_ and keeps letter case.
No other change in DICOM declaration is required.

Chapter 3 Pre Installation 85


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

1.8 Associated Review Workstations


The GE Breast Tomosynthesis option requires a Review Workstation compatible with DICOM
Digital Breast Tomosynthesis images to display the reconstructed 3D objects.

The IDI Mammography Workflow Solutions 4.7.0 release is compatible with this DICOM format.

NOTE: Before installing the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option, ensure that customer’s IDI
Mammography Workflow Solutions system is already at version 4.7.0. If the customer’s
IDI Mammography Workflow Solutions system needs upgrading to version 4.7.0, it can
take several weeks to receive the upgrade software. In scenarios where the customer’s
IDI Mammography Workflow Solutions system needs upgrading to version 4.7.0, ensure
that you plan enough time so that the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option can be installed
after the upgrade of the IDI Mammography Workflow Solutions system.

86 1 Pre Installation Requirements


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

1.9 Cable Lay-out and Pin-out


Cables that are visible from a serviceability perspective are those within the Reconstruction Station
(see Section 1.9.1) or those within the harness going from the Reconstruction Station to the Control
Station (see Section 1.9.2).

1.9.1 Internal Reconstruction Station Cabling


The internal Reconstruction Station cabling consists of only ground cables, as described in the
sub-sections below.

1.9.1.1 Ground Cable – C5-C5 AWG12 LG450 (5365831)


Two 0.45 m ground cables with C5 connectors at each end exists, going from the Reconstruction
Station housing Ground Bar to the following:

• rear panel Ground connection on the Reconstruction Computer

• Reconstruction Station housing fixed side cover

Illustration 3-8: Ground Cable – C5-C5 AWG12 LG450

1.9.1.2 Ground Cable – FAS C5 AWG12 LG420 (5365830)


Two 0.42 m ground cables with a C5 connector at one end and a FAS connector at the other end
exists, going from the Reconstruction Station housing Ground Bar to the following:

• Reconstruction Station housing rear (left) trap door

• Reconstruction Station housing removable side cover

Illustration 3-9: Ground Cable – FAS C5 AWG12 LG420

1.9.1.3 Ground Cable – FAS C5 AWG12 LG1000 (5366584)


A 1 m ground cable with a C5 connector at one end and a FAS connector at the other end, going
from the Reconstruction Station housing Ground Bar to the Reconstruction Station housing front
(right) trap door.

Chapter 3 Pre Installation 87


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 3-10: Ground Cable – FAS C5 AWG12 LG1000

1.9.2 Reconstruction Station to Control Station Cabling


The set of cables going between the Reconstruction Station and the Control Station vary according
to whether the short or long harness is installed.

1.9.2.1 Short Harness Cables


This section describes the cables in the short harness going from Reconstruction Station to Control
Station.

1.9.2.1.1 W801 Cable — Short Gigabit Ethernet Cable for the Reconstruction Computer to ADS Computer
(5434079)
2.5 m TIA certified CAT 6E gigabit Ethernet cable going from the Reconstruction Computer bottom
RJ45 connector (eth0) to the ADS Computer lower RJ45 connector (e1000g0).

The pairing and pinout of the W801 cable are summarized in Illustration 3-11 and Table 3-9.

Illustration 3-11: W801 Cable Pinouts

Table 3-9: W801 Cable Pinouts

Pin Number Reconstruction Com‐ Color Function Pin Number on ADS Com‐
puter end puter end

1 White Tx+ 1

2 Orange Tx- 2

3 White Rx+ 3

6 Green Rx- 6

5 White Not Used 5

4 Blue Not Used 4

7 White Not Used 7

88 1 Pre Installation Requirements


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Pin Number Reconstruction Com‐ Color Function Pin Number on ADS Com‐
puter end puter end

8 Brown Not Used 8

1.9.2.1.2 W802 Cable – Short Gigabit Ethernet Cable for the Hospital Network (5434078)
2.5 m TIA certified CAT 6E gigabit Ethernet cable going from the Reconstruction Computer upper
RJ45 connector (eth1) to the CAT6 Ethernet Junction in the base of the Control Station.

The pairing and pinout of the W802 cable are summarized in Illustration 3-12 and Table 3-10.

Illustration 3-12: W802 Pinouts

Table 3-10: W802 Cable Pinouts

Pin Number Reconstruction Com‐ Color Function Pin Number on hospital


puter end end

1 White Tx+ 1

2 Orange Tx- 2

3 White Rx+ 3

6 Green Rx- 6

5 White Not Used 5

4 Blue Not Used 4

7 White Not Used 7

8 Brown Not Used 8

1.9.2.1.3 Short Reconstruction Computer AC Supply Cable (5434166)


2.0 m AC supply cable going from the Reconstruction Computer rear panel AC connector to the
AC multi-connector in the base of the Control Station.

Illustration 3-13 shows the parings and pinouts of the Live (L), Earth (E), and Neutral (N) cables
in the Short Reconstruction Computer AC Supply Cable.

Chapter 3 Pre Installation 89


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 3-13: Short Reconstruction Computer AC Supply Cable Pinouts

1.9.2.1.4 W805 Cable – Short Reconstruction Station Housing Earth Cable


2.5 m ground cable going from the Ground Bar in the Reconstruction Station housing to the Ground
Bar in the Control Station housing.

Illustration 3-14: W805 Cable – Short Reconstruction Station Housing Earth Cable

1.9.2.2 Long Harness Cables


This section describes the cables in the long harness going from Reconstruction Station to Control
Station.

1.9.2.2.1 W803 Cable — Long Gigabit Ethernet Cable for the Reconstruction Computer to ADS Computer
(5434175)
10.2 m TIA certified CAT 6E gigabit Ethernet cable going from the Reconstruction Computer
bottom RJ45 connector (eth0) to the ADS Computer lower RJ45 connector (e1000g0).

The pairing and pinout of the W803 cable are summarized in Illustration 3-15 and Table 3-11.

90 1 Pre Installation Requirements


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 3-15: W803 Cable Pinouts

Table 3-11: W803 Cable Pinouts

Pin Number Reconstruction Com‐ Color Function Pin Number on ADS Com‐
puter end puter end

1 White Tx+ 1

2 Orange Tx- 2

3 White Rx+ 3

6 Green Rx- 6

5 White Not Used 5

4 Blue Not Used 4

7 White Not Used 7

8 Brown Not Used 8

1.9.2.2.2 W804 Cable – Long Gigabit Ethernet Cable for the Hospital Network (5434176)
10.2 m TIA certified CAT 6E gigabit Ethernet cable going from the Reconstruction Computer upper
RJ45 connector (eth1) to the CAT6 Ethernet Junction in the base of the Control Station.

The pairing and pinout of the W804 cable are summarized in Illustration 3-16 and Table 3-12.

Illustration 3-16: W804 Cable Pinouts

Chapter 3 Pre Installation 91


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Table 3-12: W804 Cable Pinouts

Pin Number Reconstruction Com‐ Color Function Pin Number on hospital


puter end end

1 White Tx+ 1

2 Orange Tx- 2

3 White Rx+ 3

6 Green Rx- 6

5 White Not Used 5

4 Blue Not Used 4

7 White Not Used 7

8 Brown Not Used 8

1.9.2.2.3 Long Reconstruction Computer AC Supply Cable (5434167)


9.85 m AC supply cable going from the Reconstruction Computer rear panel AC connector to the
AC multi-connector in the base of the Control Station.

Illustration 3-17 shows the parings and pinouts of the Live (L), Earth (E), and Neutral (N) cables
in the Long Reconstruction Computer AC Supply Cable.

Illustration 3-17: Long Reconstruction Computer AC Supply Cable Pinouts

1.9.2.2.4 W806 Cable – Long Reconstruction Station Housing Earth Cable


10.2 m ground cable going from the Ground Bar in the Reconstruction Station housing to the
Ground Bar in the Control Station housing.

Illustration 3-18: W806 Cable – Long Reconstruction Station Housing Earth Cable

92 1 Pre Installation Requirements


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

1.10 Specifications
1.10.1 Maximum tolerance of displayed constants in DBT mode
1.10.1.1 Manual mode exposure accuracy selected on the X-ray console
mAs accuracy is within ± (10% +0.2 mAs) of the technical parameters selected on the X-ray
console.

Measurement Conditions:

Connect an HV voltage divider (Machlett Dynalizer IIIA; ratio 10 kV/1 V) in series with the x-ray
tube. Connect a waveform analyzer (Tektronix 7854) to the output of the divider; the analyzer
receives a signal proportional to the voltage applied to the tube. The mAs values are given by:

where T1 is the time at which the high voltage reaches 75% of its maximum value, and T2 is the
time at which the high voltage returns to 75% of the maximum value.

1.10.1.2 AOP mode exposure accuracy displayed on the acquisition workstation


mAs accuracy per projection in GE Breast Tomosynthesis AOP Mode is within ± (10% +0.2 mAs)
annotated in the image displayed on the acquisition workstation.

1.10.1.3 Compression force and breast thickness displayed on the Gantry Readout
Compression Force: ± 10 newton

Breast Thickness: ± 10 mm

1.10.1.4 Tube angulation displayed on the Gantry Readout


Angulation value: ± 0.2°

1.10.2 X-ray tube head movement


The X-ray tube head during rotation or angulation moves at a constant speed of 10° per second.

1.10.3 Radiation and filter information


1.10.3.1 Source to Image Distance (SID)
Fixed SID: 660 mm

Chapter 3 Pre Installation 93


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

1.10.3.2 Radiation reference axis


Conforming to standard mammography practice, the radiation reference axis is directed at the
chest wall edge of the digital detector; radiation is shielded so that there is no radiation directed
behind the chest wall.

1.10.3.3 Nominal X-ray tube voltages and currents


1.10.3.3.1 Irradiation in AOP mode
• Nominal shortest irradiation time in AOP mode: 40 ms.

• Range of X-ray tube voltage during irradiation in AOP mode: 24 through 35 kVp.

• Range of X-ray tube current during irradiation in AOP mode: 30 through 100 mA.

1.10.3.3.2 Irradiation in Manual mode


• Nominal shortest irradiation time in Manual mode: 40 ms.

• Range of X-ray tube voltage during irradiation in Manual mode: 22 through 49 kVp.

• Range of X-ray tube current during irradiation in Manual mode: 21.4 through 100 mA.

1.10.3.4 Nominal focal spot size with the MTD


Large focal spot: 0.3 mm.

1.10.3.5 Dimensions and locations of all available effective image receptive areas
The field of view (FOV) is the area that is irradiated by X-rays during an exposure. Prior to
exposure, its size (e.g. 9 x 9, 9 x 19, 13 x 21, 13 x 18, 19 x 23 and 24 x 31) and position (left, right,
centered) are set by pressing the Collimator light and FOV control buttons.

1.10.3.5.1 FOV for 2D acquisitions with MTD


FOV settings for 2D acquisitions with the MTD inserted are the same as on the Senographe
Essential with the Bucky. below gives the initial FOV size and position automatically taken by the
system depending on the Arm angle and compression paddle type inserted for 2D acquisitions
(and 3D acquisitions).

Table 3-13: Initial FOV Sizes and Positions for 2D and 3D acquisitions

MTD Dedicated Paddle Type Arm Rotation Angle Initial FOV size, and position at paddle insertion

Size Position

Standard 24 x 31 Paddle for -90° ≤ angle ≤ +90° 24 x 31 Centered


MTD
Elevated 24 x 31 Paddle for
MTD

Sliding 19 x 23 Paddle for MTD -10° ≤ angle ≤ +10° 19 x 23 Centered

Sliding 19 x 23 Paddle for MTD +11° ≤ angle ≤ +90° 19 x 23 Off-centered Right

Sliding 19 x 23 Paddle for MTD -90° ≤ angle ≤ -11° 19 x 23 Off-centered Left

94 1 Pre Installation Requirements


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

For 2D acquisitions, the 9 x 9, 9 x 19, 13 x 21, 13 x 18, 19 x 23 and 24 x 31 FOVs are available,
as summarized in Table 3-14.

Table 3-14: FOV Sizes and Positions According Paddle Types and Positions

Mode MTD Dedicated Paddle Type Paddle Position FOV Size & Position

• 24 x 31

• 19 x 23
Centered
• 13 x 18

• 9x9

• 19 x 23 Left
Sliding 19 x 23 Paddle for MTD
Left • 13 x 21 Left

• 9 x 19 Left

• 19 x 23 Right

Right • 13 x 21 Right

• 9 x 19 Right
Contact

Standard 24 x 31 Paddle for MTD • 24 x 31


Elevated 24 x 31 Paddle for MTD
• 19 x 23

• 19 x 23 Left

• 19 x 23 Right

• 13 x 18
Centered
• 13 x 21 Left

• 13 x 21 Right

• 9x9

• 9 x 19 Left

• 9 x 19 Right

1.10.3.5.2 FOV for 3D acquisitions


For 3D acquisitions, only 19 x 23, 24 x 31 FOV are available. Table 3-13 above gives the initial
FOV size and position automatically taken by the system depending on the Arm angle and
compression paddle type inserted for 3D acquisitions (and 2D acquisitions). For 3D acquisition,
the FOV Size cannot be modified. However for 2D acquisitions, it is possible to modify the FOV
size (see Table 3-14 above).

Chapter 3 Pre Installation 95


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

1.10.3.6 Attenuation equivalence


1.10.3.6.1 Attenuation equivalence at 100 kVp
Attenuation equivalence for components in the X-ray beam, in accordance with FDA HHS 21 CFR,
§ 1020.30, for measurements made at a potential of 100 kVp, using an X-ray beam with an HVL
of 2.7 mm of aluminum.

Component Al equivalence (mm)

Image receptor support on the MTD less than 0.2

1.10.3.6.2 Attenuation equivalence at 30 kVp


Attenuation equivalence for components in the X-ray beam for measurements made at a potential
of 30 kVp, using an X-ray beam with an HVL of 0.3 mm of aluminum.

Component Al equivalence (mm)

Image receptor support on the MTD less than 0.3

1.10.4 Dose Display and Dose Display Accuracy for AGD


1.10.4.1 Dose Display
The displayed estimates of the dose to the patient are calculated as follows:

• Entrance Skin Exposure (ESE) for the entire sequence of exposures in 3D mode, or per
exposure in 2D mode.
This quantity, also known as Entrance Skin Air Kerma (ESAK), corresponds to the free-in-air
airkerma, in the plane of the compression paddle in contact with the breast, with no back-
scatter contribution from the breast. It is calculated using a calibrated model taking into account
the attenuation of the X-ray beam by the compression paddle.

• Average Glandular Dose (AGD) for the entire sequence of exposures in 3D mode, or per
exposure in 2D mode.
This conventional quantity (AGD) is obtained by multiplying the above-mentioned ESE and the
Normalized glandular Dose (DgN) for the technique factors used. The DgN values are
interpolated from the tables contained in "Spectral dependence of glandular tissue dose in
screen-film mammography" (Xieng Wu, Gary T. Barnes, Douglas M. Tucker, Radiology 1991;
179:143-148), and "Molybdenum target-Rhodium filter and Rhodium target-Rhodium filter
mammography" - Xieng Wu, Gary T. Barnes, Douglas M. Tucker, Radiology 1994; 193:83-89.
The interpolated DgN values, for each interpolation point chosen, are accurate within 9%
compared with the values in the tables.
Average glandular dose for 3D is computed with the same formulas as for 2D mode. Given the
tomo sequence parameters, the error made on that calculation is approximately 1%. Based
on "Computation of the glandular radiation dose in digital tomosynthesis of the breast" - Ioannis
Sechopoulos, Sankararaman Suryanarayanan, Srinivasan Vedantham, Carl D’Orsi, Andrew
Karellas, Med. Phys. 2007; 34 (1):221-232.

96 1 Pre Installation Requirements


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

1.10.4.2 Dose Display Accuracy for AGD


The values calculated for ESE are accurate within 30%.

The values calculated for AGD, (DgN * ESE), are accurate within 40%.

NOTE: When using a compression device that does not completely cover the breast, the
entrance surface of the breast may no longer be a plane, and the distance from focal
spot to skin is not clearly defined. In addition, the ESE value is not uniform between parts
covered and not covered by the paddle, because of the attenuation caused by the
paddle. In such cases, a single accurate value cannot be provided. However, the
displayed ESE value continues to be calculated using the same convention as in the
regular exam.

NOTE: When the ESE is not accurate because of the conditions described above, or when the
breast is partially irradiated (e.g., due to the collimation being smaller than the breast),
the AGD definition is no longer directly applicable. In such cases, the displayed AGD
value should be used as an indication only.

1.10.5 Applicable Classifications


The following classifications are the same as the Core Senographe Essential system (for more
information, refer to the Pre-Installation System Requirements chapter of the Service Information
and Procedures of the Core Senographe Essential system):

• Type of protection against electric shock : CLASS 1

• Degree of protection against electric shock : TYPE B

• Method(s) of sterilization or disinfection recommended by the manufacturer : refer to the


System Hygiene chapter of the Operator Manual
• Degree of safety of application in the presence of a FLAMMABLE AN-AESTHETIC MIXTURE
WITH AIR or WITH OXYGEN OR NITROUS OXIDE : must not be used in the presence of
flammable gases

• Mode of operation : Continuous operation with intermittent loading

The degree of protection against harmful ingress of water for the parts in the GE Breast
Tomosynthesis Service are, as follows:

• MTD : IPX0

• 3D footswitch : IPX5

Chapter 3 Pre Installation 97


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

2 Pre Installation Procedures


2.1 About this chapter
This chapter contains the Job Cards describing the verification procedure necessary to ensure
compatibility of the system with the option.

98 2 Pre Installation Procedures


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

2.2 Job Card PRE A001 - Image Backup and RRA Analysis
2.2.1 Objective
Image backup:

For security reasons, the images existing on AWS must be archived on CD ROM or PACS
(Radstore). The customer must do this task before the arrival of the FE. This could represent a
large amount of time.

RRA analysis:

The data for the automated repeat reject analysis (RRA) is stored in a computer in the acquisition
workstation (AWS). In the event of an AWS hardware failure, there is some risk that this data will
be lost. That is why periodic data backup is included in the automated repeat analysis procedure.

For customers using RRA, the repeat and reject analysis must be done before the upgrade is
performed. The customer must do this task before the arrival of the FE. For more information, refer
to the Operator to the QC Manual. This could represent a large amount of time.

2.2.2 Procedure
Contact the customer before coming onsite to ensure that they have performed the images backup,
and RRA analysis backup.

Chapter 3 Pre Installation 99


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

2.3 Job Card PRE A002 - Ensure Minimum System Level is Met
2.3.1 Introduction
Before you apply the kit, you must ensure that the Senographe System has had FMI12075 applied
and that it is equipped with the necessary hardware. Also, if the Senographe System is a pre-
Sunburst system or non-CESM system, you must ensure that the Senographe System has had
FMI12166 applied. This Job Card gives you the procedure to follow to define what are the
necessary actions to ensure compatibility of the system with the kit.

2.3.2 Define the necessary checks


To define the necessary checks, follow these steps:

1. Define the model number by looking on the system identification label. It is on the cover of the
Generator Cabinet. Illustration 3-19 below shows an example of the system identification
labelling.
2. Check which options have been added to the system by checking which Upgrade Labels have
been stuck next to the system identification label:

○ Stereotaxy: 5123686
○ CESM: 5392184
Illustration 3-19: Location of system identification label

3. Record the model number and the upgrades applied to the system in the form in Section 2.3.6
4. Consult Table 3-15 below to define the necessary checks.

100 2 Pre Installation Procedures


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

NOTE: For any system with the Stereotaxy option installed, the rotation board and the rotation
gas spring are at the necessary level.
If the Stereotaxy option is installed on the system, do not check for FMI12075, but check
the Control Station version, and only check the rotation clutch when you are asked to
check the Rotation-related hardware.

NOTE: If the CESM option is installed on the system, do not check for FMI12075, but check the
Control Station version.

Table 3-15: System level - Necessary checks

Manufacturing Ver‐
Technical Release Model Number Next actions
sion(ADS Version)
M3
Sirius M3 5144816
(40.11)
Sirius M3A Plus M3A Plus Standard 5144816
(41.00)
M3A Plus International 5144816-1-1
(41.00)
Sirius M3A FB M3A FB Standard 5144816
(41.02)
M3A FB International 5144816-1-1
(41.02)
1. Check if FMI12075 is already
Sirius M3A Bucky M3A Bucky Standard 5144816 applied following the proce‐
(41.02) dure described in Section 2.3.3
M3A Bucky International 5144816-1-1 2. Check Control Station version
(41.02) following the procedure descri‐
Sirius M4 M4 Standard 5144816 bed in Section 2.3.4
(41.02)
M4 International 5144816-1-1
(41.02)
Sirius M41 M41 Standard 5144816
(41.02)
M41 International 5144816-1-1
(41.02)
M42 International
Sirius M42
(V1/V2 CS : 43.00) 5144816-2-1
(IS4-2 Madras)
(V3 CS : 53.00)
M44 International
Sirius M44
(V1/V2 CS : 43.10.1) 5144816-3 Check Control Station version fol‐
(IS4-3 Fwd Prod)
(V3 CS : 53.10.1) lowing the procedure described in
Sirius M45 M45 International 5144816-4 Section 2.3.4
(Orion 1) (V3 CS : 53.10.10)

Chapter 3 Pre Installation 101


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Manufacturing Ver‐
Technical Release Model Number Next actions
sion(ADS Version)
Sirius M46 M46 International 5144816-5
(Slave) (V3 CS : 53.10.10)
Sirius M47 (*) M47 International
5144816-5
(KiwiM3s1) (V3 CS : 53.30)
Sirius M48 M48 International 5144816-6 Check Control Station version fol‐
(Litchi2K) (V3 CS : 53.30) lowing the procedure described in
Section 2.3.4
Sirius M49 M49 International 5144816-7
(Zodiac) (V3 CS : 53.30) and
5144816-7-LE
5144816-8 Check Control Station version fol‐
Sirius M410 M410 International
and lowing the procedure described in
(Penduick) (V3 CS : 53.40)
5144816-8-LE Section 2.3.4
Sirius M411 M411 International 5144816-9 No check required.
(LFOV2 + Z400) (V4 CS : 54.10) and Go to Section 2.3.5
5144816-9-LE
Sirius M412 M412 International 5144816-10
(Sunburst) (V4 CS : 54.20) and
5144816-10-LE
Sirius M413 M413 International 5144816-11
(eIFU) (V4 CS : 54.20) and
5144816-11-LE
Sirius M414 M414 International 5144816-12
(SFDA) (V4 CS : 54.20) and
5144816-12-LE
IB system upgraded N/A N/A Check Control Station version fol‐
with CESM option (55.10 or 55.20) lowing the procedure described in
Section 2.3.4.
If the Senographe system is not listed in this table proceed to Job Card PRE A003 - Pre Installation Planning
- Ensure compatibility with the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option
* — System upgraded with Stereotaxy Kit (ADS SW 53.30, 3000N Rotation Gas Spring (5154719) and
Rotation Board with V2 Rotation Clutch Connector (2375488–12))

2.3.3 Perform FMI12075 checks


2.3.3.1 Physical checks
1. Check the log books to see if there is an entry suggesting that the Senographe system has
been updated to FMI12075.
2. Check the presence of the FMI12075 identification label that should have been stuck on the
bottom of the Gantry column front cover.

102 2 Pre Installation Procedures


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

2.3.3.2 Service desktop checks


1. Use one of the following two methods to access the Service Desktop.


In the Browser, click the Tools menu button then click Service Desktop in the context
menu.

○ Use the right mouse button to click in the background of the Browser screen, then select
Service Tools/Service Desktop from the pop-up menu.
2. From the SITE INFORMATION page of the Service Desktop, ensure that the firmware and
software versions listed are equal to or greater than the values listed in Table 3-16.

Table 3-16: Required FW and SW versions

Board Component FW/SW versions after


FMI 12075 - Seno Essential
Gantry CPU Poseidon NSC1.1.7
Bucky Bucky HC12 13.6.6
Bucky CPLD 5.0.3 [1]
Rotation Rotation HC12 5.9.4
Rotation DSP 5.13.5
Rotation CPLD 5.1.2[1]
Lift Lift HC12 5.10.2
Lift DSP 5.6.3
Lift CPLD 10.0.1/5.0.1 [1][2]
Compression Compression HC12 5.7.1
Compression CPLD 5.1.4 [1]
Tilt Tilt HC12 5.4.0
Tilt CPLD 5.1.5 [1]
ADS Workstation 53.10.1
IDC IDC 9.3-1
DMR Generator DMR V1.10 CMN

Chapter 3 Pre Installation 103


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Board Component FW/SW versions after


FMI 12075 - Seno Essential
PDU PDU HC12 4.0.7 (will be displayed
V12334.12630.7)/ 5.0.7 [3]
Notes:
[1]
: means these are not supplied on the FMI 12075 CD-ROM and are not needed.
[2]
: means that both versions 5.0.1 and 10.0.1 are acceptable. The previous version of Lift CPLD
will work with this configuration. The new lift CPLD is only needed if lift brake option is included.
[3]
: means that both versions 4.0.7 and 5.0.7 are acceptable.

2.3.4 Check the Control Station version


To be compatible with the kit, the Control Station must be a V4.

To check the Control Station version, follow these steps:

1. Use one of the following two methods to access the Service Desktop:


In the Browser, click the [Tools menu] button then click Service Desktop in the drop-
down menu.
OR

○ Right-click in the background of the Browser screen, then select Service Tools/Service
Desktop from the context menu.
2. On the SITE INFORMATION page of the Service Desktop check the AWS application version.

○ If the version number starts with a 4, e.g. 43.00, the Control Station is a V1 or V2.
○ If the version number starts with a 5, e.g. 53.00, the Control Station is a V3 or V4.
3. If the Control Station is a V3 or a V4 follow these steps:
The Control Station is a V4 if its Omega cover presents vents on the front (A in Illustration
3-20) and above the opening used to access the CD-ROM drive of the ADS (B in Illustration
3-20).

104 2 Pre Installation Procedures


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 3-20: Control Station V4 Omega cover

If there are no vents, it is a V3 Control Station


4. Record this information in the form in Section 2.3.6.

2.3.5 Next Actions


2.3.5.1 FMI12075 is not applied
Define a time with the customer to perform FMI12075 before you proceed to Job Card PRE A003
- Pre Installation Planning - Ensure compatibility with the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option.

2.3.5.2 The Control Station is a V1/V2/V3


Define a time with the customer to perform the hardware upgrades of Accelera V1/V2/V3 to V4
before you proceed to Job Card PRE A003 - Pre Installation Planning - Ensure compatibility with
the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option.

Since the option upgrades the software of the different subsystems to new versions, the software
upgrades contained in Accelera V1/V2/V3 to V4 are not necessary.

2.3.5.3 The appropriate FMIs are applied and the Control Station is a V4
Proceed directly to Job Card PRE A003 - Pre Installation Planning - Ensure compatibility with the
GE Breast Tomosynthesis option.

2.3.6 Record Form


Copy or print out this form to record the information collected with this Job Card.

Chapter 3 Pre Installation 105


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Table 3-17: Record Form

Checks Check results

System level

Upgrades

FMI 12075

Control Station Version

106 2 Pre Installation Procedures


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

2.4 Job Card PRE A003 - Pre Installation Planning - Ensure compatibility with the GE Breast
Tomosynthesis option
2.4.1 Ordering Kits
Before going on-site to install the Kit, order the following kits based on the existing system
configuration. Use the recorded results of the checks performed in the JC PRE A001 Ensure
Minimum System Level is Met. See the situations detailed below to know which kits to order.

• The system is at IS43 (FMI12075) level

• The system contains at least a V4 Control Station

• The Gantry contains following Rotation-related Gantry parts at the level as specified below:

○ Rotation Board with V2 Rotation Clutch Connector (2375488–12 or above)


○ 3000N Rotation Gas Spring (5154719)
○ Precise 50N Rotation Clutch (5481350)
Therefore, before going on-site to install the GE Breast Tomosynthesis Kit, check the existing
configuration and then order the following kits based on the existing system configuration.

Table 3-18: Kits to order depending on the installation scenario

Scenario System Level (Model Number) Order:

Scenario A Senographe Essential - LFOV2 - V4 Control Station • GE Breast Tomosynthesis Kit (5434135-3)
(5144816-9)
Senographe Essential - Sunburst - V4 Control Station • FMI12211 Kit (5507929)
(5144816-10)
Senographe Essential - eIFU – V4 Control Station • Potentially a Breast Support Locking Mechanism
(5144816-11) (BSLM) board (see Section 2.4.6)
Senographe Essential - SFDA – V4 Control Station
(5144816-12) (system already installed)

Scenario B Senographe Essential - Penduick - V3 Control Station The following kits:


(5144816-8) • GE Breast Tomosynthesis Kit (5434135-3)

• FMI12211 Kit (5507929)

• Accelera 2 Kit for Senographe Essential


(S30331VE)

• Wheels and Ramp Kit (PN 5411052)

• Potentially a BSLM board (see Section 2.4.6)

Chapter 3 Pre Installation 107


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Scenario System Level (Model Number) Order:

Scenario C Senographe Essential - Pre-Penduick - V1 Control Sta‐ The following kits:


tion (5144816) and Senographe Essential - Pre-Penduick • GE Breast Tomosynthesis Kit (5434135-3)
- V2 Control Station (5144816, 5144816-1-1)
• FMI12211 Kit (5507929)
• Accelera 2 Kit for Senographe Essential
(S30331VE)

• Potential need for a new monitor with DVI connec‐


tion (see Section 2.4.7)

• Wheels and Ramp Kit (PN 5411052)

• Potentially a Rotation Gas Spring (5154719), and


Rotation Board (2375488-13). For more informa‐
tion, see Section 2.4.5.

• Potentially a BSLM board (see Section 2.4.6)

Scenario D Senographe Essential - Pre-Penduick - V3 Control Sta‐ The following kits:


tion (5144816-2-1, 5144816-3, 5144816-4, 5144816-5, • GE Breast Tomosynthesis Kit (5434135-3)
5144816-6, 5144816-7)
• FMI12211 Kit (5507929)

• Accelera 2 Kit for Senographe Essential


(S30331VE)

• Wheels and Ramp Kit (PN 5411052)

• Potentially a Rotation Gas Spring (5154719), and


Rotation Board (2375488-13). For more informa‐
tion, see Section 2.4.5.

• Potentially a BSLM board (see Section 2.4.6)

Scenario E Senographe Essential - LFOV2 - V3 Control Station The following kits:


(5144816-2-1, 5144816-3, 5144816-4, 5144816-5, • GE Breast Tomosynthesis Kit (5434135-3)
5144816-6, 5144816-7, 5144816-8) – systems that have
been upgraded using the Nautilus Kit. • FMI12211 Kit (5507929)
• Accelera 2 Kit for Senographe Essential
(S30331VE)

• Wheels and Ramp Kit (PN 5411052)

• Potentially a Rotation Gas Spring (5154719), and


Rotation Board (2375488-13). For more informa‐
tion, see Section 2.4.5.

• Potentially a BSLM board (see Section 2.4.6)

Scenario F New Senographe Essential Systems - V4 Control Station • GE Breast Tomosynthesis Kit (5434135-3)
(5144816-12 or above) (not yet installed)
• Potentially a BSLM board (see Section 2.4.6)

2.4.2 MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS


The following manpower is required:

108 2 Pre Installation Procedures


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

• 1 Field Engineer for about 16.5 hours in total, including procedure reading, material unpacking,
software/hardware upgrade, verification and IQ tests.

• If the Stereotaxy option is present, 1 Field Engineer for an additional 2 hours in total to configure
the Stereotaxy Positioner.

2.4.3 Special Tools and Equipment

• If you are upgrading a system with the Accelera Kit (scenario B, C, D, and E), order the Wheels
and Ramp (PN 5411052) as these will be used to move the old and new Control Station during
the Accelera upgrade.

• Tools and phantom for IQ tests:

○ Flat Field Phantom


○ ACR standard Phantom
○ IQST standard Phantom with adapter for Mag Stand
○ Set of acrylic plates
• Tools for lift calibration, rotation calibration (standard toolbox)

• Optional Male DVI to Female VGA adaptor for temporarily connecting the ADS monitor to the
IDC.

• Ensure that you still have the LFOV Mammo Detector Manufacturing Data CD-ROM to reload
the detector data onto the Essential IDC. The LFOV Mammo Detector Manufacturing Data CD-
ROM is unique to the detector installed with the Senographe system. If you need another LFOV
Mammo Detector Manufacturing Data CD-ROM, contact the Online Center in the appropriate
Pole for Detector Data, quoting the detector ID of the system.

• If you are upgrading a Pre-Penduick Senographe Essential with a V1/V2 Control Station
(scenario C) then the existing LFOV Mammo Detector Manufacturing Data will be on a floppy
diskette which cannot be read by the Z400 Computer that replaces the SB-150 Computer. In
these scenarios you need to order LFOV Mammo Detector Manufacturing Data CD-ROM to
use instead of the diskette. To do this, contact the Online Center in the appropriate Pole for
Detector Data, quoting the detector ID of the system.

2.4.4 Pre-GE Breast Tomosynthesis Upgrade Scheduling Tasks


Before going on-site to perform the GE Breast Tomosynthesis upgrade, ensure that you have
scheduled the availability of the following people during the day of the visit:

• GST Team to perform InSite checkout.

• Hospital Physicist to perform the related post-upgrade tests according to their local
requirements

• If the Stereotaxy option is present, the Medical Applications Specialist so appropriate


Stereotaxy related training can be given to the Operator.

Chapter 3 Pre Installation 109


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

2.4.5 Potential Need For Rotation-Related Gantry Hardware


In order for the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option to work, the Gantry needs to contain the following
Rotation-related Gantry parts at the level as specified below.

• 3000N Rotation Gas Spring (5154719)

• Precise 50N Rotation Clutch (5481350)

• Rotation Board with V2 Rotation Clutch Connector (2375488–12 or above)

Table 3-19 summarizes the forward production systems that were already manufactured with these
parts, and which do not need to be upgraded with that particular part.

Table 3-19: Forward production systems manufactured with GE Breast Tomosynthesis compatible
Rotation-related Gantry parts

Minimum Rotation-related Gantry part required for GE Breast To‐ Forward Production System (Model Number)
mosynthesis

Rotation Board with V2 Rotation Clutch Connector (2375488-12) IS4–3 (5144816-3)

3000N Rotation Gas Spring (5154719) Litchi (5155816-6)

Precise 50N Rotation Clutch (5481350) At time of publication, not yet implemented in forward production

NOTE: Systems upgraded with the Stereotaxy Kit will contain the necessary 3000N Rotation
Gas Spring (5154719) and Rotation Board with V2 Rotation Clutch Connector
(2375488-12), but will contain the non-50N V2 Rotation Clutch (2345968–3), which will
need upgrading with the 50N V2 Rotation Clutch (5481350).

2.4.5.1 Deciding What Rotation-Related Gantry Parts to Take Onsite


Table 3-20 describes which Rotation-related Gantry parts you need to order and take on-site. Once
on-site, you will perform the necessary physical checks, and if necessary upgrade those parts.

Table 3-20: Rotation-related Gantry Parts that need changing as a function of Model Number

Rotation-related Gantry Parts to or‐


Manufacturing Ver‐ der (assuming they have never
Technical Release Model Number
sion(ADS Version) been changed during the system
lifetime)
M3
Sirius M3 5144816
(40.11)
• Rotation Board with V2 Rota‐
Sirius M3A Plus M3A Plus Standard 5144816 tion Clutch Connector
(41.00) (2375488–13)
M3A Plus International 5144816-1-1 • 3000N Rotation Gas Spring
(41.00) (5154719)
Sirius M3A FB M3A FB Standard 5144816
(41.02)

110 2 Pre Installation Procedures


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Rotation-related Gantry Parts to or‐


Manufacturing Ver‐ der (assuming they have never
Technical Release Model Number
sion(ADS Version) been changed during the system
lifetime)
M3A FB International 5144816-1-1
(41.02)
Sirius M3A Bucky M3A Bucky Standard 5144816
(41.02)
M3A Bucky International 5144816-1-1
(41.02)
Sirius M4 M4 Standard 5144816
(41.02)
M4 International 5144816-1-1
(41.02)
Sirius M41 M41 Standard 5144816
(41.02)
M41 International 5144816-1-1
(41.02)
M42 International
Sirius M42
(V1/V2 CS : 43.00) 5144816-2-1
(IS4-2 Madras)
(V3 CS : 53.00)
M44 International
Sirius M44
(V1/V2 CS : 43.10.1) 5144816-3
(IS4-3 Fwd Prod)
(V3 CS : 53.10.1)
3000N Rotation Gas Spring
Sirius M45 M45 International 5144816-4
(5154719)
(Orion 1) (V3 CS : 53.10.10)
Sirius M46 (*) M46 International 5144816-5
(Slave) (V3 CS : 53.10.10)
Sirius M47 (**) M47 International
5144816-5
(KiwiM3s1) (V3 CS : 53.30)
Sirius M48 M48 International 5144816-6
(Litchi2K) (V3 CS : 53.30)
Sirius M49 M49 International 5144816-7
(Zodiac) (V3 CS : 53.30) and
5144816-7-LE Nothing
5144816-8
Sirius M410 M410 International
and
(Penduick) (V3 CS : 53.40)
5144816-8-LE
Sirius M411 M411 International 5144816-9
(LFOV2 + Z400) (V4 CS : 54.10) and
5144816-9-LE

Chapter 3 Pre Installation 111


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Rotation-related Gantry Parts to or‐


Manufacturing Ver‐ der (assuming they have never
Technical Release Model Number
sion(ADS Version) been changed during the system
lifetime)
Sirius M412 M412 International 5144816-10
(Sunburst) (V4 CS : 54.20) and
5144816-10-LE
Sirius M413 M413 International 5144816-11
(eIFU) (V4 CS : 54.20) and
5144816-11-LE
Sirius M414 M414 International 5144816-12
(SFDA) (V4 CS : 54.20) and
5144816-12-LE
IB system upgraded N/A N/A Depending on the Model Number of
with CESM option (55.10 or 55.20) the IB System as listed above, one
or more of the following:
• Rotation Board with V2 Rota‐
tion Clutch Connector
(2375488–13)

• 3000N Rotation Gas Spring


(5154719)

* — Some Q1 2009 Essential Systems (5144816-5) not upgraded with the Stereotaxy Upgrade Kit were
already manufactured with the 3000N Rotation Gas Spring. For more information, see Section 2.4.5.2.
** — System upgraded with Stereotaxy Kit (ADS SW 53.30, 3000N Rotation Gas Spring (5154719) and
Rotation Board with V2 Rotation Clutch Connector (2375488–12)), but will contain the non-50N V2 Rotation
Clutch (2345968–3), which will need upgrading with the 50N V2 Rotation Clutch (5481350).

2.4.5.2 Q1 2009 Essential Systems (5144816-5) Manufactured With the 3000N Rotation Gas Spring
Some Essential Systems with model number 5144816-5 that were never upgraded with the
Stereotaxy Kit may already have 3000 N Rotation Gas Spring (5154719) required by the GE Breast
Tomosynthesis option.

• All Senographe Essential systems manufactured after April 1st 2009 have the 3000 N Rotation
Gas Spring (5154719), which is compatible with the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option. In this
case, you do not need to change the Rotation Gas Spring.

• Senographe Essential systems manufactured before April 1st 2009 may have the 2600 N
Rotation Gas Spring (2412202) or 3000 N Rotation Gas Spring (5154719). The 2600 N
Rotation Gas Spring (2412202) is not compatible with the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option,
whereas the 3000 N Rotation Gas Spring (5154719) is compatible with the GE Breast
Tomosynthesis option.

Table 3-21 summarizes the Senographe Essential systems manufactured before April 1st 2009
that have the new 3000 N Rotation Gas Spring (5154719), which is compatible with the GE Breast
Tomosynthesis option. To identify your system, check the labels on the base of the Gantry and on
the Generator covers.

112 2 Pre Installation Procedures


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Table 3-21: Q1 2009 Essential Systems manufactured with the 3000 N Rotation Gas Spring

Manufacturing date Gantry S/N System S/N

2009–01–21 4590MC6 574095BU6

2009–01–21 4592MC2 574102BU0

2009–01–26 4591MC4 574449BU5

2009–01–29 4611MC0 574451BU1

2009–01–29 4609MC4 574452BU9

2009–01–29 4612MC8 574920BU5

2009–01–30 4610MC2 574454BU5

2009–01–30 4613MC6 574453BU7

2009–02–02 4616MC9 574918BU9

2009–02–04 4614MC4 574919BU7

2009–02–02 4615MC1 574914BU8

2009–02–04 4617MC7 574913BU0

2009–02–05 4622MC7 574916BU3

2009–02–09 4621MC9 575260BU5

2009–02–10 4624MC3 575261BU3

2009–02–11 4618MC5 575263BU9

2009–02–13 4623MC5 574912BU2

2009–02–19 4629MC2 575450BU2

2009–02–19 4628MC4 575446BU0

2009–02–23 4626MC8 575442BU9

2009–02–25 4630MC0 575262BU1

2009–03–02 4625MC0 575264BU7

2009–03–03 4619MC3 575443BU7

2009–03–09 4634MC2 576017BU8

2009–03–09 4631MC8 576018BU6

2009–03–10 4627MC6 576005BU3

2009–03–10 4633MC4 576004BU6

2009–03–12 4632MC6 575449BU4

2009–03–16 4635MC9 576007BU9

2009–03–16 4639MC1 576008BU7

2009–03–17 4656MC5 576003BU8

2009–03–18 4654MC0 576010BU3

2009–03–18 4643MC3 576012BU9

2009–03–18 4657MC3 576009BU5

2009–03–24 4640MC9 575981BU6

2009–03–24 4636MC7 575983BU2

Chapter 3 Pre Installation 113


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Manufacturing date Gantry S/N System S/N

2009–03–25 4667MC2 575984BU0

2009–03–26 4642MC5 576011BU1

2.4.6 Potential Need to Change BSLM Board


In older Gantries, there may be a need to change the Breast Support Locking Mechanism board.
Some BSLM Boards in the install base are not compatible with the MTD because they store
excessive charge from the Gantry CAN bus, which the MTD is sensitive to. When a BSLM Board
is not compatible with the MTD, there is a lapse of CAN communication between the MTD and the
Gantry, and the MTD will not boot up when plugged into the Gantry. Order a BSLM Board
(5137301-3) and take it on-site in case it needs changing during the GE Breast Tomosynthesis
upgrade.

2.4.7 Potential Need For New Monitor on Systems Upgraded by Accelera Kit
If you are upgrading a system with a V1/V2 Control Station with the Accelera Kit (scenario C), and
if the customer has a monitor without a DVI connection, you must order a monitor with a DVI
connection (19" LCD Monitor PN: 51487020-4).

2.4.8 Potential Need For Long Reconstruction Cable Harness


If during the pre-installation planning phase (see Section 1.6.2, Layout Constraints for Positioning
the Reconstruction Station) it was decided that the Reconstruction Station cannot be positioned
directly behind the Control Station, order the Long Reconstruction Station Cable Harness
(5434153).

2.4.9 Planning Upgrades of IDI Mammography Workflow Solutions


Before installing the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option, ensure that customer’s IDI Mammography
Workflow Solutions system is already at version 4.7.0 (build 370) and has a Tomo license. If the
customer’s IDI Mammography Workflow Solutions system needs upgrading to version 4.7.0 (build
370), it can take several weeks to receive the upgrade software. In scenarios where the customer’s
IDI Mammography Workflow Solutions system needs upgrading to version 4.7.0 (build 370),
ensure that you plan enough time so that the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option can be installed
after the upgrade of the IDI Mammography Workflow Solutions system.

NOTE: If the customer’s IDI 4.7.0 version is not at build 370 (or above), Breast Tomosynthesis
Objects will not be supported

2.4.10 Obtaining Test BTO Images to Check PACS Compatibility


Before going on site, you should obtain test BTO images so that they can be used to check PACs
compatibility.

1. On a USB flash memory device, copy the folder e6 from the following FTP server address:
ftp://medical.nema.org/MEDICAL/Dicom/DataSets/WG15/BreastTomoImage/
GE_BreastTomo_2012_10/
To establish this FTP connection, you must configure your FTP client as follows:

114 2 Pre Installation Procedures


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

○ FTP host : medical.nema.org


○ Username : anonymous
○ Password : your e-mail address
○ Remote Start Folder : MEDICAL/Dicom/DataSets/WG15/BreastTomoImage/
GE_BreastTomo_2012_10/

If you are within the GE network when connecting to the remote FTP server, you will need to
configure the advanced settings in your FTP client so it can traverse the GE proxy.

○ Proxy host : ftp-proxy.med.ge.com


○ Port : 21
○ User Id : blank (nothing)
○ Password : blank (nothing)
○ FTP Proxy : UserId = user@hostname
NOTE: The images from the link indicated above were generated for connectivity testing
purposes only. They are not representatives for the display nor for any other
functionality

NOTE: Depending on your Internet connection speed. The folders may take some time
(order of minutes) to update within your FTP client.
2. Once the e6 folder from the FTP server have finished downloading (could take up to 2 hours
depending on your Internet connection), verify that the folder structure and file structure/size
is as follows within the e6 folder:

○ s36
■ i150.MGDC.2 — 171,241 KB
■ i151.MGDC.1 — 18,159 KB
○ s43
■ i164.MGDC.1 — 18,466 KB
■ i165.MGDC.2 — 170,751 KB
○ s44
■ i166.MGDC.2 — 163,213 KB
■ i167.MGDC.1 — 18,659 KB
○ s46
■ i170.MGDC.2 — 163,212 KB

Chapter 3 Pre Installation 115


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

■ i171.MGDC.1 — 18,659 KB
If any of the files are missing or not the file sizes quoted above, download the contents of the
e6 folder from the FTP server.
3. Copy the e6 folder from the FTP server to a USB flash memory device.

116 2 Pre Installation Procedures


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

2.5 Job Card PRE A004 - Checking for Damage


The option kit is inspected for proper operation and appearance before shipment. However, it is
necessary to inspect the product after the shipment is received. The option kit is supplied in one
pallet that contains the following elements:

• Motorized Tomosynthesis Device,

• Reconstruction Housing,

• Reconstruction Computer,

• Technical publication,

• Accessory kit, which includes:

○ Short Reconstruction Station Cable Harness


○ CAT6 Ethernet Coupler
○ 3D Foot Pedal
○ Lift Board
○ Multi-plug
○ UPS Power Cable
○ Ethernet Switch
○ 20 x Tie Wraps
○ Z400 RAM Modules
○ Generator EPROMs
• Standard 24x31 Paddle for MTD,

• Elevated 24x31 Paddle for MTD,

• Sliding 19x23 Paddle for MTD,

• Software upgrade kit,

• Detector Rails,

• 50N V2 Rotation Clutch,

• Gas Spring for Rotation Worm Gear.

2.5.1 POSSIBLE TYPES OF DAMAGE


Two types of possible damage can exist, as follows:

Chapter 3 Pre Installation 117


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

• External (noted) damage: damage is visible on the packages and there may or may not be
actual damage to the contents of the packages. This type of damage is a consequence of bad
transportation.

• Internal (concealed) damage: no damage is visible on the packages however there is actual
damage to the contents of the packages. This type of damage is a consequence of bad
manufacturing.

The illustration below summarizes the general process to determine:

• whether any of the option components are damaged

• the cause (and liability) of possible damage

• whether you have to make a claim for damage with the carrier company

• whether you have to make a manufacturing claim for damage or components considered dead
on arrival (DOA) with GE Healthcare

118 2 Pre Installation Procedures


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

The damage checking process is split into two main phases:

• The first phase must be undertaken during the delivery complaint period defined by your
country consumer laws (usually 14 days). So that in the event that external damage has
occurred, the liability of the damage can be attributed to the carrier company.

Chapter 3 Pre Installation 119


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

NOTICE
External (noted) damage must be reported to the carrier immediately upon
discovery, or in any event within the delivery complaint period (defined by your local
consumer laws) after receiving the delivery (e.g.14 days in the USA). A
transportation company will not pay a claim for damage if a post-delivery inspection
is not requested within the delivery complaint period defined by your country
consumer laws (usually 14 days).

• The second phase can be undertaken later during the installation of the option. Any damage
found during this phase is considered as either physical DOA or electrical DOA, which is the
responsibility of GE Healthcare manufacturing.

2.5.2 CHECKING FOR EXTERNAL DAMAGE


2.5.2.1 Delivery Inspection with Courier
When the shipment of the option kit arrives, a General Electric representative or a hospital
receiving agent must proceed as follows for each of the pallet.

1. Closely examine each pallet for visible damage, and check any shock and tilt indicators
present.
If the pallets in the shipment show visible signs of damage, excessive shock, etc. you must
perform a delivery inspection as follows:
a. Open the pallet immediately to check the contents, and ask the driver to inspect the
contents with you.
b. Write a precise description of the damage on your copy and carriers copy of the delivery
receipt, along with the notation "damage in shipment".
c. Sign for the shipment and arrange a post-delivery inspection within delivery complaint
period defined by your country consumer laws.
d. Contact GE Healthcare to report the initial damage according to Section 2.5.4 Reporting
Damage.
If the pallets in the shipment do not show visible signs of damage or excessive shock, no
action is required other than to sign for the shipment.
2. Move the pallet into or close to the x-ray room, ready for unpacking.

2.5.2.2 Conduct post-delivery Inspections


Contact the Customer Service Department at phone number provided on the carriers bill to help
you determine whether a post-delivery inspection and formal written report is required.
Occasionally, the carrier may not have an inspector examine the damaged freight. Instead, they
may request that you do the post-delivery inspection yourself and keep a written description. This
written description can be used if a transportation claim is filed later. Note, that a post-delivery
inspection report is not a transportation claim.

Once you have completed a post-delivery the details of the damage to GE Healthcare and the
carrier according to Section 2.5.4 Reporting Damage.

120 2 Pre Installation Procedures


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

2.5.3 CHECKING FOR INTERNAL DAMAGE


As soon as possible after delivery, unpack, and inspect your shipment. If you discover internal
(concealed) damage, report it to GE Healthcare immediately according to Section 2.5.4 Reporting
Damage.

2.5.4 REPORTING DAMAGE


1. Contact the GE Healthcare Distributor and/or GE Healthcare Account Manager from which the
product was purchased to inform them of the damage. Be ready to supply the following
information:

○ name of carrier,
○ delivery date,
○ consignee name,
○ freight or express bill number,
○ item damaged,
○ extent of damage.
2. The GE Healthcare Distributor and/or GE Healthcare Account Manager will contact the factory
of origin to determine the most cost effective way to repair the damage.

○ If damage deemed to warrant a factory repair, a Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA)


will be issued to return damaged product to factory. Factory will provide quote to repair
damaged equipment after inspection of damage upon receipt of damaged equipment. Do
not ship any damaged product back to factory without an RMA.

○ If damage is deemed minimal and can be repaired in the field with replacement parts, the
factory will provide a quote to the consignee to purchase those parts.

○ If damage is deemed catastrophic and requires complete replacement of damaged


equipment, GE Healthcare will provide a quote to the consignee with quote to replace
damaged equipment.
3. Discuss how to proceed with your GE Healthcare Distributor and/or GE Healthcare Account
Manager:

○ If you determined that the bad transportation was to blame for the damage then your GE
Healthcare Distributor and/or GE Healthcare Account Manager will advise you how to file
a transportation claim and how to proceed with the transportation claim process.

○ If you determined that the transportation was not to blame for the damage then your GE
Healthcare Distributor and/or GE Healthcare Account Manager will advise you how to file
a manufacturing claim and how to proceed with the manufacturing claim process.

Chapter 3 Pre Installation 121


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

2.6 Job Card PRE A005 - Unpacking the kit


2.6.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Field Engineer Not Applicable 45 mins Not Applicable

2.6.2 Overview
The GE Breast Tomosynthesis Kit is delivered on only one pallet.

The objective of this Job Card is to unpack the MTD, the upgrade kit, the accessories, the
Reconstruction housing and computer to check them for damage and move them to the
mammography room.

In addition to the GE Breast Tomosynthesis Kit, an FMI12211 Kit may have been ordered and
delivered at the same time. The content and unpacking instructions of the FMI12211 Kit are beyond
to scope of this Job Card. However, if it was ordered, you must ensure that the FMI12211 Kit has
also been delivered.

2.6.3 Preliminary Requirements


2.6.3.1 Tools and Test Equipment

Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer


Standard Tool Box 1 - - -
Safety gloves 1 - - -

2.6.3.2 Safety

WARNING
RISKS OF CRUSHING INJURIES.
THE MOTORIZED TOMOSYNTHESIS DEVICE (MTD) WEIGHS OVER 12 KG.
ALWAYS USE BOTH HANDS TO MANIPULATE THE MTD WHEN
MANIPULATING THE DEVICE. BE CAREFUL DURING THE MANIPULATION OF
THE MTD.

WARNING
RISKS OF CRUSHING INJURIES.
THE RECONSTRUCTION HOUSING AND THE RECONSTRUCTION
COMPUTER ARE HEAVY.
NEVER LIFT THE HOUSING OR COMPUTER. TO MOVE THEM, TILT THE
EQUIPMENT 15° AND USE YOUR LEG TO PUSH IT TO DESTINATION.
ALWAYS USE BOTH HANDS TO MANIPULATE THE RECONSTRUCTION
HOUSING AND COMPUTER.

122 2 Pre Installation Procedures


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

CAUTION
Risks of bruising injuries during manipulation of paddles.
Handle the paddles with care.

CAUTION
Risk of cut when opening the kit and handling the packaging.
Wear protective gloves.

2.6.3.3 Required Conditions

Condition Reference Effectivity


The pallet is on flat, level ground. - -

2.6.4 Procedure
2.6.4.1 Reception
The kit is delivered on a single pallet. At reception check the entire consignment for damage
according to Job Card PRE A004 - Checking for damage

2.6.4.2 Packaging description


1. Open the three latches (see Illustration 3-21) to release the top cover and the doors of the
package.

Illustration 3-21: Package closed

2. Push the top cover and open the doors.

Refer to Table 3-22 for a description of the pallet content.

Chapter 3 Pre Installation 123


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Table 3-22: Pallet content

Identification Content

A Protective Foam

B Software kit

C Technical Publications (Operator Manual, Installation Manual)

D Plastic Detector Rails and Stator Current Filter Assembly Cable

E Precise 50N Clutch

F Standard 24x31 Paddle for MTD

G Deflector set

124 2 Pre Installation Procedures


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Identification Content

H Elevated 24x31 Paddle for MTD

I Accessory kit

J Reconstruction Computer

K Reconstruction Housing

L Motorized Tomosynthesis Device (M1) and Sliding 19x23 Paddle for MTD (M2)

2.6.4.3 Unpacking the kit


1. Open each box that you remove the package and check the items for damage such as
scratches or visible impacts.

2. Remove the following:

a. foam (A in Table 3-22),

b. Software kit (B in Table 3-22),

c. Technical Publications (C in Table 3-22),

d. Plastic Detector Rails and Stator Current Filter Assembly Cable (D in Table 3-22)

e. Precise 50N Clutch (E in Table 3-22)

f. Gas Spring for Rotation Worm Gear (F in Table 3-22)

g. Standard 24x31 Paddle for MTD (G in Table 3-22),

h. Deflector set (H in Table 3-22),

i. Elevated 24x31 Paddle for MTD (I in Table 3-22),

j. Accessory kit (J in Table 3-22).

k. Reconstruction Computer (K in Table 3-22)

l. Reconstruction Housing (L in Table 3-22)

m. Motorized Tomosynthesis Device and Sliding 19x23 Paddle for MTD (M in Table
3-22)

Chapter 3 Pre Installation 125


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

2.6.4.3.1 Reconstruction computer

WARNING
RISKS OF CRUSHING INJURIES.
THE RECONSTRUCTION HOUSING AND THE RECONSTRUCTION
COMPUTER ARE HEAVY.
NEVER LIFT THE HOUSING OR COMPUTER. TO MOVE THEM, TILT THE
EQUIPMENT 15° AND USE YOUR LEG TO PUSH IT TO DESTINATION.
ALWAYS USE BOTH HANDS TO MANIPULATE THE RECONSTRUCTION
HOUSING AND COMPUTER.

CAUTION
Risk of cut when opening the kit and handling the packaging.
Wear protective gloves.

NOTICE
Make sure the computer is on an even non-slippery surface at all time.
Leave the computer on the ground, do not lift it to put it on a table.

1. Remove the Reconstruction computer box from the package.

Use the handle that is cut in the box, as indicated in Illustration 3-22.

Illustration 3-22: Reconstruction computer box in pallet

2. Check that the inscription open here is present in the top left corner of the box.

If the open here inscription is not in the top left corner, turn the box before you open it.

3. Open the box on the side of the open here inscription.

4. The computer is protected by two protective foams and a black plastic bag, see Illustration
3-23

126 2 Pre Installation Procedures


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 3-23: Reconstruction computer in box

WARNING
RISKS OF CRUSHING INJURIES.
THE RECONSTRUCTION HOUSING AND THE RECONSTRUCTION
COMPUTER ARE HEAVY.
NEVER LIFT THE HOUSING OR COMPUTER.

5. Remove the computer from the box:

a. Slide your hands on the sides of the computer.

b. Pull the computer on each side alternatively to take it out of the box.

6. Remove the foam and plastic bag.

a. Remove the foam on top.

b. Open the top of the plastic bag and slide it down.

NOTICE
Hold the computer to prevent it from falling when you remove the protective
foam.

c. Put the computer on its side.

d. Put the computer on its top.

e. Remove the protective foam and the plastic bag.

f. Put the computer on its side then put it back on its base.

7. Remove and discard the front protection of the computer.

Chapter 3 Pre Installation 127


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

2.6.4.3.2 Reconstruction housing


1. Remove the Reconstruction housing box from the package.

Use the handles attached to the side of the box, as indicated in Illustration 3-24.

Illustration 3-24: Reconstruction housing box in pallet

2. Put the box on its base as indicated by the position of the handles.

WARNING
RISKS OF CRUSHING INJURIES.
THE RECONSTRUCTION HOUSING AND THE RECONSTRUCTION
COMPUTER ARE HEAVY.
NEVER LIFT THE HOUSING OR COMPUTER.

3. Open the side of the box.

4. Remove the housing from the box:

a. Slide your hands on the sides of the housing.

b. Pull the housing on each side alternatively to take it out of the box.

5. Remove the protective foams.

128 2 Pre Installation Procedures


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

a. Put the housing on its side.

b. Put the housing on its top.

c. Remove the protective foam.

d. Put the housing on its side.

e. Put the housing on its base.

f. Remove the protective foam.

2.6.4.3.3 Motorized Tomosynthesis Device (MTD)


1. Pull on the MTD box to access the latches on each side.

2. Open the latches, see Illustration 3-25

Illustration 3-25: MTD box in pallet

3. Push the MTD box back into the pallet.

4. Push the front cover of the box up and position it so it stays in place on top of the box, see
Illustration 3-26.

Chapter 3 Pre Installation 129


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 3-26: Open the MTD box

5. Pull the MTD box so it is one tenth out of he pallet.

6. Push the top cover so the box stays open.

7. Remove the two parts of the MTD table stand from the box and assemble them.

Use the steps described in Chapter 5, Job Card IST A021 - MTD table stand.

8. Remove the protective foams indicated in Illustration 3-27.

130 2 Pre Installation Procedures


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 3-27: MTD protective foams

9. Remove the plastic sheet protecting the MTD grid.

WARNING
RISKS OF CRUSHING INJURIES.
THE MOTORIZED TOMOSYNTHESIS DEVICE (MTD) WEIGHS OVER 12 KG.
ALWAYS USE BOTH HANDS TO MANIPULATE THE MTD WHEN
MANIPULATING THE DEVICE. BE CAREFUL DURING THE MANIPULATION OF
THE MTD.

10. Remove the MTD from its packaging.

a. Pivot the MTD to position it vertically.

b. Lift the MTD using the handles and put the MTD on its table stand.

2.6.5 Finalization
Unless the customer asks otherwise, dispose of the packaging following the hospital guidelines
for waste management. Ensure you do not throw away important items such as the TRA sheet as
it is needed later on when sending the localization card.

Chapter 3 Pre Installation 131


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

2.7 Job Card PRE A006 - Overall system behavior check


The objective of the procedures described in this Job Card is to check the system for problems
that could critically interfere with the intended use of the option.

2.7.1 Check the system for Gantry related errors


In the Error Log section of the Service Desktop (see How to use the Error Log in the Core SIP),
check the presence of any Gantry related errors.

If any Gantry related errors are present, follow the recommended actions described in the Error
Messages chapter of the Core SIP.

2.7.2 Check the anchoring of the system


Given the specificities of the option, the system anchoring needs to be checked to ensure its
optimal performance.

Check the three or five (for seismic areas) inserts of the Gantry, indicated in Illustration 3-28:

Illustration 3-28: Gantry anchoring

If the inserts are loose, tighten them accordingly. If the inserts remain loose, contact your OLC as
further corrective actions need to be performed before performing more exams.

2.7.3 Perform an acquisition


Perform an acquisition using AOP mode with a Flat Field Phantom and check the following:

• AOP mode is working as expected

• Collimator blades are not visible in the image

• Grey level is correct (image is not black or white)

• No visible artifacts, dust or bad pixels present

If there are any of the issues listed above, resolve them before performing the upgrade of the
system.

132 2 Pre Installation Procedures


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Chapter 4 System Description


1 Tomosynthesis Theory
1.1 Principles of Operation
Digital Breast Tomosynthesis (DBT) is a mammographic technique that uses sequential, low-dose,
mammographic exposures of a compressed breast taken at multiple angles to “synthesize” high
resolution, mammographic quality “planes” through the entire breast.

DBT acquires a sequence of low-dose X-ray projection views at different angles through the
compressed breast that are reconstructed into multiple images of different planes parallel to the
detector through the breast. Each DBT image has a narrow range of focus, blurring or eliminating
the structured noise caused by overlapping fibroglandular tissues or other structures.

In normal 2D acquisition, lesions can be hidden by superimposed normal tissue (see Illustration
4-1) while 3D acquisition allows performing angulated views of the breast. During the DBT exam,
a sequence of low-dose X-ray projection views is taken at different tube angles with respect to the
perpendicular of the breast support plane (see Illustration 4-2).

Illustration 4-1: Normal 2D acquisition Illustration 4-2: 3D acquisition at different tube angles to the
detector

A set of tomographic planes spanning the entire thickness of the compressed breast is generated,
from the acquired projection images, using a tomosynthesis reconstruction algorithm. Each
reconstructed image has a narrow range of focus, representing a plane parallel to the breast
support surface, where the structures belonging to the height of interest are optimally rendered,
eliminating the structured noise caused by overlapping fibroglandular tissues above and below the
plane. In the DBT reconstruction process, projection views are shifted and added resulting in
objects at a given height being in focus in a given reconstructed plane (see Illustration 4-3).

Chapter 4 System Description 133


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 4-3: Example of 3D reconstruction at different heights

1.2 Detector Performance


GE Breast Tomosynthesis uses the existing Senographe Essential 100 micron (pixel size/
resolution) detector for DBT images, as for conventional 2D acquisitions. The efficiency and rapid
readout capability of the entire 24x31 cm detector array maintains the 100 micron resolution of the
Senographe Essential detector in the reconstructed DBT images, without pixel binning (the
addition of several pixels into a single larger pixel). This design results in no loss of spatial
resolution, allowing small objects such as microcalcifications to be well characterized in both 2D
and DBT images.

The detector also includes a large operating temperature range, providing detector stability during
tomosynthesis acquisitions. Low radiation dose is particularly important when screening
asymptomatic women for breast cancer. To keep patient dose low when performing a DBT
examination, high detector efficiency (high DQE) is required. The Senographe Essential digital
detector is well-suited for this application since it has high DQE even at the low patient dose needed
for each DBT projection view acquisition. As a result, GE Breast Tomosynthesis has been
designed to keep the total DBT dose equivalent to that of a single 2D MLO or CC view.

1.3 Angular Sweep Range and Number of Projections


There are design trade-offs in selecting the tube motion, angular sweep range, number of
projections, acquisition and compression time and resultant dose of the DBT acquisition. Larger
angle and a higher number of projections allow better separation of overlapping tissues, yielding

134 1 Tomosynthesis Theory


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

better removal of out-of-plane structures. Smaller sweep angles and fewer projection views yield
sharper detail, lower patient dose, and shorter acquisition times, meaning shorter patient
compression and a lower likelihood of patient motion. Optimizing these trade-offs, GE Breast
Tomosynthesis acquires nine projection views over a 25° sweep angle, providing both short
acquisition times and high in-plane spatial resolution while achieving excellent elimination of out-
of-plane tissues.

1.4 Step-and-shoot tube motion


GE Breast Tomosynthesis acquires projection views at nine evenly spaced, fixed tube locations.
This is achieved by starting and stopping tube motion to acquire each projection view. Step-and-
shoot motion has a distinct advantage over continuous tube motion during acquisition. Continuous
tube motion blurs the apparent focal spot size, while step-and-shoot has a focal spot size
comparable to that in conventional mammography, yielding sharper images, which is important
for micro-calcification visualization.

1.5 The 3D X-ray Exposure 3D Sequence


The starting position of an X-ray Exposure 3D Sequence is ±15.63°. Whether X-rays are shot at
this starting position, depends on the FOV being used, compression paddle position and the
laterality chosen in the exam. Before shooting the first X-ray exposure, the Tube Head will either
not move (0°) or move by approximately 3° or 6° depending on the FOV being used, the
compression paddle position, and the laterality chosen in the exam.

NOTE: The angle values mentioned in this section refer to the value is displayed on the Gantry
LCD. The ADS software and Gantry CPU board use different reference planes for the
Tube Head angle. The Gantry CPU board takes the plane in which the angulation
isocenter is a reference, whereas the ADS software ADS takes the image plane as a
reference. As a result of these difference reference planes, the Tube Head angle value
displayed on the ADS Browser will differ slightly from the value displayed on the Gantry
LCD.

1.5.1 Full FOV X-ray Exposure 3D Sequence


In the case when the Standard 24x31 paddle for MTD is used, Elevated 24x31 paddle for MTD is
used or no compression paddle is used, the full FOV is available, and the first X-ray exposure is
only ever taken after the Tube Head moves by approximately 3° as indicated in Table 4-1.

Table 4-1: Full (24x31) FOV X-ray Exposure Sequences

Sweep for Rotation angle Sweep for Rotation angle Sweep for Rotation angle Sweep for Rotation angle
in [-90°;-11°] in [-10°;+10°] in [-10°;+10°] in [+90°;+11°]
Laterality: Both Laterality: Left Laterality: Right Laterality: Both

Start Position 15.63°±0.5° -15.63°±0.5° 15.63°±0.5° -15.63°±0.5°

Exposure 1 12.50°±0.5° -12.50°±0.5° 12.50°±0.5° -12.50°±0.5°


(moves 3°) (moves 3°) (moves 3°) (moves 3°)

Exposure 2 9.38°±0.5° -9.38°±0.5° 9.38°±0.5° -9.38°±0.5°

Exposure 3 6.25°±0.5° -6.25°±0.5° 6.25°±0.5° -6.25°±0.5°

Exposure 4 3.13°±0.5° -3.13°±0.5° 3.13°±0.5° -3.13°±0.5°

Chapter 4 System Description 135


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Sweep for Rotation angle Sweep for Rotation angle Sweep for Rotation angle Sweep for Rotation angle
in [-90°;-11°] in [-10°;+10°] in [-10°;+10°] in [+90°;+11°]
Laterality: Both Laterality: Left Laterality: Right Laterality: Both

Exposure 5 0.00°±0.5° 0.00°±0.5° 0.00°±0.5° 0.00°±0.5°

Exposure 6 -3.13°±0.5° 3.13°±0.5° -3.13°±0.5° 3.13°±0.5°

Exposure 7 -6.25°±0.5° 6.25°±0.5° -6.25°±0.5° 6.25°±0.5°

Exposure 8 -9.38°±0.5° 9.38°±0.5° -9.38°±0.5° 9.38°±0.5°

Exposure 9 -12.50°±0.5° 12.50°±0.5° -12.50°±0.5° 12.50°±0.5°

All service related calibrations and checks that contain an X-ray Exposure 3D Sequence, either
do not use a compression paddle or only use the Standard 24x31 paddle for MTD. Therefore, from
a service perspective, only the full FOV X-ray Exposure 3D Sequence summarized in is Table
4-1 witnessed.

1.5.2 Partial FOV X-ray Exposure 3D Sequence


When the Sliding 19x23 paddle for MTD is used, the FOV is smaller. Before shooting the first X-
ray exposure, the Tube Head will either not move (0°) or move by approximately 3° or 6° depending
on the FOV position being used, and the laterality chosen in the exam as summarized in Table
4-2 , Table 4-3, and Table 4-4.

Table 4-2: Partial (19x23) FOV X-ray Exposure Sequences — Sweep for Rotation angle in [-90+,
-11°] — Laterality : Both

FOV 19x23 Left FOV 19x23 Center FOV 19x23 Right


Laterality: Both Laterality: Both Laterality: Both

Start Position 15.63°±0.5° 15.6°±0.5° 15.63°±0.5°

Exposure 1 15.63°±0.5° (no movement) 12.50°±0.5° (moves 3°) 9.38°±0.5° (moves 6°)

Exposure 2 12.50°±0.5° 9.38°±0.5° 6.25°±0.5°

Exposure 3 9.38°±0.5° 6.25°±0.5° 3.13°±0.5°

Exposure 4 6.25°±0.5° -3.13°±0.5° 0.00°±0.5°

Exposure 5 3.13°±0.5° 0.00°±0.5° -3.13°±0.5°

Exposure 6 0.00°±0.5° -3.13°±0.5° -6.25°±0.5°

Exposure 7 -3.13°±0.5° -6.25°±0.5° -9.38°±0.5°

Exposure 8 -6.25°±0.5° -9.38°±0.5° -12.50°±0.5°

Exposure 9 -9.38°±0.5° -12.50°±0.5° -15.63°±0.5°

Table 4-3: Partial (19x23) FOV X-ray Exposure Sequences — Sweep for Rotation angle in [-10°,
+10°]

FOV 19x23 Left FOV 19x23 Left FOV 19x23 Cen‐ FOV 19x23 Cen‐ FOV 19x23 Right FOV 19x23 Right
Laterality: Left Laterality: Right ter ter Laterality: Left Laterality: Right
Laterality: Left Laterality: Right

Start Position -15.63°±0.5° 15.63°±0.5° -15.6°±0.5° 15.6°±0.5° -15.63°±0.5° 15.63°±0.5°

Exposure 1 -9.38°±0.5° 15.63°±0.5° (no -12.50°±0.5° 12.50°±0.5° -15.63°±0.5° (no 9.38°±0.5°


(moves 6°) movement) (moves 3°) (moves 3°) movement) (moves 6°)

136 1 Tomosynthesis Theory


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

FOV 19x23 Left FOV 19x23 Left FOV 19x23 Cen‐ FOV 19x23 Cen‐ FOV 19x23 Right FOV 19x23 Right
Laterality: Left Laterality: Right ter ter Laterality: Left Laterality: Right
Laterality: Left Laterality: Right

Exposure 2 -6.25°±0.5° 12.50°±0.5° -9.38°±0.5° 9.38°±0.5° -12.50°±0.5° 6.25°±0.5°

Exposure 3 -3.13°±0.5° 9.38°±0.5° -6.25°±0.5° 6.25°±0.5° -9.38°±0.5° 3.13°±0.5°

Exposure 4 0.00°±0.5° 6.25°±0.5° -3.13°±0.5° -3.13°±0.5° -6.25°±0.5° 0.00°±0.5°

Exposure 5 3.13°±0.5° 3.13°±0.5° 0.00°±0.5° 0.00°±0.5° -3.13°±0.5° -3.13°±0.5°

Exposure 6 6.25°±0.5° 0.00°±0.5° 3.13°±0.5° -3.13°±0.5° 0.00°±0.5° -6.25°±0.5°

Exposure 7 9.38°±0.5° -3.13°±0.5° 6.25°±0.5° -6.25°±0.5° 3.13°±0.5° -9.38°±0.5°

Exposure 8 12.50°±0.5° -6.25°±0.5° 9.38°±0.5° -9.38°±0.5° 6.25°±0.5° -12.50°±0.5°

Exposure 9 15.63°±0.5° -9.38°±0.5° 12.50°±0.5° -12.50°±0.5° 9.38°±0.5° -15.63°±0.5°

Table 4-4: Partial (19x23) FOV X-ray Exposure Sequences — Sweep for Rotation angle in [+11°,
+90°] — Laterality : Both

FOV 19x23 Left FOV 19x23 Center FOV 19x23 Right


Laterality: Both Laterality: Both Laterality: Both

Start Position -15.63°±0.5° -15.6°±0.5° -15.63°±0.5°

Exposure 1 -9.38°±0.5° (moves 6°) -12.50°±0.5° (moves 3°) -15.63°±0.5° (no movement)

Exposure 2 -6.25°±0.5° -9.38°±0.5° -12.50°±0.5°

Exposure 3 -3.13°±0.5° -6.25°±0.5° -9.38°±0.5°

Exposure 4 0.00°±0.5° -3.13°±0.5° -6.25°±0.5°

Exposure 5 3.13°±0.5° 0.00°±0.5° -3.13°±0.5°

Exposure 6 6.25°±0.5° 3.13°±0.5° 0.00°±0.5°

Exposure 7 9.38°±0.5° 6.25°±0.5° 3.13°±0.5°

Exposure 8 12.50°±0.5° 9.38°±0.5° 6.25°±0.5°

Exposure 9 15.63°±0.5° 12.50°±0.5° 9.38°±0.5°

Chapter 4 System Description 137


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

2 Main GE Breast Tomosynthesis Option Components


In order for Digital Breast Tomosynthesis (DBT) to be possible, an existing Senographe Essential
system must be upgraded with the following components:

• Motorized Tomosynthesis Device (MTD) and dedicated MTD compression paddles (see
Section 2.1) which is plugged into the Breast Support connectors on the Gantry instead of the
Bucky or Mag Stand.

• MTD compatible Detector Rails (see Section 2.2).

• Precise 50N Rotation Clutch (see Section 2.3).

• Stator Current Filter Assembly Cable (see Section 2.4).

• Reconstruction Computer (see Section 2.5) housed in a separate Reconstruction Station


housing located either close behind or far away from the Control Station.

• A multiplug with UPS supply cable (see Section 2.8) in the Control Station, which shares the
original AC power source from the Gantry between the components in the Control Station and
the Reconstruction Computer in the Reconstruction Station.

• Gigabit Ethernet Switch (see Section 2.9) in the Control Station — required so that the data
going between the Reconstruction Computer, ADS Computer and IDC Computer is fast
enough to allow the reconstruction volumes on the Reconstruction Computer to be created in
a timely manner.

• Additional memory in the ADS Computer to support the extra processing power required when
acquiring each of the nine projection images in a 3D exam.

• 3D foot pedal (see Section 2.6) . The 3D foot pedal requires a compatible DBT Lift Board in
the Gantry, which has an additional connector for the 3D foot pedal (see Section 2.7).

• A short or long harness (depending on the location of the Reconstruction Station) containing
all the necessary power, ground and network cables for connecting the ADS Computer to the
Reconstruction Computer.

• Software to support the DBT functionality on the Generator (DBT Compatible Generator CPU
Board EPROMs), Gantry, ADS Computer, IDC Computer, and Reconstruction Computer. For
more information, see Section 2.10.

Illustration 4-4 summarizes the majority of the physical components required to enable DBT
functionality on a Senographe Essential system.

138 2 Main GE Breast Tomosynthesis Option Components


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 4-4: Summary of physical components required to enable DBT

2.1 Motorized Tomosynthesis Device (MTD)


2.1.1 Application Aspects of the MTD
The Motorized Tomosynthesis Device (MTD) is the specific breast support designed for GE Breast
Tomosynthesis, with anti-scatter grid, compression carriage and paddle holder assembly, which
is attached directly to the digital detector. It allows fixed compression of the breast independent of
the X-ray tube movements needed for DBT view acquisitions.

Chapter 4 System Description 139


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 4-5: Motorized Tomosynthesis Device (MTD) description

1. 3D/2D motion switch button (toggles between 2D contact mode and 3D DBT mode)
2. 3D light indicator (when ON the MTD is in 3D DBT mode, and when OFF the MTD is in 2D
contact mode)
NOTE: The MTD remembers the last mode (2D contact or 3D DBT) that was used.
3. MTD compression knobs
4. MTD protection shield
5. Paddle unlocking button
6. MTD Handle
7. Dedicated MTD Compression Paddle(s)
8. Carbon cover of the breast support

The MTD can be installed on the digital detector in a similar manner to installation of a magnification
stand or stereotactic biopsy device. Once installed, the MTD is automatically detected and the
dedicated medical application becomes available on the Control Station.

The MTD provides the same functions as the standard Senographe Essential positioner, and
allows you to perform 3D DBT acquisitions as well as 2D contact mode acquisitions, using MTD
dedicated Compression Paddles. The 2D contact mode acquisitions with the MTD however are

140 2 Main GE Breast Tomosynthesis Option Components


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

limited to the rotation angle of between +90° and –90°. The dedicated MTD Compression Paddles
are easily identifiable their MTD logo as shown in Illustration 4-6.

Illustration 4-6: Dedicated MTD Compression Paddles — with MTD Compression Paddle Logo

The functions of vertical positioning (lift), rotation, patient positioning with light localizer and breast
compression with the MTD are similar to those of a standard mammography examination on the
Senographe Essential. Compression can either be done using the foot pedals as usual, or
manually turning the MTD compression knobs in the appropriate direction, as follows:

• Turning the MTD compression knob downwards (towards yourself while facing the front of the
digital detector) moves the compression trolly downwards (increasing the compression).

• Turning the MTD compression knob upwards (away from yourself while facing the front of the
digital detector) moves the compression trolley upwards (decreasing the compression).

The MTD includes a moving grid with gridlines aligned to accommodate both 2D contact mode
and 3D DBT mode acquisitions. This improves image quality for DBT and allows the operator to
improve workflow by rapidly acquiring either 2D contact mode or 3D DBT images without the need
for any equipment changes (i.e. no need change to a Bucky for 2D contact mode acquisitions).

Chapter 4 System Description 141


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

After breast positioning, the operator can chose to perform either a 2D contact mode exam or a
DBT 3D exam by pressing the 3D/2D motion switch button located at the top of the MTD.

In 3D DBT mode, the operator angulates the Tube Head to the 3D starting position and can check
patient positioning prior to initiation of exposure. In order to angulate the Tube Head to the start
position, one of the following methods can be used:

• press once the outer Arm angulation control buttons (1 and 3 indicated in Illustration 4-7) and
the Tube Head moves automatically until it reaches the start position

• continuously press the inner Arm angulation control buttons (4 indicated in Illustration 4-7) until
the Tube Head automatically stops at the start position

Illustration 4-7: Tube Head Keypads

In 3D DBT mode, the Arm rotation button 4 is used to angulate the Tube head with or without
compression. Pressing the Arm rotation button 4 starts an immediate movement of the Tube head,
which stops when the button is released.

In 3D DBT mode, the Arm rotation buttons 1, 2 and 3 function as Tube head angulation buttons.
These buttons are active/inactive depending on the compression detected by the system. When
the system detects a compression force >3daN, automatic movement of the Tube head to preset
positions is inhibited. Additionally, the Arm rotation buttons 1, 2 and 3 are activated or deactivated
according to the position of the Tube Head (see Table 4-5).

Table 4-5: Active Arm control buttons in 3D mode

Tube Head Position Button Status / Action

-11° to -90° 1 Status : Deactivated

2 Status : Activated only when angulation is not at Home (0°) position


Action : Moves the Tube Head to the Home (0°) position

3 Status : Activated
Action : Moves the Tube Head to the left

142 2 Main GE Breast Tomosynthesis Option Components


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

4 Status : Activated
Action : Moves the Tube Head to the left or right, depending on which part of the
button is pressed.

+11° to +90° 1 Status : Activated


Action : Moves the Tube Head to the right

2 Status : Activated only when angulation is not at Home (0°) position


Action : Moves the Tube Head to the Home (0°) position

3 Status : Deactivated

4 Status : Activated
Action : Moves the Tube Head to the left or right, depending on which part of the
button is pressed.

-10° to +10° 1 Status : Activated


Action : Moves the Tube Head to the right

2 Status : Activated only when angulation is not at Home (0°) position


Action : Moves the Tube Head to the Home (0°) position

3 Status : Activated
Action : Moves the Tube Head to the left

4 Status : Activated
Action : Moves the Tube Head to the left or right, depending on which part of the
button is pressed.

The exposure functions on the X-Ray console are similar to those on the Senographe Essential
except that the DBT pedal must be pressed along with the prep and exposure buttons on the X-
ray Console during the entire 3D DBT acquisition sequence.

During 3D DBT acquisition, a series of low-dose breast 2D DBT projection views is acquired
sequentially, while the source automatically moves to various positions, to obtain multiple views
of the breast.

Once the system has terminated a DBT acquisition sequence, it is ready to proceed to the next
view, either 2D or 3D.

When the X-ray acquisition ends, FFDM images and/or DBT projection views are simultaneously
available in the image viewer for quality control purposes.

The DBT projection views are automatically transferred to the Reconstruction Computer, which
then computes the volume data. The volume data is pushed to a DBT-compatible review
WorkStation for review by a radiologist.

2.1.2 System Function Aspects of the MTD


Internally, the MTD contains the following MTD related parts (see Illustration 4-8 and Illustration
4-9):

• MTD CPU Board — controls compression motion and grid motion (connected to a Piezoelectric
actuating motors which control the grid over a movement amplitude of 400 microns). The grid
lines are perpendicular to a conventional Bucky grid. The grid motion in the MTD moves in an
opposite direction compared to the grid motion in the Bucky. In the MTD the grid motion is
forward and backward, whereas in the Bucky the grid motion is left and right.

• MTD Compression Motor

Chapter 4 System Description 143


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

• MTD Compression Potentiometer

• MTD Hot Swap Board — contains a fuse, which provides over current protection to the MTD
CPU Board from potentially high currents from the Gantry

• MTD Compression Paddle Holder Board

When the MTD is inserted the normal (non-MTD) Compression Board, Compression Motor,
Compression Potentiometer, and Compression Paddle Holder Board located in the Gantry are
effectively deactivated, and their functions bypassed to the MTD related parts instead.

Illustration 4-8: Schematic of MTD — Left Hand Side

144 2 Main GE Breast Tomosynthesis Option Components


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 4-9: Schematic of MTD — Right Hand Side

As a result of this functional bypassing to the MTD, the error management associated to those
functions are now taken over by the MTD. The error codes for the equivalent functions (i.e.
compression, etc.) on the MTD are the same as those on the Gantry.

The MTD force and thickness calibrations are stored on the MTD. If for troubleshooting reasons
you reload the HC12 firmware on the MTD, the force and thickness calibrations are removed and
the MTD will need re-calibrating.

The MTD is more sensitive to noise than the Bucky. As a result, the MTD may not boot up, and
you may need to change Breast Support Locking Mechanism (BSLM) Board in the Gantry for a
new BSLM Board to resolve the boot up issue.

Chapter 4 System Description 145


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Schematics of the MTD in terms of how it resides within a system are shown in Acquisition System
Entry Block Diagram and in Compression Arm Block Diagram

When the MTD is inserted, some of the Service Desktop pages related to calibrations are different
and specific to configuring the MTD. Other Service Desktop pages are different in order to support
the MTD or other aspects of the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option. For more information, see
Differences to the Service Desktop.

Many physical and mechanical properties of the components that make an MTD are unique to
each MTD. Therefore, each MTD has a unique ID (UID) so that the MTD related calibrations are
tied to a particular MTD. As a result, only one MTD can be used on the system (i.e. a system only
accepts one MTD, although the same MTD can be used on different systems). If you change the
MTD, the UID of the new MTD must be declared on the system so that it can be used with the
system. Once the UID of the MTD is declared, the other parts of the system (Gantry, ADS and
IDC) accept the MTD, the calibrations of the old MTD are removed by the system, and the new
MTD can then be calibrated. The main purposes for having a UID for an MTD is as follows:

• to “protect” the image quality of the system, by ensuring that the customer uses the MTD on
the system(s) it was assigned to

• remote service tracking – you see the MTD UID directly on the log, and you can see when a
new MTD was installed

2.1.3 Main characteristics of the MTD


2.1.3.1 MTD grid

• Linear type

• Grid ratio: R = 5:1

• Focalizing distance: F0 = 650 mm

• Grid line frequency (Upper specification limit): 260 lines per inch (10.236 lines per mm)

• Grid line frequency (Lower specification limit): 258 lines per inch (10.157 lines per mm)

2.1.3.2 MTD breast plate

• Composition: Composite carbon fiber epoxy resin

• Thickness: 1.4 mm ±0.1 mm

• Attenuation equivalence: see Chapter 3, Section 1.10.3.6, Attenuation equivalence

146 2 Main GE Breast Tomosynthesis Option Components


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

2.1.3.3 MTD Dimensions and mass


Table 4-6: MTD Dimensions and mass

Dimensions in mm (inches) Mass in kg (lbs)


±0.5 (0.02) ±0.5 (0.02)
(With the Sliding 19x23 Paddle for MTD insterted)

Depth Width Height

396 (15.59) 460 (18.11) 473 (18.62) 12.30 (27.12)

2.2 MTD Compatible Detector Rails


The MTD requires either the more robust metal or plastic Detector Rails. The resin Detector Rails
are not compatible with the MTD since they are less robust and wear out quickly due to the
additional mass of the MTD. If the existing system contains resin Detector Rails, they must be
changed with the plastic Detector Rails supplied with the GE Breast Tomosynthesis Kit.

2.3 Precise 50N Rotation Clutch


The anglulation required by the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option requires a more precise 50N
Rotation Clutch with less play in the clutch movement. The precise 50N Rotation Clutch (5481350)
supplied with the GE Breast Tomosynthesis Kit provides the necessary precision in the clutch
movement to ensure that the system cannot get stuck in either angulation or rotation mode when
switching between modes.

NOTE: At the time of writing all systems in the install base do not have the precise 50N Rotation
Clutch (5481350), and you must use the precise 50N Rotation Clutch (5481350)
supplied with the GE Breast Tomosynthesis Kit. Future install base systems may have
the precise 50N Rotation Clutch (5481350). A new Rotation Clutch Adjustment Tool is
included with each clutch.

NOTE: If the MTD is removed when the Arm is not at 0° (clutch pin not able to be pushed into
the detector plate for rotation mode) and the MTD is removed, the new firmware
delivered with the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option permits angulation to correct the
issue without installing the MTD.

2.4 Stator Current Filter Assembly Cable


The application of the Stator Current Filter Assembly Cable improves the reliability of the Generator
for sites having a large throughput of exams where the Generator can reboot by itself. After
application of the Stator Current Filter Assembly Cable, the Generator will no longer reboot by
itself. The application of the Stator Current Filter Assembly Cable is mandatory on systems using
the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option. The Generator Stator Current Filter Assembly Cable must
be installed on the TP18, TP20, and TP22 connectors of the Generator Supply Command.

2.5 Reconstruction Computer


2.5.1 Application Aspects of the Reconstruction Computer
The Reconstruction Computer manages the generation of 3D DICOM objects.

Chapter 4 System Description 147


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

The Reconstruction Computer reconstructs DBT images (planes and slabs) from the acquired nine
projection views. It reads nine projection views from the ADS Computer and processes them to
generate DBT images parallel to the detector plane. Two distinct data sets are reconstructed:

• 0.5 mm (default) or 1 mm tomographic Planes, depending on the system configuration, which


are encoded into a single DICOM Breast Tomosynthesis object.

• 10 mm Slabs using a maximum intensity projection (MIP), which are encoded into a separate
DICOM Breast Tomosynthesis object.

Upon termination of the reconstruction, the tomosynthesis planes and pre-computed slabs can be
automatically transferred to a review workstation compatible with display of DBT volumes. The
transfer is performed over an Ethernet connection through the DICOM protocol.

2.5.2 System Function Aspects of the Reconstruction Computer


2.5.2.1 Reconstruction Computer Hardware
The Reconstruction Computer is an industrial standard PC with the following specifications:

• 32 Gbytes RAM — this large amount of memory is used so that the entire processing of a 3D
volume is done in memory without needing to use swap space on the hard disk drive

• 1 TB Hard Disk Space — this large amount of disk space is used so that the Reconstruction
Computer can store a reasonable number of 3D volumes before the need to delete them

• 2 CPU Processors (Intel E5645 2.4 Ghz 6C, 1333) — these two highly performing processors
are used so that the Reconstruction Computer can process a 3D volume in a timely manner

Illustration 4-10: Reconstruction Computer

Schematics of the Reconstruction Computer in terms of how it resides within a system are shown
in Acquisition System Entry Block Diagram and in Reconstruction Station Block Diagram.

148 2 Main GE Breast Tomosynthesis Option Components


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

2.5.2.2 Power Aspects of the Reconstruction Computer


The Reconstruction Computer is powered by the existing Senographe Essential system power via
the multiplug in the Control Station. For more information, see Section 2.8.

When the system is shut down, the Reconstruction Computer is in hibernation mode waiting for a
Wake-up On LAN signal from the ADS Computer. When the operator powers on the system from
the X-ray Console, the components within the Control Station (including the ADS Computer) boot
up. Early on during the ADS Computer boot time, the ADS Computer sends a Wake-up On LAN
signal to the Reconstruction Computer, which powers on the Reconstruction Computer. By the
time the operator logs into the ADS Computer and the ADS Browser appears, the Reconstruction
Computer has fully booted up and communicates with the ADS Computer. In order for the Wake-
up On LAN function to work, and all other networking functions between the ADS Computer and
Reconstruction Computer to work, an RSA key needs to be created on the ADS Computer. The
creation of the RSA key allows a secure shell (ssh) connection to be established between the ADS
Computer and Reconstruction Computer without the need for the ADS Computer to specify a
password to access the Reconstruction Computer.

NOTE: The Reconstruction Computer is not protected by the UPS in the Control Station. If the
AC power to the Reconstruction Computer is cut, the next time it boots up it will perform
a file system check (fsck) of its hard disk taking approximately 30 minutes. Therefore,
after a power failure, the ADS Computer will not see the Reconstruction Computer for
approximately 25 minutes after logging in, and you must wait for the Reconstruction
Computer to finish its automated fsck and boot up before using the system as usual.

2.5.2.3 Networking Aspects of the Reconstruction Computer


The Reconstruction Computer has two Gigabit Ethernet network interface cards eth0 and eth1,
which are connected to the ADS Computer and hospital network, respectively. Since the
Reconstruction Station now acts as the physical connection to the hospital network, various
networking aspects are now different compared to the Core Senographe Essential System where
the ADS was physically connected to the hospital network. For more information on differing
network aspects, refer to Networking Differences.

Various aspects of the Reconstruction Computer are managed via new dedicated pages in the
Service Desktop. For more information, refer to Chapter 6, Job Card CFG A001 - Reconstruction
Computer configuration.

2.5.2.4 Unique ID (MAC address) of the Reconstruction Computer


The Reconstruction Computer is uniquely identified by the system from the media access control
(MAC) address of its main network card. The UID (MAC address) of the Reconstruction Computer
is displayed on the Service Desktop and present in the error log files. Its main purpose is mainly
using for knowing/tracking replacement Reconstruction Computers for any given system.

2.6 3D Foot Pedal


2.6.1 Application Aspects of the 3D Foot Pedal
A specific pedal, called the “3D foot pedal” has been designed for the GE Breast Tomosynthesis
option. This pedal is installed close to the Control Station; it is pressed by the operator to enable

Chapter 4 System Description 149


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

tube motion during a DBT X-ray exposure. Whenever the operator releases the pedal, the
movement stops and the exposure is aborted. When creating a 3D exposure sequence, you must
keep your foot on the 3D Foot Pedal while pressing the Prep and Exposure buttons on the X-ray
Console.

Illustration 4-11: 3D Foot Pedal

2.6.2 System Function Aspects of the 3D Foot Pedal


The 3D foot pedal is connected to the J18 connector of the Lift Board in the Gantry.

An additional schematic of the 3D foot pedal in terms of how it resides within the system is shown
in Column Block Diagram.

2.7 DBT Compatible Lift Board


A new DBT Compatible Lift Board with an additional J18 connector is required in order to support
the 3D foot pedal. Illustration 4-12 shows a schematic of the DBT Compatible Lift Board highlighting
the new J18 connector that supports the connectivity of the 3D foot pedal.

150 2 Main GE Breast Tomosynthesis Option Components


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 4-12: DBT Compatible Lift Board with J18 Connector

An additional schematic of the DBT Compatible Lift Board in terms of how it resides within the
system is shown in Acquisition System Entry Block Diagram and Column Block Diagram.

2.8 Multiplug and UPS Supply Cable


A Multiplug and UPS supply cable is required in order to share the power source from the Gantry
between the components (IDC, ADS, Monitor and Switch) powered by the UPS in the Control
Station, and the Reconstruction Computer in the Reconstruction Station.

Illustration 4-13: Multiplug

Illustration 4-14 below shows how the power source from the Gantry is shared between the UPS
in the Control Station and the Reconstruction Computer in the Reconstruction Station.

The Control Station components (IDC, ADS, Monitor and Switch) are powered as usual by the
UPS, whereas the Reconstruction Computer is powered from the Gantry power source (i.e. not
by the UPS) via the Multiplug.

Chapter 4 System Description 151


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 4-14: AC Power supply from Gantry before and after the use of UPS power supply
cable and multiplug from the upgrade kit

Additional schematics of the Multiplug in terms of how it resides within a system are shown in
Acquisition System Entry Block Diagram and Control Station Block Diagram.

2.9 Gigabit Ethernet Switch


A Gigabit Ethernet switch must be used in the Control Station for the GE Breast Tomosynthesis
option, and replaces the original 100 Mbit/s switch that exists in the Core Senographe Essential
Control Station. The Gigabit Ethernet switch allows transferring the data from the IDC Computer
to ADS Computer in timely manner, such that the 2D projections from a 3D sequence are displayed
before the tomo sweep finishes.

152 2 Main GE Breast Tomosynthesis Option Components


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 4-15: Gigabit Ethernet Switch

Schematics of the Gigabit Ethernet switch in terms of how it resides within a system are shown in
Acquisition System Entry Block Diagram and Control Station Block Diagram.

2.10 Software and Firmware Versions


The components in the Senographe system must have a certain version of firmware or software
in order to work correctly at a particular system level. Table 4-7 defines the compatibility matrix
between the software/firmware version required for each of the system components for the GE
Breast Tomosynthesis option (Aurora column) and the last known manufactured system
(Sunburst) and the last known CESM option (CESM 2). The point to Table 4-7 is not to give a
complete compatibility matrix for the entire product history, as this can be found in the Core SIP.
The point to Table 4-7 is to focus on component software/firmware versions for the GE Breast
Tomosynthesis option, indicating the differences (highlighted in bold) introduced by the GE Breast
Tomosynthesis option.

Table 4-7: Software and Firmware versions for different components

System Component CESM 2 Sunburst Aurora M4


(optional upgrade) (5144816-10) (optional upgrade)
eIFU
(5144816-11)
SFDA
(5144816-12)

Reconstruction Software Kit Not Applicable Not Applicable 01.10.3

ADS Software Kit (see Note) 55.20 54.20 56.12

IDC Software Kit (see Note) 12.11-1 9.7-3 13.10–1

Generator CPU Board (DMR) (see Note) 5.30 4.02 6.70

Gantry CPU Board (Poseidon) NSC.1.2.15 NSC.1.2.15 TOMO.11.0.0

Rotation Board CPLD 5.1.2 5.1.2 5.1.2

DSP 5.13.5 5.13.5 6.100.5

HC12 5.12.4 5.12.4 6.100.4

Lift Board CPLD 10.0.1 10.0.1 11.2.1

DSP 5.6.3 5.6.3 5.6.3

HC12 5.16.2 5.16.2 6.100.2

Compression Board CPLD 5.1.4 5.1.4 5.1.4

HC12 5.12.1 5.12.1 6.100.1

Chapter 4 System Description 153


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

System Component CESM 2 Sunburst Aurora M4


(optional upgrade) (5144816-10) (optional upgrade)
eIFU
(5144816-11)
SFDA
(5144816-12)

Tilt Board CPLD 5.1.5 5.1.5 5.1.5

HC12 5.4.0 5.4.0 5.4.0

BSLM Board CPLD 3.2.10 3.2.10 3.2.10

HC12 3.9.10 3.9.10 3.9.10

PDU Board HC12 5.0.7 5.0.7 5.0.7

Bucky Board CPLD 5.0.3 5.0.3 5.0.3

HC12 13.16.6 13.16.6 13.16.6

MTD HC12 Not Applicable Not Applicable 2.0.11

Gantry CD-ROM to use to get required system level 5174994-11 5174994-11 5174994-14

MTD CD-ROM to use to get required system level Not Applicable Not Applicable 5431220

Note: The IDC, ADS and Generator software versions for the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option (Aurora) are backward compatible
with CESM. If you have a CESM system, you must use the IDC, ADS and Generator software versions delivered with the GE Breast
Tomosynthesis upgrade kit.

The bold version numbers in the Aurora column in Table 4-7 highlight the software/firmware
differences introduced by the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option. These differences are
summarized below:

• Reconstruction Software Kit — software required for the new Reconstruction Computer
introduced by the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option.

• ADS Software Kit — ADS software required to support all the new ADS features introduced
by the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option, including the following:

○ updated Service Desktop to support the Reconstruction Computer


○ updated Service Desktop to support calibrating the MTD
○ updated networking to support integration of the Reconstruction Computer
○ updated scripts to support integration with the Reconstruction Computer
○ MedApp updates and Browser updates to support the MTD and Reconstruction Computer
• IDC Software Kit — IDC software required to support the MTD detector calibrations introduced
by the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option.

• Generator CPU Board (DMR) — Generator software required to support the GE Breast
Tomosynthesis. It includes acquisition sequence error management, new calibrations specific
for a tomo sequence and 2D MTD, and improvements of the backup-restore mechanism.

• Gantry CPU Board (Poseidon) — Gantry CPU software required to support the new Gantry
related features introduced by the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option, including the following:

○ Support for the MTD related error messages and communication with the Gantry

154 2 Main GE Breast Tomosynthesis Option Components


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

○ Support for diverting compression related functionality and paddle holder related
functionality away from the boards in the Gantry when the MTD is inserted on the Gantry.

○ Support for the MTD grid motion which is controlled in a different manner to the Bucky grid.
○ Support for registering the MTD UID with the system
○ Support for driving the Tomosynthesis sweep motion
• Rotation Board DSP and HC12 — Rotation software required to support the new Rotation
related features introduced by the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option, including the following:

○ MTD angulation modes


○ Enhanced rotation clutch control
○ DBT motion control
• Lift Board CPLD and HC12 — Lift software required to support the new Lift related features
introduced by the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option, including the following:

○ 3D foot pedal control


○ Updated Gantry LCD output with DBT screens
NOTE: The CPLD cannot be programmed on the Lift Board and an additional J18 connector
is required on the Lift Board for the 3D foot pedal. The CPLD version 11.2.1 already
exists on the DBT compatible Lift Board supplied in the GE Breast Tomosynthesis
upgrade kit.

• Compression Board HC12 — Compression software required to support the following MTD
compression functionality introduced by the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option, as follows:

○ diverting compression related functionality away from the Compression board in the Gantry
when the MTD is inserted on the Gantry

○ managing the compression related functionality (compression control and compression


calibrations) of the MTD

Chapter 4 System Description 155


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

3 Product History
This section describes the evolution of the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option.

3.1 Software Evolution


Table 4-8 provides the evolution of the software and firmware versions for the different system
components for each of the GE Breast Tomosynthesis releases.

Table 4-8: Software and Firmware versions for different components

System Component Version 1 Version 2 Version 3 Version 4 Version 5

Aurora (5434135 rev 2) (5434135–2 rev 1) (5434135–2 rev 2) Aurora


M3 M4
(5434135 rev 2) (5434135–3 rev 1)

Reconstruction Software Kit 01.10 01.10.1 01.10.1 01.10.2 01.10.3

ADS Software Kit 56.10 56.10 56.10 56.11 56.12

IDC Software Kit 13.10–1 13.10–1 13.10–1 13.10–1 13.10–1

Generator CPU Board (DMR) 6.60 6.60 6.60 6.60 6.70

Gantry CPU Board (Poseidon) TOMO.10.0.0 TOMO.10.0.0 TOMO.10.0.0 TOMO.10.1.0 TOMO.11.0.0

Rotation Board CPLD 5.1.2 5.1.2 5.1.2 5.1.2 5.1.2

DSP 6.100.5 6.100.5 6.100.5 6.100.5 6.100.5

HC12 6.100.4 6.100.4 6.100.4 6.100.4 6.100.4

Lift Board CPLD 11.2.1 11.2.1 11.2.1 11.2.1 11.2.1

DSP 5.6.3 5.6.3 5.6.3 5.6.3 5.6.3

HC12 6.100.2 6.100.2 6.100.2 6.100.2 6.100.2

Compression Board CPLD 5.1.4 5.1.4 5.1.4 5.1.4 5.1.4

HC12 6.100.1 6.100.1 6.100.1 6.100.1 6.100.1

Tilt Board CPLD 5.1.5 5.1.5 5.1.5 5.1.5 5.1.5

HC12 5.4.0 5.4.0 5.4.0 5.4.0 5.4.0

BSLM Board CPLD 3.2.10 3.2.10 3.2.10 3.2.10 3.2.10

HC12 3.9.10 3.9.10 3.9.10 3.9.10 3.9.10

PDU Board HC12 5.0.7 5.0.7 5.0.7 5.0.7 5.0.7

Bucky Board CPLD 5.0.3 5.0.3 5.0.3 5.0.3 5.0.3

HC12 13.16.6 13.16.6 13.16.6 13.16.6 13.16.6

MTD HC12 2.0.11 2.0.11 2.0.11 2.0.11 2.0.11

Gantry CD-ROM to use to get re‐ 5174994-12 5174994-12 5174994-12 5174994-13 5174994-14
quired system level

MTD CD-ROM to use to get re‐ 5431220 5431220 5431220 5431220 5431220
quired system level

156 3 Product History


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

3.2 Hardware Evolution


3.2.1 Version 4
At Version 4 a Stator Current Filter Assembly Cable was released, which is a mandatory hardware
upgrade to the Generator for systems running the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option. The
application of the Stator Current Filter Assembly Cable improves the reliability of the Generator
for sites having a large throughput of exams where the Generator can reboot by itself. After
application of the Stator Current Filter Assembly Cable, the Generator will no longer reboot by
itself.

3.2.2 Aurora M4
At Version 5 (Aurora M4) a Rotation Motor Brake Kit (via FMI 12211) was released, which was a
hardware upgrade for the Gantry for IB systems running the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option.

Chapter 4 System Description 157


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

4 Exposure Sequence Description


The description of the exposure sequence using the MTD in 2D and 3D modes are described in
the following sections.

4.1 2D Exposure Sequence Description


Illustration 4-16 shows a high-level summary of the exposure sequence using the MTD in 2D mode
with AOP (not manual exposure settings).

Illustration 4-16: 2D Exposure Sequence with the MTD

The following steps are taken for a 2D exposure on the MTD.

1. The MTD is inserted on the Gantry, set to 2D mode, and following appropriate exam
parameters are selected:

○ sets the arm rotation angle to the appropriate position (the detector plane of the MTD moves
with the arm as it is in 2D mode)

○ compression paddle position and FOV


○ laterality chosen in the exam
The sample (phantom or breast) is compressed.
2. The user chooses the exposure parameters on the X-ray Console, and then presses both the
prep button and exposure button on the X-ray Console to launch the 2D exposure.
3. The Generator takes approximately 2.5 seconds to prepare the appropriate AOP parameters
based on the exposure parameters selected on the X-ray Console.
4. A pre-exposure at 4 mAs, lasting no more than 0.5 seconds occurs.

158 4 Exposure Sequence Description


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

5. A 2D exposure is taken over approximately 4.5 seconds, during which time the noise of the
exposures can clearly be heard.

○ After approximately 11–12 seconds the 2D exposure has started, the Raw image is
displayed on the ADS monitor.

○ After approximately 14 seconds the 2D exposure has started, the processed image is
displayed on the ADS monitor.

4.2 3D Exposure Sequence Description


Illustration 4-17shows a high-level summary of the exposure sequence using the MTD in 3D mode
with AOP (not manual exposure settings).

Illustration 4-17: 3D Exposure Sequence with the MTD

The following steps are taken for a 3D exposure sequence on the MTD.

1. The MTD is inserted on the Gantry, set to 3D mode, and following appropriate exam
parameters are selected:

○ starting angulation position


○ compression paddle position and FOV
○ laterality chosen in the exam

Chapter 4 System Description 159


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

The sample (phantom or breast) is compressed.


2. The detector offsets are acquired during the period (approximately 3.5 seconds) that the user
(Operator or Field Engineer) to return to the Control Station and starts the acquisition.
3. The user chooses the exposure parameters on the X-ray Console, and then presses both the
prep button and exposure button on the X-ray Console to launch the 3D exposure sequence.
4. The Generator takes approximately 2.5 seconds to prepare the appropriate AOP parameters
based on the exposure parameters selected on the X-ray Console.
5. A pre-exposure at 4 mAs, lasting no more than 0.5 seconds occurs.
6. A 3D exposure sequence then takes place, with 9 exposures taken at different positions for
each of the 2D projection images. The 3D exposure sequence acquisition time lasts
approximately 10 seconds, during which time the arm sweeps and a noise of each of the 9
exposures can clearly be heard.

○ The positions of the 9 exposures vary according to the starting angulation starting position,
FOV being used, compression paddle position and the laterality chosen in the exam. For
more information, see Section 1.5, The 3D X-ray Exposure 3D Sequence.

○ The 9 2D projection images acquired during the 3D exposure sequence are sent to ADS
and processed. The first processed 2D projection image is displayed on the ADS monitor
while the sweep is still in progress, after approximately 7 seconds the 3D exposure
sequence has started. The remaining 2D projection images continue to be displayed on
the ADS monitor, with the 9th 2D projection image arriving on the ADS monitor
approximately 10 seconds after the 3D exposure sequence had started.

○ Once the 3D exposure sequence has completed, the behavior of the system varies
according to whether auto-decompression is enabled or disabled, as follows:

■ If auto-decompression is enabled, the MTD automatically decompresses over a period


of approximately 7 seconds. The MTD keeps the compression arm angle at its current
positions, and the user must move the arm angulation position.

■ If auto-decompression is disabled, the MTD keeps the compression paddle and arm
angle in their current positions, and the user must manually decompress and move the
arm angulation position.

160 4 Exposure Sequence Description


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

5 System Differences
5.1 Differences to the ADS Browser
In addition to the standard ADS Browser, GE Breast Tomosynthesis provides the following
additional functions within the ADS Browser:

• Available disk space for reconstruction as a percentage (see Section 5.1.1).

• Status information about the reconstruction queue (see Section 5.1.3).

• Manual reconstruction launch (Section 5.1.2).

Illustration 4-18: Differences in the ADS Browser

For a complete description of the ADS Browser, refer to the Browser chapter in the GE Breast
Tomosynthesis Operator Manual.

5.1.1 Available Reconstruction Disk Space


The available free disk space as a percentage of the total disk space on the Reconstruction
Computer is visible on the ADS Browser.

Since the total Reconstruction Computer disk space is 1 TB and a 3D reconstruction volume is up
to 4 GB in size, reconstruction of a series of DBT 2D projections will usually fail around 0.5% free
disk space.

Chapter 4 System Description 161


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

If there is not sufficient space on the Reconstruction Computer for volume reconstruction, existing
3D reconstruction volumes must be sent to the storage commitment devices and review
workstations on the hospital network (i.e. PACs, IDI, etc.) and then deleted from the Reconstruction
Computer in order to free up available disk space.

NOTE: So that the Reconstruction Computer does not run out of disk space, an auto-delete
feature exists, which can be configured so that the system automatically deletes 3D
reconstruction volumes once they have been pushed to the storage commitment devices
(i.e. PACs, IDI, etc.) on the hospital network.

5.1.2 Launching Volume Reconstruction Manually


By default, Volume reconstruction starts automatically at the end of the image acquisition
sequence, however if reconstruction fails, or is interrupted by the user, it must be restarted
manually.

Only 3D acquisition projection series can be selected to launch manual reconstruction. To select
multiple projections, press the <Control> key when selecting additional series.

NOTE: Following a reconstruction failure, any partially reconstructed volumes are automatically
deleted by the system.

NOTE: The Reconstruction on demand button is a browser preference that can be enabled or
disabled from the Tools menu.

To launch reconstruction:

1. From the Browser, select the patient, then the exam (study), and then click on the required
series.
2. Each selected item is highlighted by inverting the light and dark parts of the image.
To select additional series, hold down the <Control> key on the keyboard while selecting them
in the list.
3.
Click the Reconstruction on demand button.
Each 3D volume will take approximately 2.5 minutes to be build on the Reconstruction
Computer. While the 3D volumes are being reconstructed in the background on the
Reconstruction Computer, the system can carry on being used as normal.
NOTE: The Reconstruction on demand button is disabled when the image set is incomplete,
for example due to an aborted image acquisition sequence.

5.1.3 Reconstruction Queue


The reconstruction queue displays the list and status of DBT 2D projections awaiting
reconstruction to 3D volumes. The reconstruction queue is divided into 2 main sections, High
Priority Queue and Low Priority Queue. For each queue, the window displays the Series
identification number, the Job Status (Active or Pending) and the estimated duration in seconds
for each item in the queue.

162 5 System Differences


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

To view the reconstruction queue, click the Reconstruction queue status button.

Chapter 4 System Description 163


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

5.2 Differences to the Service Desktop


The GE Breast Tomosynthesis option introduces modifications of the Service Desktop interface
along with new features.

For the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option, the following Service Desktop pages are different from
the Core system:

• Home Page - SITE INFORMATION

• Error log

• Image Quality

• Calibration

• Configuration

5.2.1 Launching the Service Desktop


To access the Service Desktop, use one of the following two methods:

• In the Browser, click the Tools menu button then click Service Desktop in the drop-down
menu.

• Use the right mouse button to click in the background of the Browser screen, then select
Service Tools→ Service Desktop from the menu.

5.2.2 Home Page


The GE Breast Tomosynthesis option adds the following information to the Service Desktop Home
page:

164 5 System Differences


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

5.2.3 Calibrations
The GE Breast Tomosynthesis option adds the following information to the Calibration Home page:

• MTD Compression force

• MTD breast thickness

The GE Breast Tomosynthesis option also adds several calibrations to the Detector (Section
5.2.3.1) and the Positioner (Section 5.2.3.2) menus.

5.2.3.1 Detector calibrations


The GE Breast Tomosynthesis option adds the following information to the Detector Gain
calibrations page only when the MTD is plugged into the Gantry:

• MTD 2D, Grid, Large Focus, Track: Mo, Filter: Mo 26 kVp

• MTD 2D, Grid, Large Focus, Track: Mo, Filter: Rh 28 kVp

• MTD 2D, Grid, Large Focus, Track: Rh, Filter: Rh 30 kVp

• MTD 3D, Grid, Large Focus, Track: Mo, Filter: Mo 27 kVp

• MTD 3D, Grid, Large Focus, Track: Mo, Filter: Rh 29 kVp

• MTD 3D, Grid, Large Focus, Track: Rh, Filter: Rh 31 kVp

Chapter 4 System Description 165


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

When the MTD is not plugged into the Gantry, the normal Detector Gain calibration techniques
are displayed.

5.2.3.2 Calibration: Positioner Summary


The GE Breast Tomosynthesis option adds the following to the left part of the Calibration:
Positioner Summary page:

• an [MTD Comp. Force] button for facilitating the MTD Compression force calibration

• an [MTD Breast Thickness] button for facilitating the MTD breast thickness calibration

• an [Accept UID] button for accepting the UID of an MTD with the system. For more information,
see Section 2.1.2, System Function Aspects of the MTD and Chapter 5, Job Card IST A015 –
MTD Unique ID Declaration.

166 5 System Differences


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Both of the calibration interfaces are similar to the Compression calibrations of the Core system,
except for the Instructions displayed on screen.

5.2.4 IQ Checks
The IQ tab home page is similar to the Core System one. The GE Breast Tomosynthesis option
modifies the IQ test page reached after clicking on New acquisition.

There are two sub-sections:

the 2D section, which contains the legacy IQ tests common with the Core System:

Chapter 4 System Description 167


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

MTD section, which contains the new IQ tests introduced by the option, specific to the MTD and
3D application:

168 5 System Differences


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

5.2.5 Reconstruction Computer Configuration


The configuration interface of the Reconstruction Computer parameters is located in the
Configuration tab of the Service Desktop. To access it click on the Configuration→ Reconstruction
in the left part of the page.

Chapter 4 System Description 169


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

For more information about the configuration of the Reconstruction Computer parameters, refer
to Chapter 6, Job Card CFG A001 - Reconstruction Computer Configuration.

170 5 System Differences


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

5.3 Networking Differences


5.3.1 System Networking and Internal Communication
Before a system is upgraded, two networks existed such that there is only one internal network
(INT1) and one external network (EXT) as shown below in Illustration 4-19. In the pre-upgrade
situation, the ADS computer has one network interface card (NIC) on the internal network (INT1)
and the other network card on the external network connected to the hospital.

Illustration 4-19: System Pre-Upgrade Default Network Configuration

After the system is upgraded to support the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option, three networks exist
such that there are now two internal networks (INT1 and INT2) and one external network (EXT)
as shown below in Illustration 4-20.

Chapter 4 System Description 171


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 4-20: System Post-Upgrade Default Network Configuration

The switch within the Control Station is changed and now supports connection speeds of 1000
Mbit/s opposed to the original speed of 100 Mbit/s. The original internal network (INT1) remains
the same, and is for the internal communications between the ADS Computer, IDC, and Gantry
CPU Board, however the link speed of the connection between the ADS Computer and IDC
Computer is now faster at 1000 Mbit/s. The second and new internal network (INT2) is for the
internal communications between the ADS Computer and the Reconstruction Computer, and runs
at a link speed of 1000 Mbit/s via a CAT6 Ethernet cable.

In the post-upgrade situation, the ADS computer has one network interface card on the original
internal network (INT1) like before, and the other network card on the new second internal network
(INT2) connected directly to the Reconstruction Computer. In the post-upgrade situation, the
Reconstruction Computer has one network interface card on the new internal network (INT2)
connected directly to the ADS Computer, and the other network card on the external network (EXT)
connected to the hospital network.

172 5 System Differences


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

NOTE: The hospital network connection from the Reconstruction Computer eth1 network
interface card is connected via a CAT6 Ethernet junction located in the base of the
Control Station. A gigabit Ethernet cable in the short/long harness connects the
Reconstruction Computer to the rear end of the CAT6 Ethernet junction. The hospital
network is connected to the front end of the CAT6 Ethernet junction with a customer
supplied gigabit Ethernet cable. The CAT6 Ethernet junction is a passive device and
has no IP Address or Netmask.

Before the system was upgraded, the ADS Computer handled the routing information, permitted
hosts, and the physical connection to the hospital. These networking paramaters are now
configured on the Reconstruction Computer instead, as summarized below:

• External Network (EXT1) connection configuration (IP address and netmask) – was previously
achieved via the ADS SW installation or running the sys-unconfig command, and is now
achieved by the Service Desktop Networking – IP Address and Netmask part for the
Reconstruction Computer.

• Routing information (hospital default gateway) – was previously achieved via an S93Route
file on the ADS computer, and is now achieved via a Service Desktop Networking – Gateway
part for the Reconstruction Computer.

• Permitted hosts (that can access the system via the Firewall) – is now achieved by the
Reconstruction Computer, however, the same scripts are still used on the ADS Computer,
which in turn update the appropriate files on the Reconstruction Computer. For more
information, see Section 5.3.2.

• Physical connection to the hospital network – was previously achieved on the ADS Computer.
Previously, if the default NIC speed needed modifying on the ADS computer, it would have
been re-configured adding additional lines in an S93Route file on the ADS Computer. The
S93Route file is no longer used on the ADS Computer. Physical connection to the hospital
network is now achieved on the Reconstruction Computer, and if necessary a new startup file
is created to change the default NIC speed of the Reconstruction Computer eth1 NIC.

The ADS Computer communicates with the hospital network through the Reconstruction Computer
via port forwarding. For more information, see Section 5.3.2.

5.3.2 Firewall and Port Forwarding


Since it is now the Reconstruction Computer that is connected to the hospital network, the firewall
has moved from the ADS Computer to the Reconstruction Computer. The IPfilter related scripts
have been modified and port forwarding exists, such that the way to add network hosts and update
the IP filters on the firewall remains the same. Illustration 4-21 illustrates how the firewall, port
forwarding, and the IPfilter related scripts now work on the system running the GE Breast
Tomosynthesis option.

Chapter 4 System Description 173


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 4-21: Firewall, permitted hosts, and port forwarding

• Only permitted hosts defined on the Reconstruction Station can traverse the firewall and
communicate with the ADS Computer.

• A host on the network is added on the ADS Computer as usual (including the IP address and
port number used by that host).

• The IPFreload.sh script is run as usual on the ADS Computer, which configures the
Reconstruction Station firewall, such that:

○ The IP addresses of any hosts declared on the ADS Computer are added to the permitted
hosts list on the Reconstruction Computer.

○ The port numbers of any hosts declared on the ADS Computer are forwarded from the
Reconstruction Computer to the ADS Computer.

The implementation of port forwarding ensures that the functionality of the declared network hosts
works as before on the ADS Computer. Even though the Reconstruction Computer is “physically”
present between the hospital network and the ADS Computer, due to port forwarding, “logically”
from a networking perspective the ADS Computer is still considered directly connected to the
hospital network. The port forwarding has the effect of tunneling the ports of the declared hosts
from the Reconstruction Computer to the ADS Computer. Therefore, the ADS Computer still sends
and receives 2D DICOM objects (2D images and 2D projections from a 3D sequence) to storage
commitment devices, CAD devices, and DICOM printers as usual.

174 5 System Differences


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

NOTE: If the external IP address of the Reconstruction Computer is changed or additional


network hosts are added on the ADS Computer, the IPFreload.sh script must be
executed again in order to update the firewall rules.

Contrary to the standard 2D images and the 2D projections which are located on the ADS
Computer, the 3D reconstructed volumes are located on the Reconstruction Computer. The
Browser on the ADS Computer lists the 3D reconstructed volumes, and is used to manage the
database, and instruct the Reconstruction Computer to push 3D reconstructed volumes to storage
commitment devices and DBT compatible review workstations (e.g. IDI) on the hospital network.
When the Browser on the ADS Computer requests that a 3D reconstructed volume is sent to a
host on the network, the Reconstruction Computer receives that request and sends the specified
3D reconstructed volume to the selected network host.

Illustration 4-22: Comparison of how object types are managed and stored within the network and
Senographe System

Illustration 4-22 and Table 4-9 highlight the difference between the management of 2D images/
projections and 3D volumes. In summary, the following applies:

• Normal 2D images and 2D projections from a DBT sequence are located on the ADS
Computer. The ADS Browser is used to send and receive Normal 2D images and 2D
projections to and from the hosts on the hospital network. The port forwarding described above
ensures that the sending and receiving from the ADS Computer is achieved as normal.

Chapter 4 System Description 175


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

• 3D reconstructed volumes are located on the Reconstruction Computer. The ADS Browser is
used to send 3D reconstructed volumes to the hosts on the hospital network. The
Reconstruction Computer treats the request from the ADS Computer, and sends the specified
3D reconstructed volume to the selected network host.
NOTE: 3D reconstructed volumes cannot be received by the ADS Computer from hosts on
the network. If a 3D reconstructed volume no longer exists on the Reconstruction
Computer, its associated nine 2D projections from a given 3D sequence need to be
reconstructed via the manual reconstruction button on the ADS Browser.

Table 4-9: Comparison of how object types are managed and stored within the network and
Senographe System

Object Type Where Located How it is managed Allowed network


transfer functions

Standard 2D images ADS Computer On the ADS Browser. Send


ADS Computer has logically direct interac‐ Receive
DBT 2D Projections from a 3D sequence tion with hospital network hosts via port for‐
warding.

3D Reconstructed Volume from a 3D se‐ Reconstruction On the ADS Browser. Send


quence Computer Reconstruction Computer treats the re‐
quest from the ADS Computer, and inter‐
acts with hospital network host.

NOTE: 3D reconstructed volumes are large in file size, and can take time and network bandwidth
to transfer to remote hosts over the hospital network. The number of remote hosts that
are added to the auto-push feature, will therefore impact the time and network bandwidth
needed to the 3D reconstructed volumes over the hospital network.

Table 4-10 summarizes the different DICOM connectivity features that are possible on the ADS
Computer and the IDI Workstation for 2D images, 2D projections, and 3D volumes.

Table 4-10: Connectivity Features Summary

DICOM connectivity feature 2D Image 2D Projection 3D Volume

ADS IDI ADS IDI ADS IDI

Display Y Y Y Y N Y

Storage Y Y Y Y Y Y

Commitment Y Y Y Y Y Y

Query/Retrieve Y Y Y Y N Y

Modality Performed Proce‐ Y Y Y Y Y Y


dure Setup

Print Y Y N Y N Y

Export CD Y Y N Y N Y

176 5 System Differences


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

5.3.3 Network File System and Changes to the Database


5.3.3.1 Network File System and Database
Before a system is upgraded, only one local hard disk exists on the ADS Computer. In this case,
the database on the ADS Computer locally references all of the standard 2D images on the hard
disk on the ADS Computer.

After the system is upgraded, system configuration is modified as follows (see Illustration 4-23):

• A local hard disk exists on the Reconstruction Computer, which contains the 3D reconstruction
volumes.

• A local hard disk exists on the ADS Computer, which contains the standard 2D images and
the DBT 2D projections.

• Two network file system (NFS) mount points exist between the ADS Computer and the
Reconstruction Computer, as follows:

○ NFS Mount point 1 : The /export/home1/sdc_volume_pool directory on the ADS


Computer is mounted to the Reconstruction Computer /recon-data/volumes NFS
shared directory. The function of this mount point is for the ADS Computer to index the 3D
constructed volumes in the Browser, and trigger requests on the Reconstruction Computer
to manage (i.e. push and delete, but not view) the 3D reconstructed volumes located on
the Reconstruction Computer.

○ NFS Mount point 2 : The /recon-data/images directory on the Reconstruction


Computer is mounted to the ADS Computer /export/home1/sdc_image_pool NFS
shared directory. The function of this mount point is for the Reconstruction Computer to
get the nine DBT 2D projections from the ADS Computer after a 3D DBT exposure
sequence has finished.

NOTE: In order for the NFS mount points to function correctly, the RSA key must have been
generated on the ADS Computer so that it can securely connect to the
Reconstruction Computer via a secure shell (ssh) connection.

• The database remains on the ADS Computer, however in addition to referencing the standard
2D images and the DBT 2D projections that are local on the ADS Computer, it also references
the 3D projections that are on the Reconstruction Computer remotely via NFS mount point 1.

Chapter 4 System Description 177


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 4-23: NFS mounting and database interaction

The ADS Browser relies on the database in order to display the DICOM objects (i.e. standard 2D
images, DBT 2D projections, and 3D volumes) so they can be managed (i.e. sent and received)
with network hosts in the hospital network. For the ADS Browser to be able to manage the DICOM
objects, the NFS mount point 1 needs to be fully functional. The NFS mount point 1 will stop working
in the following situations:

• the network physical network connection between the Reconstruction Computer and the ADS
Computer is broken

• ssh connection (which requires the RSA key created on ADS Computer) has stopped working
(this occurs when re-installing the ADS Computer Software or Reconstruction Computer
Software)

In the following situations, the database on the ADS Computer needs restoring:

• When the Reconstruction Software is (re)loaded or the Reconstruction Computer changed


As the database is on the ADS Computer, the images of the reconstruction volumes that were
previously on the Reconstruction Computer will still appear on the database, however they are
physically no longer present. Therefore, it is necessary to perform a recover database, so that
the database entries on the ADS Computer are updated so that the images of the
reconstruction volumes that no longer exist are removed from the database.

178 5 System Differences


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

The Reconstruction Computer will no longer have the constructed 3D volumes for each of the
patient exams. The 3D volumes will need to be reconstructed if they were never pushed to the
IDI (or an external PACs that supports the 3D volumes).

• When the ADS Software is (re)loaded or the ADS Computer changed


As the database is on the ADS Computer, it needs to be restored if the ADS Computer was
changed or ADS Software.
Once the database is rebuilt, if there were any 3D volumes on the Reconstruction Station they
will now be visible on the ADS Computer, however the standard 2D images and the DBT 2D
projections of a Tomo sequence that formed each of the 3D volumes are no longer on the ADS
Computer. If the standard 2D images and the DBT 2D projections of a Tomo sequence are
required again on the ADS Computer, they can be retrieved using the ADS Browser as usual
from the remote PACS, IDI, or from archives burnt to CD-R.

Chapter 4 System Description 179


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

5.4 Other Differences To The System


5.4.1 Premium and Fine View
After exposure for 2D acquisitions, the image(s) acquired by the Digital Detector are automatically
transferred to the WorkStation, added to the exam and displayed on the Viewer screen as a raw
image with low contrast. For 3D projections, only the processed image is displayed on the screen.
During the transfer of the raw image to the Acquisition WorkStation (AWS), all Operator interface
functions are disabled.

5.4.1.1 Image processing

• For 2D acquisitions, after acquisition, a number of calculations are applied to the image to
create the processed image, which then replaces the 2D raw image on the screen of the AWS.

• For 3D acquisitions, Fine View is applied only during Volume reconstruction and has no effect
on the displayed projections, it is not applied to the Raw images. However, in order to display
3D projections, Premium View is applied before displaying the image on the Viewer screen.

5.4.1.2 Processed image

• After application of the selected algorithm(s), the 2D processed image is added to the exam
and replaces the raw image on the AWS screen.

• For 2D acquisitions, processed images are saved in the DICOM MG “for presentation” format,
ready for review.

• For 3D acquisitions, image processing is applied to the image displayed on screen. The raw
images are archived with no processing applied.

5.4.2 Mechanical motion


5.4.2.1 Source starting position
The technologist prepares to perform the DBT acquisition sequence by bringing the source from
the central position to the starting position at the extremity of the source trajectory. This can be
done either prior to or after breast compression. If under compression, the motion is controlled by
the technologist with continuous activation of the angulation command.

5.4.2.2 Source trajectory


After the tomosynthesis acquisition is started, the source is automatically moved over a 25° arc.
The center of the arc is located approximately 20 mm above the breast support, with a radius of
640 mm. Over this arc, the source will be stopped at 9 evenly-spaced positions (including the
starting position) to perform projection view exposures.

The X-ray tube trajectory is centered over the imaging area. For larger breasts using the full
detector area for imaging, the trajectory is symmetric about the center line of the detector. For
smaller breasts imaged on a reduced field-of-view, the center of the source trajectory is shifted
toward the active imaging area. This solution retains the 25° source trajectory while avoiding
projection of the walls of the smaller paddle on breast tissue.

180 5 System Differences


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

5.4.2.3 Apparent focal spot size and handling of vibrations


Since there is mechanical motion between discrete view acquisitions in the DBT sequence,
vibrations can occur that have the potential to degrade image quality, because vibrations will
increase the apparent focal spot size and can induce patient motion. To preserve image quality
by avoiding motion blur during acquisition, the complete tomosynthesis sequence needs to be
acquired in a few seconds. Step-and-shoot source motion requires accelerating and stopping the
source in sub-second times.

A properly designed speed profile avoids triggering vibrations by generating only non-resonant
frequencies in the column. The column design of the Senographe Essential minimizes mid-
frequency resonances while the DBT speed profile is smoothed to eliminate high-frequency
resonances. A partial-sine angular position profile was designed for acceleration and deceleration
to minimize vibration.

Each time the source is stopped, a preset damping time is allocated before the exposure starts,
in order to damp residual vibration and ensure that the apparent focal spot size is not degraded.

5.4.3 X-ray tube


5.4.3.1 Introduction
The X-ray tube used for the option is identical to the one used by the core system. Refer to the
Senographe - Theory of Operation of the Core SIP for more information.

5.4.3.2 Focal spot


Only the Large optical focal spot is used with the MTD. Refer to the Senographe - Theory of
Operation of the Core SIP for more information.

5.4.3.2.1 Possible values for direct focal distance


Source-to-Image Distance is Fixed: 660mm.

5.4.3.2.2 Position of the intersection of the reference axis with the image reception area for a specified
direct focal distance
According to standard mammography practice, the radiation reference axis is directed at the chest
wall edge of the digital detector; radiation is shielded so that there is no radiation directed beyond
the chest wall. Reference axis intersects the digital detector in the middle at the chest wall side of
the detector.

NOTE: For off-centered small fields of view acquisitions, the whole area of the digital detector
is not displayed. The Reference axis remains fixed relative to the detector and therefore
does not intersect the effective imaging area in the middle of the chest wall edge.

5.4.3.2.3 Angle of the reference axis to the plane of the image reception area.
The reference axis is perpendicular to the imaging area.

Chapter 4 System Description 181


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

6 System Diagrams
6.1 Acquisition System Entry Block Diagram

182 6 System Diagrams


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

6.2 Column Block Diagram

Chapter 4 System Description 183


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

6.3 Compression Arm Block Diagram

184 6 System Diagrams


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

NOTE: Since the MTD is never opened to perform any service operations, the low level
connectivity information within the MTD is beyond the scope of this Service Manual.

Chapter 4 System Description 185


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

6.4 Control Station Block Diagram


Illustration 4-24: Control Station Data Distribution Diagram

186 6 System Diagrams


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 4-25: Control Station Power Distribution Diagram

Chapter 4 System Description 187


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

6.5 Reconstruction Station Block Diagram


Illustration 4-26: Reconstruction Station Data Distribution Diagram

188 6 System Diagrams


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

7 Parts
7.1 Component Index
This chapter describes the parts supplied with the GE Breast Tomosynthesis Kit.

The parts that can be ordered on the field for replacement are listed in the Table below.

Consult the Component Index when you check the kits for damage (see Chapter 3, Job Card PRE
A004 - Checking for Damage). If one of the kit part is damaged, check the FRU column to determine
if Yes or No the part is a FRU.

• If the FRU column says Yes (FRU), order the kit part.

• If the FRU column says No (Not FRU), reorder the kit part.

Table 4-11: Kit Parts

Part description Comp Loc FD FRU [Yes/


Reference D/R
No]

Electrical components

Section 6.4.,
Illustration
Multiplug Assembly 4-24: Control
Station Data
Distribution
Section Diagram
Chapter 11,
5450032 7.2.3, Control and Yes
JC D/R A006
Station Section 6.4.,
Illustration
4-25: Control
Station Pow‐
er Distribu‐
tion Diagram

Electrical subassemblies

Reconstruction Station short cable harness

Section
7.2.5, Recon‐ Chapter 11,
5434182 Yes
struction Sta‐ JC D/R A006
tion

Reconstruction Station long cable harness


(8 m)

Section
7.2.5, Recon‐ Chapter 11,
5434153 Yes
struction Sta‐ JC D/R A006
tion

Chapter 4 System Description 189


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

UPS Power cable

Section 6.4.,
Illustration
Section
4-25: Control Chapter 11,
5434178 7.2.3, Control Yes
Station Pow‐ JC D/R A006
Station
er Distribu‐
tion Diagram

3D Foot pedal

Column
Chapter 11,
5408997 Block Dia‐ Yes
JC D/R A008
gram

Electronic components

8 ports Ethernet switch 1 GB

Acquisition
Section
System Chapter 11,
5434179 7.2.3, Control Yes
Block Dia‐ JC D/R A007
Station
gram

RAM for ADS Computer (Z400) Section 6.4.,


Illustration
4-24: Control
Station Data
Distribution
Section Diagram
Chapter 11,
5434169 7.2.3, Control and Yes
JC D/R A011
Station Section 6.4.,
Illustration
4-25: Control
Station Pow‐
er Distribu‐
tion Diagram

Electronic subassemblies

Motorized Tomosynthesis Device with lat‐


eral deflector set, but without table stand

Acquisition
Section System Chapter 11,
5434151 Yes
7.2.4, MTD Block Dia‐ JC D/R A002
gram

190 7 Parts
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Reconstruction Computer

Section
7.2.5, Recon‐ Chapter 11,
5434173 Yes
struction Sta‐ JC D/R A006
tion

Ethernet Junction

Section
Chapter 11,
5158907 7.2.3, Control Yes
JC D/R A006
Station

Lift Board (PL 201)

Column
Section Chapter 11,
2373567-20 Block Dia‐ Yes
7.2.2, Gantry JC D/R A012
gram

Section 2.3, Chapter 11,


Precise 50N Job Card D/R
Precise 50N V2 Rotation Clutch 5481350 N/A Yes
Rotation A017 - Clutch
Clutch and Cable

Job Card D/R


A228 - Rota‐
tion Motor in
the Core SIP
and the ad‐
Column
Section dendum in‐
5497475 Block Dia‐ Yes
7.2.2, Gantry formation in
gram
the Rotation
Note: Only for systems that have had the Motor Brake
Rotation Motor Brake kit applied. Upgrade Kit
Installation
Manual

Chapter 4 System Description 191


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Job Card DR
Rotation Brake Splitter Cable A235 - Rota‐
tion Brake
Splitter Ca‐
Column
Section ble in the Ro‐
5495091 Block Dia‐ Yes
7.2.2, Gantry tation Motor
gram
Brake Up‐
Note: Only for systems that have had the grade Kit In‐
Rotation Motor Brake kit applied. stallation
Manual
Chapter 11,
Job Card D/R
Section
A018 - Stator
Stator Current Filter Assembly Cable 5500321 7.2.1, Gener‐ Yes
Current Filter
ator
Assembly
Cable

Mechanical components

MTD Table stand

Section Chapter 11,


5458187 Yes
7.2.4, MTD JC D/R A001

MTD Deflectors set

Section Chapter 11,


5434165 Yes
7.2.4, MTD JC D/R A003

MTD Compression knobs set

Section Chapter 11,


5454984 Yes
7.2.4, MTD JC D/R A004

192 7 Parts
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

MTD Cart

Refer to Man‐
ual supplied
5499524 Yes
with the MTD
Cart

NOTE: Only to be used for replace‐


ment on sites that have pur‐
chased the MTD Cart option.

Chapter 11,
Job Card D/R
Detector Rails 5476242 Yes
A016 - Detec‐
tor Rails

Section
7.2.5, Recon‐
Reconstruction Housing 5434171 No
struction Sta‐
tion

Mechanical subassemblies

Standard 24x31 Paddle for MTD

Section Chapter 11,


5491700 Yes
7.2.4, MTD JC D/R A005

Note : Lower level FRU available : 24x31


Compression Plate (5439181)

Sliding 19x23 Paddle for MTD

Section Chapter 11,


5491702 Yes
7.2.4, MTD JC D/R A005

Note : Lower level FRU available : 19x23


Compression Plate (5446415)

Chapter 4 System Description 193


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Elevated 24x31 Paddle for MTD

Section Chapter 11,


5491701 Yes
7.2.4, MTD JC D/R A005

Note : Lower level FRU available : 24x31


Compression Plate (5439181)

19x23 Compression Plate for Sliding 19x23 Chapter 11,


5446415 Yes
Paddle for MTD JC D/R A235

24x31 Compression Plate for Standard


Chapter 11,
24x31 Paddle for MTD and Elevated 24x31 5439181 Yes
JC D/R A235
Paddle for MTD

Software

Chapter 5, JC
Software backup kit for MTD V2.0 5431220 Yes
ELE A030

Software backup kit for ADS V56.10 (for Section 3.1,


Chapter 5, JC
Version 1, Version 2 and Version 3 sys‐ 5423075 Software Yes
ELE A030
tems) Evolution

Section 3.1,
Software backup kit for ADS V56.11 (for Chapter 5, JC
5423075–2 Software Yes
Version 4 systems) ELE A030
Evolution

Section 3.1,
Software backup kit for ADS V56.12 (for Chapter 5, JC
5423075–3 Software Yes
Version 5 systems) ELE A030
Evolution

Chapter 5, JC
Software backup kit for IDC V13.10–1 5423031 Yes
ELE A030

Section 3.1,
Reconstruction 01.10 Software kit DVD (for 5423438 Chapter 5, JC
Software Yes
Version 1 systems) (Rev 2) ELE A030
Evolution

Section 3.1,
Reconstruction 01.10.1 Software kit DVD 5423438 Chapter 5, JC
Software Yes
(for Version 2 and Version 3 systems) (Rev 4) ELE A030
Evolution

Section 3.1,
Reconstruction 01.10.2 Software kit DVD Chapter 5, JC
5423438–2 Software Yes
(for Version 4 systems) ELE A030
Evolution

Section 3.1,
Reconstruction 01.10.3 Software kit DVD Chapter 5, JC
5423438–3 Software Yes
(for Version 5 systems) ELE A030
Evolution

Set of ePROMs for Generator V6.60 (for


pre-Version 5 systems)

Section
Chapter 11,
5431222 7.2.1, Gener‐ Yes
JC D/R A010
ator

194 7 Parts
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Section
Set of ePROMs for Generator V6.70 (for Chapter 11,
5431222–2 7.2.1, Gener‐ Yes
Version 5 systems) JC D/R A010
ator

Software backup kit for Positioner V4.0 (for Section 3.1,


Chapter 5, JC
Version 1, Version 2, and Version 3 sys‐ 5174994-12 Software Yes
ELE A030
tems) Evolution

Section 3.1,
Software backup kit for Positioner V4.1 (for Chapter 5, JC
5174994-13 Software Yes
Version 4 systems) ELE A030
Evolution

Section 3.1,
Software backup kit for Positioner V4.2 (for Chapter 5, JC
5174994-14 Software Yes
Version 5 systems) ELE A030
Evolution

Chapter 4 System Description 195


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

7.2 Component location


7.2.1 Generator
Illustration 4-27: Location of Generator CPU Board and EPROMs

196 7 Parts
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

7.2.2 Gantry
Illustration 4-28: Location of Gantry Components

7.2.3 Control Station


Illustration 4-29: Location of Control Station Components

Chapter 4 System Description 197


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

7.2.4 MTD
Illustration 4-30: Location of MTD Components

7.2.5 Reconstruction Station


Illustration 4-31: Reconstruction Station

198 7 Parts
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Chapter 5 Installation
1 About this chapter
This chapter contains the installation Job Cards necessary to install the option kit.

Chapter 5 Installation 199


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

2 Scenario IST A001 - Installation


2.1 Context
This Scenario provides information for the installation of the option on the customer site.

2.2 Steering Guide


Refer to the following Steering Guide for an outline of the recommended sequence of installation.
Installation Steering Guide - Preparation, Core System hardware upgrades, Core System software
upgrades, Reconstruction Station installation, Calibrations and Checks, Completion.

Job Card names in italics refer to procedure described in the Core SIP.

The sequence of steps you must perform varies according to one of the following scenarios:

Table 5-1: System Level Scenarios

Scenario System Level (Model Number)

Scenario A Senographe Essential - LFOV2 - V4 Control Station (5144816-9)


Senographe Essential - Sunburst - V4 Control Station (5144816-10)
Senographe Essential - eIFU – V4 Control Station (5144816-11)
Senographe Essential - SFDA – V4 Control Station (5144816-12) (system already installed)

Scenario B Senographe Essential - Penduick - V3 Control Station (5144816-8)

Scenario C Senographe Essential - Pre-Penduick - V1 Control Station (5144816) and Senographe Essential -
Pre-Penduick - V2 Control Station (5144816, 5144816-1-1)

Scenario D Senographe Essential - Pre-Penduick - V3 Control Station (5144816-2-1, 5144816-3, 5144816-4,


5144816-5, 5144816-6, 5144816-7)

Scenario E Senographe Essential - LFOV2 - V3 Control Station (5144816-2-1, 5144816-3, 5144816-4,


5144816-5, 5144816-6, 5144816-7, 5144816-8) – systems that have been upgraded using the Nau‐
tilus Kit.

Scenario F Senographe Essential - SFDA – V4 Control Station (5144816-12) (system never installed)

Table 5-2: Installation Steering Guide

Step Action Job Card A B C, F Done


D,
E

Preparation

1 AOP Configuration Checks Job Card IST A000 - AOP Configuration Check Y Y Y N

2 Check overall system behavior. Chapter 7, Job Card CHK A012 - Overall system Y Y Y N
behavior check

3 Acquisition System Backup Job Card IST A010 - Acquisition System Backup Y Y Y N
If Stereotaxy option is present, manually
back up Stereo needles.
If CAD option is present, manually back up
the CAD configuration.

4 If the system IP addresses are not the default Job Card IST A001 - Default Internal IP Address Y Y Y N
ones. Checks
Restore default IP addresses of the system.

200 2 Scenario IST A001 - Installation


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Step Action Job Card A B C, F Done


D,
E

5 Install Accelera (V1/ V2/V3 Control Station Job Card IST A004 - Install Accelera Option (sys‐ N Y Y N
systems only). tems with V1/V2/V3 Control Station only)

6 If not already done, unpack and check the kit Chapter 3, Job Card PRE A005 - Unpacking the kit Y Y Y Y
for damage.

Core System hardware and software upgrades

7 Change Lift board. Job Card IST A002 - Lift board Y Y Y Y

8 Install Tomo footswitch. Job Card IST A003 - Tomo Footswitch Y Y Y Y

9 Gantry Software upgrade. Job Card IST A011 - Gantry Components Software Y Y Y Y
Update

10 Upgrade Generator ePROMs. Job Card IST A007 - Generator ePROMS Y N N Y


Note: For systems that have V3 Control Sta‐
tions or lower, and are upgraded via the Ac‐
celera option, this step is performed during
the Accelera upgrade. See Job Card IST
A004 - Install Accelera Option (systems with
V1/V2/V3 Control Station only) for more in‐
formation.

11 Install Stator Current Filter Assembly Cable Job Card IST A027 - Stator Current Filter Assembly Y Y Y Y
on the TP18, TP20 and TP22 connectors of Cable
the Generator Supply Command Board

12 Upgrade IDC software. Job Card IST A012 - IDC Software Upgrade Y N N Y
Note: For systems that have V3 Control Sta‐
tions or lower, and are upgraded via the Ac‐
celera option, this step is performed during
the Accelera upgrade. See Job Card IST
A004 - Install Accelera Option (systems with
V1/V2/V3 Control Station only) for more in‐
formation.

13 Restore IDC configuration. Job Card IST A012a - IDC Calibration Restore Y N N N

14 Configure Detector Job Card IST A012c - Configure Detector Y Y Y Y

15 Upgrade ADS RAM. Job Card IST A006 - ADS RAM Y Y Y Y

16 Upgrade ADS software. Job Card IST A013 - AWS Software Installation Y N N Y
Note: For systems that have V3 Control Sta‐
tions or lower, and are upgraded via the Ac‐
celera option, this step is performed during
the Accelera upgrade. See Job Card IST
A004 - Install Accelera Option (systems with
V1/V2/V3 Control Station only) for more in‐
formation.

17 Install Collimator Check script on ADS Com‐ Job Card IST A013a – Collimator Check Script In‐ Y Y Y Y
puter and check that the Collimator is com‐ stallation
patible Chapter 7, Job Card CHK A020 – Collimator Com‐
patibility Check

18 Check the Gantry for the required Rotation Job Card IST A022 - Upgrade Rotation Board and N N Y N
related upgrades, and if necessary change Rotation Gas Spring
the Rotation Gas Spring, Rotation Board.
Note: To save time, this step can be under‐
taken while upgrading the ADS software.

19 Upgrade Gantry with a Rotation Motor with See the upgrade steering guide and upgrade Y Y Y N
Brake and a Mount with Coil Spring for Ro‐ (UPG) Job Cards described in the Rotation Motor
tation Worm Gear (delivered with the FMI Brake Upgrade Kit Installation Manual
12211 Kit)

Chapter 5 Installation 201


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Step Action Job Card A B C, F Done


D,
E

20 Upgrade Rotation Clutch for a Precise 50N Job Card IST A024 - Precise 50N Rotation Clutch Y Y Y N
Rotation Clutch

21 Check existing detector rails, and if neces‐ Job Card IST A023 - Detector Rails Y Y Y N
sary change the existing detector rails
Note: To save time, this step can be under‐
taken while upgrading the ADS software.

22 Check if the Breast Support Locking Mech‐ Job Card IST A025 – BSLM Board Compatibility Y Y Y Y
anism board is compatible, and change if Check
necessary .
Note: To save time, this step can be under‐
taken while upgrading the ADS software.

Replace Ethernet switch Job Card IST A005 - Ethernet switch Y Y Y Y


23 Note: To save time, this step can be under‐
taken while upgrading the ADS software.

24 Lift calibration. Job Card CAL A031 - Lift Calibration in the Core Y Y Y Y
SIP
25 Check and update detector grounding con‐ Chapter 7, Job Card CHK A001 - Angulation Check Y Y Y N
nection.

26 Install MTD Table Stand Job Card IST A021 - MTD table stand Y Y Y Y

27 Install MTD Deflectors Job Card IST A009 - MTD Deflectors Y Y Y Y

28 Install Reconstruction housing and Recon‐ Job Card IST A008 - Reconstruction station Y Y Y Y
struction Station.

29 Ground Continuity and Leakage Current Chapter 7, Job Card CHK A011 - Ground Continuity Y Y Y Y
Tests and Leakage Current Tests

30 Create RSA Key and Update ADS Hostname Job Card IST A014 - Create RSA Key and Update Y Y Y Y
ADS Hostname

31 Restore ADS parameters, including restor‐ Job Card IST A014a - AWS Configuration Restore Y Y Y N
ing routing and networking configuration on Job Card ELE A021 — Network Configuration
the Reconstruction Station.

Configure ADS parameters, and configure Job Card IST A014b - AWS Configuration N N N Y
network. Job Card ELE A021 — Network Configuration

32 If 3MP 21” Monitor exists, configure the 3MP Job Card ELE A008 - Configuring the 21-inch 3MP Y Y Y Y
monitor Monitor in the Core SIP
33 Calibrate Detector Job Card IST A012b - Detector Calibration (for new N Y Y Y
systems and those just field upgraded to Accelera)

34 Perform Reconstruction Station configura‐ Chapter 6, Job Card CFG A001 - Reconstruction Y Y Y Y
tion. Station configuration

35 Declare MTD UID with the system. Job Card IST – A015 MTD Unique ID Declaration Y Y Y Y

Calibrations and Checks

36 Perform Breast support tests on MTD. Chapter 7, Job Card CHK A029 - Breast Support Y Y Y Y
Tests MTD

37 If you changed the detector rails, perform Job Card ELE A029 – Breast Support Tests in the Y Y Y Y
Breast support tests on all Breast Supports Core SIP
used with the system.

38 Perform Compression Paddle Chest wall Chapter 7, Job Card CHK A002 - Compression Y Y Y Y
test. Paddle Chest Wall Test

202 2 Scenario IST A001 - Installation


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Step Action Job Card A B C, F Done


D,
E

39 Perform MTD compression force calibration Section Chapter 6, Section 3., Compression Force Y Y Y Y
check. Sensor Calibration Check in
Chapter 6, Job Card CAL A048 - Calibration of
Compression Force Sensor MTD

40 Perform MTD compression thickness cali‐ Section Chapter 6, Section 5., Compression Thick‐ Y Y Y Y
bration check. ness Calibration Check in
Chapter 6, Job Card CAL A050 - Compression
Thickness Calibration MTD

41 Perform kVp settings check. Job Card CHK A011 - Check kVp settings in the Y Y Y Y
Core SIP
42 Perform mA and mAs settings check. Job Card CHK A013 - Check mA and mAs set‐ Y Y Y Y
tings in the Core SIP
43 Perform 2D gain calibration for the MTD. Chapter 6, Job Card CAL A043 - Detector Gain Y Y Y Y
Calibration 2D MTD

44 Perform 3D gain calibration. Chapter 6, Job Card CAL A001 - Detector Gain Y Y Y Y
Calibration 3D

45 Perform Conversion Factor Measurement. Job Card CAL A045 - Conversion Factor Measure‐ Y Y Y Y
ment in the Core SIP
46 Perform mAs Non-linearity Calibration. Job Card CAL A053 - mAs Non-linearity Calibra‐ Y Y Y Y
tion in the Core SIP
47 Perform AOP Calibration for the MTD. Chapter 6, Job Card CAL A051 - AOP Calibration Y Y Y Y
MTD

48 Perform IQ Tools Flat Field Test. Job Card ELE A032 - IQ Tools Flat Field Test in the N Y Y Y
Core SIP or CESM SIP
49 If the Mag Stand option is present GE Proprietary — Can only be performed by GE N Y Y Y
Perform IQ Tools Mag Resolution Test. Field Engineer.

50 Perform IQ Tools Line Artifacts Test. GE Proprietary — Can only be performed by GE N Y Y Y


Field Engineer.

51 Perform IQ Tools Composite Test. GE Proprietary — Can only be performed by GE N Y Y Y


Field Engineer.

52 Perform IQ Tools Noise Test. GE Proprietary — Can only be performed by GE N Y Y Y


Field Engineer.

53 Perform Image Acquisition and ACR Score. Job Card ELE A037 - Image Acquisition and ACR N Y Y Y
Score in the Core SIP
54 Perform AOP Mode and SNR Check. Job Card ELE A038 - AOP Mode and SNR Check N Y Y Y
in the Core SIP

55 Perform IQ Tools Flat Field Test 2D with GE Proprietary — Can only be performed by GE Y Y Y Y
MTD. Field Engineer.

56 Perform Image Acquisition and ACR Score Chapter 7, Job Card CHK A037 - Image Acquisition Y Y Y Y
MTD 2D. and ACR Score MTD 2D

57 Perform AOP Mode and SNR Check MTD Chapter 7, Job Card CHK A038 - AOP Mode and Y Y Y Y
2D. SNR Check MTD 2D

58 Perform CNR and MTF Measurement with Chapter 7, Job Card CHK A033 — CNR and MTF Y Y Y Y
MTD Measurement with MTD

59 Perform Flat Field 3D test. Chapter 7, Job Card CHK A003 - Flat Field 3D Y Y Y Y

60 Perform Image Acquisition and ACR Score Chapter 7, Job Card CHK A004 - Image Acquisition Y Y Y Y
3D. and ACR Score 3D

Chapter 5 Installation 203


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Step Action Job Card A B C, F Done


D,
E

61 Perform AOP Check 3D. Chapter 7, Job Card CHK A005 - AOP Check 3D Y Y Y Y

62 Perform Volume Coverage test. Chapter 7, Job Card CHK A006 - Volume Coverage Y Y Y Y

Perform DQE in Tomo Mode test. GE Proprietary — Can only be performed by GE Y Y Y Y


63
Field Engineer.

Perform MTF & MTF-NU test. GE Proprietary — Can only be performed by GE Y Y Y Y


64
Field Engineer.

Perform Moiré Acceptance test. GE Proprietary — Can only be performed by GE Y Y Y Y


65
Field Engineer.

66 Perform Grid texture test. Chapter 7, Job Card CHK A010 - Grid texture Y Y Y Y

67 Perform Breast Tomosynthesis Object Con‐ Chapter 7, Job Card CHK A050 - Breast Tomosyn‐ Y Y Y Y
struction Checks thesis Object Construction Checks

68 Perform PACS Compatibility Tests With Chapter 7, Job Card CHK A051 - PACS Compati‐ Y Y Y Y
Breast Tomosynthesis Objects bility Tests With Breast Tomosynthesis Objects

Completion

69 Provide documentation. Job Card IST A016 - Provide Documentation Y Y Y Y

70 Send Localization Cards. Job Card IST A017 - Send Localization Cards Y Y Y Y

71 Premium View Related Configuration. Job Card IST A018 - Premium View Configuration Y Y Y Y

72 Physicist Tests Not Applicable Y Y Y Y


The Hospital Physicist will perform tests according
to local requirements

73 If the Stereotaxy option exists, perform Ster‐ Job Card IST A019 - Stereotaxy Configuration Y Y Y Y
eotaxy configuration.
Note: Must only be performed by the GE
Healthcare FE just before the Medial Appli‐
cations specialist performs the QC tests.

74 Perform system checkout. GE Proprietary — Can only be performed by GE Y Y Y Y


Field Engineer.

75 Back up the system configuration. Job Card ELE A052 - Back Up/Restore Y Y Y Y

204 2 Scenario IST A001 - Installation


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

3 Job Card IST A000 - AOP Configuration Check


3.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Not Applicable 5 mins Not Applicable

3.2 Overview
Use the steps in the Procedure to check the AOP Configuration that is set for each AOP mode on
the Generator and the AOP mode on the ADS Computer.

NOTE: The purpose of this check is to be able to restore the correct AOP table after performing
the upgrade.

3.3 Procedure
3.3.1 For all systems
3.3.1.1 Generator AOP Mode Configuration Check
Perform the following steps to check the AOP configuration on the Generator for each of the three
(DOSE, STD, CNT) modes:

1. Select SETUP/GENE/INSTAL/GENE/AOP/APOLLO/TYPE on the X-ray Console.

2. From the SETUP/GENE/INSTAL/GENE/AOP/APOLLO/TYPE menu, select the mode that you


want to check (DOSE , STD, CNT).

3. Note down the value displayed to the right of the selected mode (TAB_A or TAB_B) in Chapter
8, Section 3.11, Table 8-2: AOP Mode Configuration on Generator within Chapter 8, LBK-
A003 - Back-up/restore procedure - AWS parameters manual record sheets.

• If this value is TAB_A, the selected mode is configured with the Classic table.

• If this value is TAB_B, the selected mode is configured with Profile table.

4. Keep pressing the SETUP button until you exit the configuration menu on the X-ray Console.

3.3.1.2 ADS Computer AOP Mode Configuration Check


Use the following steps to query and note down the AOP configuration set on the AWS Computer.

1. From behind the Browser, right click the background, and from the Root Menu that appears,
select Service Tools > Command Window to launch a command window.

A command window appears with an ADS prompt.

2. Change to the ~sdc/senovision/scripts directory, by entering:

cd ~sdc/senovision/scripts

Chapter 5 Installation 205


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

3. Run the setaop.sh script to query the current AOP configuration, by entering:

setaop.sh

The setaop.sh script displays the current configuration (either AOP STD TAB_A or AOP
STD TAB_B).

4. Note down the current AOP configuration in Chapter 8, Section 3.11, Table 8-1: AOP Mode
Configuration on ADS Computer within Chapter 8, LBK-A003 - Back-up/restore procedure -
AWS parameters manual record sheets.

5. Close the command window, by entering:

exit

3.3.2 For Penduick and above systems with Stereotaxy


It you are upgrading a Penduick or above system, which has the Stereotaxy option, additionally
perform the following steps to check the Stereotaxy AOP configuration:

1. Select SETUP/GENE/INSTAL/GENE/AOP/APOLLO/TYPE on the X-ray Console.

2. From the SETUP/GENE/INSTAL/GENE/AOP/APOLLO/TYPE menu, select the STEREO


mode.

3. Note down the value displayed to the right of the selected mode (TAB_A or TAB_B) in Chapter
8, Section 3.11, Table 8-3: Stereotaxy AOP Mode Configuration on Generator within Chapter
8, LBK-A003 - Back-up/restore procedure - AWS parameters manual record sheets.

• If this value is TAB_A, the stereo mode is configured with the Classic table.

• If this value is TAB_B, the stereo mode is configured with Profile table.

4. Keep pressing the SETUP button until you exit the configuration menu on the X-ray Console.

3.4 Finalization
No finalization steps.

206 3 Job Card IST A000 - AOP Configuration Check


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

4 Job Card IST A001 - Default Internal IP Address Checks


4.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Not Applicable 5 minutes to perform Not Applicable
check, and if
necessary 60 minutes

4.2 Overview
Before updating the software during the upgrade, it is important that the Internal IP Address
scheme of the Senographe system is set to its default values shown below.

Component IP address
ADS Computer 192.168.1.10
IDC 192.168.1.20
Gantry CPU (Poseidon) 192.168.1.40

4.3 Procedure
1. Use the right mouse button to click in the background of the Browser screen, then select
Service Tools/Service Desktop from the pop-up menu.

2. From the Service Desktop that appears, observe the value of the IDC IP Address that is
displayed towards the bottom left of the Service Desktop.

3. Determine your next step:

• If the IDC IP Address displayed is 192.168.1.20, the Senographe system is already on


its default Internal IP Address scheme and no further action is required.

• If the IDC IP Address displayed is not 192.168.1.20, the Senographe system is not
already on its default Internal IP Address scheme. In this case, do the following:
1. Open a command window, and display the /etc/hosts file, by entering:
more /etc/hosts
2. Within the IP address for local additional interfaces section of the
file, note down the IP addresses for the IDC, ADS and Gantry CPU (pos).
3. Close the command window, by entering:
exit
4. Disconnect the Control Station of the Senographe System from the hospital network
and perform Job Card ELE A050 - Changing Senographe Internal IP Addresses in
the SIP to change the Internal IP Addresses back their default values.

Chapter 5 Installation 207


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

4.4 Finalization
No finalization steps.

208 4 Job Card IST A001 - Default Internal IP Address Checks


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

5 Job Card IST A002 - Lift board


5.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Field Engineer Not Applicable 30 mins Not Applicable

5.2 Preliminary Requirements


5.2.1 Safety

WARNING
RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK.
THE SENOGRAPHE SYSTEM MUST BE POWERED OFF AND LOTO APPLIED.
SWITCH OFF THE ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY FROM THE MAINS
DISTRIBUTION COVER IN THE ROOM. APPLY AN APPROPRIATE LOTO
PADLOCK AND LABEL. IF CHANGING A PART WITHIN THE GENERATOR,
WAIT 10 MINUTES FOR THE COMPONENTS WITHIN THE GENERATOR TO
DISCHARGE.
REFER TO CHAPTER 1, JOB CARD LOTO A001 - LOCK-OUT / TAG-OUT
(LOTO) PROCEDURES.

NOTICE
When handling electronic components, take all usual precautions against damage
by ESD (Electro-Static-Discharge). Use for example an anti-static mat and an ESD
strap.

5.3 Procedure
5.3.1 Disassembly of Lift Board
1. Remove the Gantry bottom cover for easy access to the lower screws of the lift board.

Refer to Job Card PHY A044 - Remove/Reinstall Gantry Covers in the Core SIP.

Chapter 5 Installation 209


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 5-1: Lift board location

NOTICE
Disconnect the cables with caution to avoid damage to the connectors.

NOTICE
When handling electronic components, take all usual precautions against damage
by ESD (Electro-Static-Discharge). Use for example an anti-static mat and an ESD
strap.

2. Carefully disconnect all the cables from the Lift Board.

Pay attention to the cables routing around the sides of the Lift Board.

NOTICE
Use a cross-head screwdriver to remove the screws.

3. Release the six screws (see Illustration 5-2) securing the Lift Board.

210 5 Job Card IST A002 - Lift board


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 5-2: Lift board screws

4. Put the old Lift board into an anti-static bag.

5.3.2 Installation of the Lift Board


The new Lift Board has three connectors for footswitches instead of two. Therefore the connection
is different.

NOTICE
When handling electronic components, take all usual precautions against damage
by ESD (Electro-Static-Discharge). Use for example an anti-static mat and an ESD
strap.

1. Put the new Lift Board in place. Be careful not to pinch any of the cables behind the board.

Chapter 5 Installation 211


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 5-3: Lift Board Connections

2. Use the six screws to secure the new Lift Board to the side of the Gantry.

Use a cross-head screwdriver.

NOTICE
When reconnecting all the cables to the Lift Board, ensure that you route them so
they do not pass over Lift Board as illustrated in the diagram above. This precaution
avoids potential interference caused by component electronic noise.

3. Carefully reconnect all of the cables to the new Lift Board as summarized in Illustration 5-3
and Table 5-3 below.

Table 5-3: Lift Board cable connections

Connector Label Description of cable (usually identified by Cable color


code on a yellow label)
J1 J1/PL201-W210 Gray
J2 J2/PL201-W209 Gray

212 5 Job Card IST A002 - Lift board


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Connector Label Description of cable (usually identified by Cable color


code on a yellow label)
J3 J3/PL201-W208 Grey
J4 J4/PL201-W201 Gray
J5 J5/PL201-W202 Gray
J6 Either none or a black cable if Gantry uses None, black or pink
a Type 2 Lift Screw Assembly with top
brake, or pink cable with J6/PL201–W510
if Gantry uses a Type 3 Lift Screw Assem‐
bly (with built in motor brake)
J9 J9/PL201 or PL202 - W205 Black
J10 J10/PL201 or PL202 - W206 Blue/Red
J11 J11/PL201-W203 Gray
J12 J12/PL201-W211 Gray
J13 J13/PL201-W208 Gray
J14 J14/PL201-W213 Gray
J15 Gray ribbon cable to the Gantry digital dis‐ Gray
play
J16 Footwsitch cable With 9 pin D-sub connec‐ N/A
tor
J17 Footwsitch cable With 9 pin D-sub connec‐ N/A
tor
J18 3D foot pedal cable With 9 pin D-sub con‐ N/A
nector
J22 No cable attached N/A
J23 No cable attached N/A

5.3.3 Firmware Check


Check whether the new Lift Board firmware needs to be updated, as follows:

1. Remove LOTO from the system.

2. Reboot the Senographe system.

3. Go to the Service Desktop home page (see Chapter 4, Section 5.2.1, Launching the Service
Desktop).

4. Check whether the firmware versions for the new Lift Board corresponds to the required
firmware version using consult Table 5-4:

Chapter 5 Installation 213


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Table 5-4: Firmware versions

Component Version
CPLD V11.2.1
DSP V5.6.3
HC12 V6.100.2

• If the current firmware versions match the required versions quoted in Table 5-4, no
additional steps are required.

• If the current firmware versions does not match the versions in Table 5-4, you must
perform a firmware update of the mismatched firmware. To update the new Lift Board
firmware follow the instructions described in Section 39.1.2, Gantry node firmware in
Job Card ELE A030 - Software and firmware reload or update.

5.3.4 Check Gantry Readout Cable Position


To ensure that there is no EMC interference between the Lift Board and the Gantry Readout ribbon
cable, ensure that the Gantry Readout ribbon cable is correctly positioned. Refer to Check Gantry
Readout Cable Position in Job Card D/R A212 - Gantry Readout. in the Core SIP.

5.3.5 Functional checks


1. Check that compression and lift footswitches are working properly.

2. Check that the readability of Gantry Readout text is acceptable. If needed, adjust the Gantry
Readout Potentiometer on the Lift board until the text brightness/contrast is acceptable. For
adjustment use a very small flat screwdriver (max. 1 mm wide).

5.4 Finalization
Connect the 3D foot pedal using the steps described in Job Card IST A003 - 3D foot pedal.

214 5 Job Card IST A002 - Lift board


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

6 Job Card IST A003 - 3D foot pedal


6.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Field Engineer Not Applicable 5 mins Not Applicable

6.2 Preliminary Requirements


6.2.1 Replacement Parts
Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer
3D foot pedal 1 - 5408997 -

6.2.2 Safety

WARNING
RISK OF COLLISION.
THE PROCEDURE REQUIRES AN ANGULATION OF THE POSITIONER ARM.
CHECK THAT NO ONE STANDS NEXT TO THE POSITIONER BEFORE
STARTING THE ANGULATION.

CAUTION
Risks of falling.
Avoid presence of cables in appropriate walkways.
Run cable harnesses and cables through floor or wall ducting as appropriate.

6.2.3 Required Conditions


Condition Reference Effectivity
The Tomo compatible Lift board - -
(2373567-20) is installed on the system.
The Gantry covers are removed (refer to - -
Job Card PHY A044 - Remove/Reinstall
Gantry Covers in the Core SIP).

6.3 Procedure
1. Position the 3D foot pedal next to the Control Station.

CAUTION
Risks of falling.
Avoid presence of cables in appropriate walkways.
Run cable harnesses and cables through floor or wall ducting as appropriate.

Chapter 5 Installation 215


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

2. Run the 3D foot pedal cable from the Control Station to the Lift board.

3. Connect the 3D foot pedal cable to the J18 connector (see Illustration 5-4).

Illustration 5-4: Lift board connectors

6.4 Finalization
No finalization steps.

216 6 Job Card IST A003 - 3D foot pedal


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

7 Job Card IST A004 - Install Accelera Option (systems with V1/V2/V3 Control
Station only)
7.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
2 Field Engineers Not Applicable 480 mins Not Applicable

7.2 Overview
This Job Card is only needs to be performed for systems that have the V1, V2, or V3 Control
Station. This Job Card is not applicable for systems that already have the V4 Control Station.

7.3 Preliminary Requirements


7.3.1 Replacement Parts
Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer
Accelera 2 Kit 1 - S30331VE -
Wheels and Ramp (PN 1 - - -
5411052) as these will be
used to move the old and
new Control Station during
the Accelera upgrade.

7.3.2 Safety

WARNING
RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK.
THE SENOGRAPHE SYSTEM MUST BE POWERED OFF AND LOTO APPLIED.
SWITCH OFF THE ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY FROM THE MAINS
DISTRIBUTION PANEL IN THE ROOM. APPLY AN APPROPRIATE LOTO
PADLOCK AND LABEL. IF CHANGING A PART WITHIN THE GENERATOR,
WAIT 10 MINUTES FOR THE COMPONENTS WITHIN THE GENERATOR TO
DISCHARGE.
REFER TO CHAPTER 1, JOB CARD LOTO A001 - LOCK-OUT / TAG-OUT
(LOTO) PROCEDURES.

7.3.3 Required Conditions


Condition Reference Effectivity
Backup the Acquisition Workstation Job Card IST A010 - Acquisition -
System Backup

Chapter 5 Installation 217


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

7.4 Procedure
1. Follow the instructions described in the Accelera Installation Manual to change the Control
Station. Do not perform all the upgrade Job Cards in the Accelera Installation Manual . Only
perform the following steps described in the following table:

Step Action Job Card in the Accelera Installation Manual Time Done
(mins)

1 Remove Radshield Job Card UPG A005- Remove Radshield 30

2 Disconnect Control Station Job Card UPG A006 - Disconnect and Tidy Away Gantry Harness and 50
Network Connections
Job Card UPG A007 -Disconnect and Remove Bar Code Scanner
Job Card UPG A008 - Disconnect, Remove and Ship Old IDC
Job Card UPG A009 - Disconnect, Remove and Ship Old ADS (SB-150)

3 Un-install Control Station Job Card UPG A010 - Remove LCD Monitor 40

4 Unpack New Control Station Job Card UPG A011 - Unpack New Control Station 60

5 Remove Old Control Station Job Card UPG A012- Remove Old Control Station 60

6 Install new Control Station Job Card UPG A013 - Remove Control Station Covers 225
physically Job Card UPG M014 - Control Station Installation
Note: Only GE FEs can perform the selection feature.
Job Card UPG A015 - Radiation Screen Installation
Job Card UPG A016 - Opposite Site Rotative Arm Installation (Optional)
Job Card UPG M017 - Mount LCD Monitor on Control Station
Job Card UPG A018 - Connect Gantry to Control Station
Job Card UPG A019 - IDC Air Filter Cleaning

7 Change password and Re‐ Job Card UPG A021 - Change password and Remove Calibration Data 10
move calibration data

8 Apply Upgrade Label and Job Card UPG A030 - Upgrade Labeling, Send Localization Card 5
post Localization Label

NOTE: While installing the new Control Station physically (step 6 in the table above),
you can also upgrade the ADS RAM at the same time before connecting the
Gantry to the Control Station. For more information, refer to Job Card IST A006
- ADS RAM upgrade.

2. Perform the following steps to upgrade the software components in the system:

1. Upgrade the IDC Software according to Job Card IST A012 - IDC Software Upgrade.
2. Upgrade the ADS Software according to Job Card IST A013 - AWS Software
Installation.
3. Perform a system backup from the Service Desktop to backup the generator
parameters, change the Generator ePROMs and restore the Generator backup. For
more information, refer to Job Card IST A007 - Generator ePROMS.

3. Continue with the rest of the installation procedure as described in the rest of the Scenario IST
A001 - Installation for the following steps.

7.5 Finalization
No finalization steps.

218 7 Job Card IST A004 - Install Accelera Option (systems


with V1/V2/V3 Control Station only)
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

8 Job Card IST A005 - Ethernet switch


8.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Field Engineer Not Applicable 30 mins Not Applicable

8.2 Preliminary Requirements


8.2.1 Tools and Test Equipment
Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer
Standard Tool Box 1 - - -

8.2.2 Consumables
Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer
Cable ties 4 - - -

8.2.3 Replacement Parts


Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer
Ethernet switch 1 - 5434179 -

8.3 Procedure
8.3.1 Accessing the Ethernet switch
Follow the steps below to access the switch.

1. Remove the Control Station top cover. Refer to the procedure described in Job Card PHY A040
- Remove/Reinstall Control Station Covers in the Core SIP.

2. Remove the Control Station omega cover. Refer to the procedure described in Job Card PHY
A040 - Remove/Reinstall Control Station Covers in the Core SIP.

The Ethernet switch is located as shown on the illustration below:

Chapter 5 Installation 219


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 5-5: Ethernet switch location in the Control Station

8.3.2 Removing the Ethernet switch


1. Unplug the power cable on the left-hand side of the Ethernet switch (A).

2. Unplug the Ethernet cables on the right-hand side of the Ethernet switch (B).

3. Cut the two cable ties (C).

4. Remove the Ethernet switch.

8.3.3 Installing the new Ethernet switch


The new Ethernet switch is shorter than the previous one. If one cable tie is not enough to go
around the switch, tie two together.

1. Insert two cable ties in the metal plate.

220 8 Job Card IST A005 - Ethernet switch


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

To avoid blocking the power socket and the 4 top Ethernet ports:

• Use the holes closer to the edge of the metal plate (see Illustration 5-6).

• Use the first holes starting from the bottom of the metal plate for the top cable tie (see
Illustration 5-6).

• Use the third holes starting from the top of the metal plate for the bottom cable tie (see
Illustration 5-6).

Illustration 5-6: Holes on the metal plate

2. Position the Ethernet switch with the power socket in the top left corner (see Illustration 5-7).

3. Secure the switch.

4. Make sure the Ethernet switch is secured and not moving.

5. Cut the excess length of the cable ties.

6. Plug the Ethernet cables in the Ethernet ports 1, 2 3 and 4, as shown in Illustration 5-7.

NOTE: Position the cables so you do not twist or cross them. The order in which the
cables are plugged has no impact.

Chapter 5 Installation 221


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 5-7: Plugging the cables

7. Plug the power cable in the power socket as shown in Illustration 5-7.

8. Make sure the push button is in Off position (out) as shown in Illustration 5-8.

NOTE: If the push button is in On position (in) the LEDs will not be enabled.

222 8 Job Card IST A005 - Ethernet switch


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 5-8: Push button and power LEDs.

9. Check that the LEDs corresponding to the ports where you plugged the Ethernet cables are
on (see Illustration 5-8), indicating that the used Ethernet ports are powered.

8.4 Finalization
No finalization steps.

Chapter 5 Installation 223


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

9 Job Card IST A006 - ADS RAM upgrade


9.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Field Engineer Not Applicable 30 mins Not Applicable

9.2 Preliminary Requirements


9.2.1 Tools and Test Equipment
Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer
Standard Tool Box 1 - - -

9.2.2 Consumables
9.2.3 Replacement Parts
Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer
RAM modules 1 For Z400 5434169 -

9.2.4 Safety

WARNING
RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK.
THE SENOGRAPHE SYSTEM MUST BE POWERED OFF AND LOTO APPLIED.
SWITCH OFF THE ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY FROM THE MAINS
DISTRIBUTION PANEL IN THE ROOM. APPLY AN APPROPRIATE LOTO
PADLOCK AND LABEL. IF CHANGING A PART WITHIN THE GENERATOR,
WAIT 10 MINUTES FOR THE COMPONENTS WITHIN THE GENERATOR TO
DISCHARGE.
REFER TO CHAPTER 1, JOB CARD LOTO A001 - LOCK-OUT / TAG-OUT
(LOTO) PROCEDURES.

WARNING
RISKS OF CRUSHING INJURIES.
THE ADS COMPUTER IS APPROXIMATELY 13.5 KG.
BE CAREFUL AND ALWAYS USE BOTH HANDS TO MANIPULATE THE ADS
COMPUTER.

NOTICE
When handling electronic parts, take precautions against damage by ESD (electro-
static discharge).
use for example an anti-static mat and an ESD strap.

224 9 Job Card IST A006 - ADS RAM upgrade


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

9.3 Procedure
9.3.1 Remove the Z400 from the Control Station

WARNING
RISKS OF CRUSHING INJURIES.
THE ADS COMPUTER IS APPROXIMATELY 13.5 KG.
BE CAREFUL AND ALWAYS USE BOTH HANDS TO MANIPULATE THE ADS
COMPUTER.

1. Remove the Z400 unit from the Control Station following the procedure described in the
Disassembly/Reassembly of AWS Unit on V4 Control Stations section of Job Card D/R A311
- AWS Unit in the Core SIP.

9.3.2 Accessing the motherboard


1. Gently lay the system horizontally on a stable, nonslip surface.

2. To open the AWS unit, proceed as described below:

a. Pull out and hold the access panel release latch (see A in Illustration 5-9).

Illustration 5-9: Opening the ADS computer

b. Slide the access panel back about 3 centimeters (see Illustration 5-9) and lift the panel
away from the chassis (see Illustration 5-9).

The motherboard is hidden by the airflow guide, outlined in Illustration 5-10.

Chapter 5 Installation 225


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 5-10: Z400 open with airflow guide

NOTICE
The airflow guide can be difficult to remove. Be careful not to disconnect anything
when you pull on it.

3. Press the airflow guide release latches as shown in the following illustration, and guide the
airflow guide out of the chassis.

226 9 Job Card IST A006 - ADS RAM upgrade


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

4. Locate the RAM sockets on the motherboard

9.3.3 Installing the new RAM


Illustration 5-11: RAM sockets

1. Remove the RAM present in the socket 1 (see Illustration 5-11), following the steps below:

a. Place your forefingers on the top of the RAM module.

b. Remove the module by pressing down gently on the ejector bars at both ends of the
socket as illustrated in

Chapter 5 Installation 227


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 5-12: Removing a RAM module

2. Insert the two new RAM modules in the sockets 1 and 3 (see Illustration 5-11), following the
steps below:

NOTE: The sockets in which the new RAM modules are inserted are both black.

a. Push gently outward on the socket levers.

Illustration 5-13: Inserting a RAM module

NOTICE
RAM modules and their sockets are keyed for proper installation. To prevent
socket or module damage, align these guides.

b. Align the RAM module with the socket and seat it in firmly.

The levers snap back into position and lock the module into place.

NOTE: The module must be inserted evenly, straight down along the socket
until they are locked into place.

9.3.4 Reassemble the AWS unit


1. Reinsert the airflow guide.

Press the airflow guide down on it until you hear the latches set in their socket.

2. Close the AWS unit side panel.

228 9 Job Card IST A006 - ADS RAM upgrade


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

3. Reinstall the AWS unit in the Control Station following the steps described in Job Card D/R
A311 - AWS Unit in the Core SIP.

4. Reinstall the Control Station Covers following the procedure described in Job Card PHY A040
- Remove/Reinstall Control Station Covers in the Core SIP.

9.3.5 Reconfiguring the System Memory


1. Place the Z400 unit in the Control Station following the procedure described in the
Disassembly/Reassembly of AWS Unit on V4 Control Stations section of Job Card D/R A311
- AWS Unit in the Core SIP.

2. Power on the system and press repeatedly the <F10> key.

The BIOS Setup is displayed.

Illustration 5-14: Z400 BIOS Home page

3. Press the <Return> key.

The System Information page is displayed.

Chapter 5 Installation 229


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 5-15: Z400 BIOS System Information page

4. Check that the value displayed next to Memory Size (Total) is 4096 MB DDR3/1066MHz
(4096 MB).

• If the displayed value is not 4096 MB DDR3/1066MHz (4096 MB) check the
positioning and seating of the new RAM modules, and if necessary, reinstall them
according to Section 9.3.3. Then continue with Section 9.3.4 and the steps in this
section.

• If the displayed value is 4096 MB DDR3/1066MHz (4096 MB) proceed with Step
5.

5. Press any key.

The BIOS Home page is displayed.

6. Navigate to File→ Save Changes and Exit, press the <Return> key and confirm.

The BIOS is closed and the system continues booting.

9.4 Finalization
No finalization steps.

230 9 Job Card IST A006 - ADS RAM upgrade


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

10 Job Card IST A007 - Generator ePROMs Upgrade


10.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Field Engineer Not Applicable 60 mins Not Applicable

10.2 Preliminary Requirements


10.2.1 Tools and Test Equipment
Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer
PLCC chip extraction tool 1 - 91729294 -
Mag Stand Simulator 1 - 5376101 -
IDC Application Software - - -
CD-ROM corresponding to
the current software version
of IDC installed on the
system

10.2.2 Replacement Parts


Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer
Generator EPROM B43 1 - 5431223–2 -
Generator EPROM B44 1 - 5431224–2 -
Generator EPROM B48 1 - 5431225–2 -
Generator EPROM B49 1 - 5431226–2 -
Generator Board Label 1 - 96160479 -

10.2.3 Safety

WARNING
RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK.
THE SENOGRAPHE SYSTEM MUST BE POWERED OFF AND LOTO APPLIED.
SWITCH OFF THE ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY FROM THE MAINS
DISTRIBUTION PANEL IN THE ROOM. APPLY AN APPROPRIATE LOTO
PADLOCK AND LABEL. IF CHANGING A PART WITHIN THE GENERATOR,
WAIT 10 MINUTES FOR THE COMPONENTS WITHIN THE GENERATOR TO
DISCHARGE.
REFER TO CHAPTER 1, JOB CARD LOTO A001 - LOCK-OUT / TAG-OUT
(LOTO) PROCEDURES.

Chapter 5 Installation 231


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

NOTICE
When handling electronic components, take all usual precautions against damage
by ESD (Electro-Static-Discharge).

NOTICE
New ePROMs may have pins set too far apart. Tighten them smoothly, as shown
below.

10.2.4 Required Conditions


Condition Reference Effectivity
For ease of use, switch the Generator Menu - -
into English.

10.3 Procedure
10.3.1 Back up Generator Parameters
1. Check that the system is working normally.

2. Perform a full system backup through the Service Desktop, do not insert any CD-ROM, and
call the backup file gene. Refer to Job Card ELE A052 - Back-up/Restore Procedure in the
Core SIP. This backup is required later in this Job Card when restoring the generator.

232 10 Job Card IST A007 - Generator ePROMs Upgrade


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

10.3.2 ePROMs upgrade

WARNING
RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK.
THE SENOGRAPHE SYSTEM MUST BE POWERED OFF AND LOTO APPLIED.
SWITCH OFF THE ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY FROM THE MAINS
DISTRIBUTION PANEL IN THE ROOM. APPLY AN APPROPRIATE LOTO
PADLOCK AND LABEL. IF CHANGING A PART WITHIN THE GENERATOR,
WAIT 10 MINUTES FOR THE COMPONENTS WITHIN THE GENERATOR TO
DISCHARGE.
REFER TO CHAPTER 1, JOB CARD LOTO A001 - LOCK-OUT / TAG-OUT
(LOTO) PROCEDURES.

1. Open the circuit breaker at the bottom part of the generator.

NOTE: You can remove the CPU board to make the ePROMs change easier.

2. With the PLCC chip extraction tool, taking care not to damage the components around, remove
slowly from the CPU board the four ePROMs B43, B44, B48 and B49.

3. Remove the X2 jumper for 10 seconds and plug it back into the X2 pins again in horizontal
position.

This action erases the NV RAM content.

NOTICE
If an EPROM is inserted upside down, it will burn out and be permanently damaged.

NOTICE
Check for damaged pins and correct orientation of the ePROMs, do not refer to
label reading.

Chapter 5 Installation 233


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

NOTICE
The pins of the EPROMS are fragile, handle them carefully.

4. Carefully insert the four following replacement ePROMs in the corresponding sockets
according to the table below.

Socket Part number


B43 5431223–2
B44 5431224–2
B48 5431225–2
B49 5431226–2

Be careful not to insert the ePROMs upside down. Ensure that the small notch of the
EPROM is above the small notch on the Generator CPU Board. Do not trust label
orientation on the EPROM, as the label could have been stuck upside down.

Each EPROM can be easily inserted by positioning first the lower part of pins and then
press smoothly to get pins into the upper part.

5. When the 4 ePROMs are inserted, stick the Generator label (96160479) on the Generator CPU
Board.

10.3.3 Generator Parameters restore

NOTICE
Verify that you have put back the X2 jumper you removed in Section 10.3.2, Step
3

1. Close the circuit breaker.

2. Turn on the system from the X-ray console.

234 10 Job Card IST A007 - Generator ePROMs Upgrade


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

3. If the error E12 Check Sum ERROR appears on the X-ray Console, ignore it as this is normal.

4. Restore only the Generator parameters as follows:

a. From the Browser, launch the Service Desktop. See Launching the Service Desktop
in Chapter 3 System Description of the Core SIP.

b.
From the Service Desktop, click the [Utilities] button .

c. Select System Tools→Restore, and look in the box at the bottom of the screen.

d. Select in left column DMR only.

e. Select in right column the Generator backup called gene and click the [START] button.

5. Perform a complete shutdown (from AWS) of the system and then power on the system from
the X-ray Console.

6. Check that there is no error message on the X-ray Console.

7. Check that the Generator software version is now V6.60 CMN on the X-ray Console, by going
into SETUP/GENE.

10.4 Finalization
1. Put back the Generator cabinet front side and top covers (see Job Card PHY A042 - Remove/
Reinstall Generator Covers in the Core SIP).

2. Re-configure the preferred language setting for the Generator according to section 4-2, Set
Language in Job Card ELE A009 - Generator Configuration in the Core SIP.

3. Perform automatic calibration of X-ray tube heater current in large and small focus. Refer to
Job Card CAL A012 - X-Ray Tube Heater Current in the Core SIP. The small focus heater
calibration requires a Mag Stand simulator.

4. Turn on the system from the X-ray Console.

NOTE: At this stage, you normally cannot take X-ray exposures. X-ray exposures are
only possible after you have upgraded the IDC.

Chapter 5 Installation 235


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

11 Job Card IST A008 - Reconstruction Station


11.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Field Engineer Not Applicable 2 hours Not Applicable

11.2 Overview
The Reconstruction Station installation is complex. If you have never installed it; please read the
whole procedure before starting.

Refer to Table 5-5 for an overview of the various steps.

Table 5-5: Reconstruction Station steering guide

Action Job Card or Step references

Apply LOTO to the system. Chapter 1, Job Card LOTO A001 - Lock-Out / Tag-Out (LOTO)
Procedures

Remove Control Station covers Job Card PHY A040 - Remove/Reinstall Control Station Covers in
the Core SIP in the Core SIP

Install the multiplug in the Control Station. Section 11.4.1

Connect the multiplug to the Generator AC supply. Section 11.4.2

Position of the Reconstruction housing Section 11.4.3

Open the Reconstruction housing Section 11.4.4

Route the Reconstruction Station cable harness Section 11.4.5

Insert the Reconstruction computer into housing Section 11.4.6

Connect the Reconstruction computer Section 11.4.7

Ground the Reconstruction Station Section 11.4.8

Reassemble Control Station covers. Job Card PHY A040 - Remove/Reinstall Control Station Covers in
the Core SIP in the Core SIP

The following illustrations summarize the cable connections that need to be made in the
Reconstruction Station and Control Station

• Illustration 5-16 shows the power and data connections made inside the Reconstruction Station

• Illustration 5-17 shows the data connections made inside the Control Station

• Illustration 5-18 shows the power connections made inside the Control Station

236 11 Job Card IST A008 - Reconstruction Station


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 5-16: Power and Data Connections Inside the Reconstruction Station

Chapter 5 Installation 237


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 5-17: Data Connections Inside the Control Station

238 11 Job Card IST A008 - Reconstruction Station


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 5-18: Power Connections Inside the Control Station

Chapter 5 Installation 239


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

11.3 Preliminary Requirements


11.3.1 Tools and Test Equipment
Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer
Standard Toolbox 1 - - -

11.3.2 Consumables
Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer
Tie wraps 4 - - -

11.3.3 Replacement Parts


Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer
Reconstruction Computer 1 - 5434172 -
Cat 6 Ethernet junction 1 - 5158907 -
Reconstruction Station 1 - 5434171 -
housing
Composed of :
Reconstruction Station 1 - - -
housing
Pin M10x85 4 - - -
Plain washer 4 - - -
Screw CHC M10x80 4 - - -
Square fixation 1 - - -
ADS to Reconstruction 1 When the room 5434182 -
Station - Internal network - layout allows
short Ethernet cable (W801) the
Reconstruction
Station to be
placed behind
the Control
Station.
Composed of :
W801 - Internal network 1 - - -
short cable
W802 - Hospital network 1 - - -
short cable
W805 short ground cable 1 - - -

240 11 Job Card IST A008 - Reconstruction Station


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer


Power supply short cable 1 - - -
Short harness tube 1 - - -
Reconstruction Station long 1 Only in FRU, 5434153 -
cable harness needs to be
ordered, when
the room layout
does not allow
the
Reconstruction
Station to be
placed behind
the Control
Station.
Composed of :
W803 - Internal network 1 - - -
long cable
W804 - Hospital network 1 - - -
long cable
W806 long ground cable 1 - - -
Power supply cable 1 - - -
Harness tube 1 - - -
UPS power supply cable 1 - 5434178 -
Multiplug assembly 1 - 5450032 -
Composed of :
Multiplug 1 - - -
Velcro 25x32 2 - - -

11.3.4 Safety

WARNING
RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK.
THE SENOGRAPHE SYSTEM MUST BE POWERED OFF AND LOTO APPLIED.
SWITCH OFF THE ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY FROM THE MAINS
DISTRIBUTION COVER IN THE ROOM. APPLY AN APPROPRIATE LOTO
PADLOCK AND LABEL. IF CHANGING A PART WITHIN THE GENERATOR,
WAIT 10 MINUTES FOR THE COMPONENTS WITHIN THE GENERATOR TO
DISCHARGE.
REFER TO CHAPTER 1, JOB CARD LOTO A001 - LOCK-OUT / TAG-OUT
(LOTO) PROCEDURES.

Chapter 5 Installation 241


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

WARNING
RISKS OF CRUSHING INJURIES.
THE RECONSTRUCTION HOUSING AND THE RECONSTRUCTION
COMPUTER ARE HEAVY.
NEVER LIFT THE HOUSING OR COMPUTER. TO MOVE THEM, TILT THE
EQUIPMENT 15° AND USE YOUR LEG TO PUSH IT TO DESTINATION.
ALWAYS USE BOTH HANDS TO MANIPULATE THE RECONSTRUCTION
HOUSING AND COMPUTER.

CAUTION
Risks of pinching fingers in the Reconstruction housing covers.
When closing the housing, keep your hands clear from the covers and edges of the
housing.

CAUTION
Risks of falling.
Avoid presence of cables in appropriate walkways.
Run cable harnesses and cables through floor or wall ducting as appropriate.

11.3.5 Required Conditions


Condition Reference Effectivity
LOTO is applied on the whole system. - -

11.4 Procedure
11.4.1 Installing the multiplug
In order to power the Reconstruction Station, a multiplug is added to the Control Station.

WARNING
RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK.
THE SENOGRAPHE SYSTEM MUST BE POWERED OFF AND LOTO APPLIED.
SWITCH OFF THE ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY FROM THE MAINS
DISTRIBUTION COVER IN THE ROOM. APPLY AN APPROPRIATE LOTO
PADLOCK AND LABEL. IF CHANGING A PART WITHIN THE GENERATOR,
WAIT 10 MINUTES FOR THE COMPONENTS WITHIN THE GENERATOR TO
DISCHARGE.
REFER TO CHAPTER 1, JOB CARD LOTO A001 - LOCK-OUT / TAG-OUT
(LOTO) PROCEDURES.

1. Remove the Control Station top cover and omega cover of the Control Station. Refer to the
procedure described in Job Card PHY A040 - Remove/Reinstall Control Station Covers in the
Core SIP.

2. Clean the top of the metal bar located on the side of the ADS (front side of the Control Station)
as shown in Illustration 5-19.

242 11 Job Card IST A008 - Reconstruction Station


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 5-19: Metal bar on side of Control Station

3. Prepare 2 Velcro gripping bands by putting the Velcro hook bands and the Velcro loop bands
together.

NOTE: The Velcro hook band is the rough part of Velcro gripping bands. The Velcro loop band
is the soft part.

4. Peel the protective sheet off the Velcro loop bands sticking side; stick them on the multiplug
strip as shown in Illustration 5-20.

Illustration 5-20: Velcro gripping bands on multiplug strip

5. Peel the protective sheet off the Velcro hook bands sticking side.

6. Position the multiplug on the metal bar as shown in Illustration 5-21.

Chapter 5 Installation 243


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 5-21: Multiplug on metal bar

7. Press the multiplug firmly for 15 seconds.

8. Remove carefully the multiplug to check if the hook side and the loop side separate.

9. Rub each Velcro band so that it is uniformly attached to the metal bar and put the multiplug
back in place.

11.4.2 Connecting the multiplug to the Generator AC supply


The multiplug is powered using the UPS power supply cable, while the UPS is plugged on the
multiplug.

1. Connect the multiplug ground cable to the Control Station ground bar.

Route the multiplug ground cable inside the Control Station so it does not prevent
reassembling the covers.

The ground bar is located at the top of the Control Station on the right-hand side.

2. Unplug the UPS AC input supply cable from the UPS (see Illustration 5-22).

244 11 Job Card IST A008 - Reconstruction Station


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 5-22: UPS rear panel

3. Plug the UPS AC input supply cable in the multiplug input socket.

NOTE: Remove the multiplug to facilitate the manipulation.


If the UPS AC input supply cable is too long route the excess cable length under
the Control Station lower shelf.

4. Using the supplied UPS power supply cable (5434178), connect a multiplug output to the UPS
input.

Chapter 5 Installation 245


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 5-23: UPS Connectivity before and after the use of UPS power supply cable and
multiplug from the upgrade kit

5. Secure the UPS power supply cable to the Control Station with a tie-wrap.

11.4.3 Positioning of the Reconstruction housing


Reference to the orientation of the Reconstruction housing follows these rules:

246 11 Job Card IST A008 - Reconstruction Station


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

11.4.3.1 The reconstruction can be placed behind the Control Station


The reconstruction is placed behind the Control Station.

1. Position the Reconstruction housing so the rear cover faces the Control Station.

Chapter 5 Installation 247


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

2. Make sure the Reconstruction housing does not prevent the disassembly-reassembly of the
Control Station Omega cover.

3. Use the Short Harness when connecting the Reconstruction Station to the Control Station.

11.4.3.2 If the reconstruction cannot be placed behind the Control Station


The reconstruction is placed next to the side of the Generator cabinet opposite to the wall.

1. Position the Reconstruction housing so the rear cover faces the Generator.

2. Make sure the Reconstruction Station cable harness can be routed from the Control Station
to the Reconstruction housing location.

3. Use the Long Harness when connecting the Reconstruction Station to the Control Station.

11.4.3.3 Anchoring the Reconstruction housing


There is a template used to mark the location of the anchoring holes. It is stuck in the
Reconstruction housing in the transparent plastic bag, see for guidance on how to open the
Reconstruction housing.

248 11 Job Card IST A008 - Reconstruction Station


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

1. Refer to the Chapter 3, Room Layout Planning to position the anchoring inserts in the room.

WARNING
CHECK THAT THERE ARE NO WATER OR ELECTRICAL DUCTS WHERE YOU
DRILL.
REFER TO THE UNDER-FLOOR PLAN LOCALIZING THE WATER AND
ELECTRICAL DUCTS WHICH HAS BEEN DONE DURING THE PRE-
INSTALLATION.

2. Drill the anchoring holes in the floor using the template following the indications given in
Chapter 3, Section 1.6.3, Anchoring to the Floor.

a. Check that the four anchoring hole centers have been correctly marked.

b. Drill the anchoring holes. Drill-bit sizes and hole depths vary according to the bolts
used, see Anchoring to the Floor in the Core SIP - Pre-Installation System
Requirements chapter.

c. Place an insert into each of the anchoring holes.

d. Position the Reconstruction housing.

e. Fix the housing using M10 screws.

11.4.4 Opening the Reconstruction housing


The two side covers of the Reconstruction housing are secured by a screw. The front cover is
secured by a shank inside the Reconstruction housing.

WARNING
EACH REMOVABLE COVER IS INDIVIDUALLY CONNECTED TO THE
GROUND.
DO NOT REMOVE THE ATTACHED GROUND CABLES WHEN REMOVING THE
COVERS.
IF YOU NEED TO REMOVE THE GROUND CABLES, CONNECT THEM BACK.

CAUTION
Risks of pinching fingers in the Reconstruction housing covers.
When closing the housing, keep your hands clear from the covers and the edges
of the housing.

1. To open the side covers use a 2.5 Allen key to remove the screw.

2. To open the front cover follow these steps:

a. Open the right-hand cover.

b. Pull the shank that holds the front cover

The shank is at the top of the housing close to the front cover.

Chapter 5 Installation 249


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 5-24: Releasing the front cover.

c. Open the front cover.

11.4.5 Routing the Reconstruction Station cable harness


This section addresses the following problems:

• The system cable harness can enter the Control station by the right-hand side or the left-hand
side.

• The Reconstruction Station cable harness cannot enter by the same side as the main Control
Station harness.
Therefore, depending on which side the system cable harness enters the Control Station, the steps
necessary to route the Reconstruction Station cable harness are different.

CAUTION
Risks of falling.
Avoid presence of cables in appropriate walkways.
Run cable harnesses and cables through floor or wall ducting.

1. Run the cable harness from the Reconstruction Station to the Control Station.

2. Check on which side the system cable harness enters the Control Station.

• If the system cable harness enters the Control Station by the left-hand side:
Refer to Section 11.4.5.1

• If the system cable harness enters the Control Station by the right-hand side.:
Refer to Section 11.4.5.2

11.4.5.1 The system cable harness enters the Control Station by the left-hand side
Illustration 5-25 gives you a view from above of the cable harnesses routes from above.

250 11 Job Card IST A008 - Reconstruction Station


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 5-25: Cable harness routes

1. The cables included in the Reconstruction cable harness are not all routed to the same location:

a. Route the Reconstruction power supply cable to the multiplug.

Illustration 5-26: Reconstruction power supply cable routed to multiplug

b. Route the 2 Ethernet cables and the ground cable under the ADS shelf so they emerge
on the left-hand side of the Control Station, i.e., on the side of the ADS rear cover.

Chapter 5 Installation 251


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 5-27: Cables routed under ADS shelf

2. Connect the Ground cable included in the Reconstruction Station harness to the Control
Station ground bar.

3. In the Control Station, use the clamp to secure the harness (see Illustration 5-28).

The clamp is too wide to hold the Reconstruction Station harness, use 2 tie-wraps to secure
the harness, see Illustration 5-28

252 11 Job Card IST A008 - Reconstruction Station


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 5-28: Reconstruction harness in Control Station clamp

4. Inside the Reconstruction housing, route the Reconstructioncable harness as shown in


Illustration 5-29:

a. Cut the tie-wrap that secures the ground cable and secure all the cables with a new
tie-wrap (A in Illustration 5-29).

b. Use the clamp to secure the harness (B in Illustration 5-29).

Chapter 5 Installation 253


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 5-29: Cable routing inside the Reconstruction housing on the right-hand
side

11.4.5.2 The system cable harness enters the Control Station by the right-hand side
Illustration 5-30 gives you a view from above of the cable harnesses routes from above.

Illustration 5-30: Cable harness routes

1. In the Reconstruction housing, remove the clamp on the right-hand side (7 mm hex socket).

NOTE: Use a socket wrench.

254 11 Job Card IST A008 - Reconstruction Station


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

2. Screw it on the other side using the left fixation (7 mm hex socket).

3. Route the cable harness inside the Reconstruction housing as shown in Illustration 5-31:

a. Cut the tie-wrap that secures the ground cable and secure all the cables with a new
tie-wrap (A in Illustration 5-31).

b. Use the clamp to secure the harness (B in Illustration 5-31).

NOTE: Excess cable must be stored under the ADS Computer in the Control
Station.

Chapter 5 Installation 255


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 5-31: Cable routing inside the Reconstruction housing on the left-hand side

4. The cables included in the Reconstructioncable harness are not all routed to the same location:

a. Route the Reconstruction power supply cable to the multiplug.

Illustration 5-32: Reconstruction power supply cable routed to multiplug

NOTE: Once the power supply cable is plugged in the multiplug, it is locked
into place. A plugged power supply cable can only be removed by
pressing the red button next to the appropriate socket in the multiplug.

b. Route the 2 Ethernet cables to the ADS rear cover.

c. Route the ground cable to the Control Station ground bar.

5. Connect the ground cable to the Control Station ground bar.

6. In the control station, use the clamp to secure the harness (see Illustration 5-33).

256 11 Job Card IST A008 - Reconstruction Station


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

The clamp is too wide to hold the Reconstruction Station harness, use 2 tie-wraps to secure
the harness, see Illustration 5-33

Illustration 5-33: Control Station clamp

11.4.6 Insert the Reconstruction computer into the housing

CAUTION
Risks of pinching fingers in the Reconstruction housing covers.
When closing the housing, keep your hands clear from the covers and the edges
of the housing.

1. Remove the front and side covers of the housing.

2. Tilt the Reconstruction Station 10-15° toward you.

3. Position the bottom of the Reconstruction computer on the edge of the housing

4. Push the Reconstruction computer in the housing location.

Chapter 5 Installation 257


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Position the station as shown in Illustration 5-34.

The fan on the Reconstruction computer must be oriented in the same direction as the fans
on the ADS and IDC computers in the Control Station. This ensures they exhaust in the
same direction to avoid feeding heat into their intakes.

When using the long cable harness, put the rear side of the Reconstruction Computer at
the opposite end to where the cable harness enters.

Illustration 5-34: Reconstruction Station in housing

11.4.7 Connecting the Reconstruction computer


Table 5-6 gives you an overview of the Reconstruction station connections, refer to the steps after
the table for detailed instructions:

258 11 Job Card IST A008 - Reconstruction Station


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Table 5-6: Reconstruction computer rear panel connectors

A AC Input
B Power switch
C Ground terminal
D External Ethernet link to Hospital network (Network 1) (W802/
W804)
E Internal Ethernet link to ADS computer (Network 0) (W801/W803)

1. Table 5-7 gives you an overview of the Reconstruction station connections.

Chapter 5 Installation 259


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Table 5-7: Reconstruction Station connections

Reconstruction comput‐
Reconstruction comput‐
Cable part number Cable name er port Identification in Connected to
er port name
Table 5-6

(For short cable harness


configuration) part of N/A
5434182 Reconstruction housing
Connected to the Re‐ Control Station ground
to Control Station N/A
(For long cable harness ground cable. construction housing bar.
configuration) part of ground bar.
5434153

(For short cable harness (For short cable harness


configuration) part of configuration) Power
5434182 supply short cable
A AC Input Multiplug
(For long cable harness (For long cable harness
configuration) part of configuration) Power
5434153 supply long cable

(For short cable harness


(For short cable harness configuration) ADS to
configuration) part of Reconstruction Station -
5434182 short Ethernet cable
(W801) Internal Ethernet link to
E ADS Ethernet port
(For long cable harness ADS computer
(For long cable harness configuration) ADS to
configuration) part of Reconstruction Station -
5434153 short Ethernet cable
(W803)

(For short cable harness


(For short cable harness configuration) Recon‐
configuration) part of struction Station to Hos‐
5434182 pital Network - short
Ethernet cable (W802) External Ethernet link to
D Cat 6 Ethernet junction
(For long cable harness Hospital network
(For long cable harness configuration) Recon‐
configuration) part of struction Station to Hos‐
5434153 pital Network - short
Ethernet cable (W804)

(For short cable harness


configuration) part of
5434182 Reconstruction comput‐ Reconstruction housing
C Ground terminal
(For long cable harness er ground cable. ground bar
configuration) part of
5434153

2. Connect the power supply cable included in the Reconstruction Station harness to:

• the Reconstruction Station power supply (A),

• the multiplug.

3. On the Control Station side, secure the Reconstruction power supply cable with a tie wrap.

4. Turn the power switch at the back of the Reconstruction computer (B) to the ON position (I).

5. Connect the W801 (short) or W803 (long) Gigabit Ethernet cable to:

260 11 Job Card IST A008 - Reconstruction Station


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

a. the lower Ethernet port of the Reconstruction Station (E in Table 5-6),

b. lower ADS Ethernet port as indicated in Illustration 5-35.

Illustration 5-35: Ethernet port on a Z400 ADS computer

6. Connect the W802 (short) or W804 (long) Gigabit Ethernet cable to:

a. the upper Ethernet port of the Reconstruction Station (D in Table 5-6),

NOTICE
Use the inline Cat 6 Ethernet coupler provided with the option even if there is
already an Ethernet junction present on the system.
The new inline Cat 6 Ethernet coupler supports the Gigabit Ethernet standard
and is required for the option.

b. the inline Cat 6 Ethernet coupler (5158907).

Chapter 5 Installation 261


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

11.4.8 Grounding the Reconstruction Station


The Reconstruction Station and each removable cover of the Reconstruction housing are
connected to the Reconstruction housing Ground bar. The Reconstruction housing is connected
to the Control Station ground bar.

Table 5-8: Reconstruction housing ground bar configuration

Terminal Cable Connected Item


G1 Ground cable in Reconstruction Control Station ground bar
Station cable harness.
G2 Already connected to Recon‐ Reconstruction computer
struction housing ground bar.
G3 Already connected to Recon‐ Left-hand cover
struction housing ground bar.
G4 Already connected to Recon‐ Right-hand cover
struction housing ground bar.
G5 Already connected to Recon‐ Front cover
struction housing ground bar.

1. Connect the ground cable of the cable harness on G1.

2. Connect the ground cable attached to G2 to the ground terminal on the rear cover of the
Reconstruction computer.

3. Connect the cable attached to G3 on the left-hand cover.

262 11 Job Card IST A008 - Reconstruction Station


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

4. Connect the cable attached to G4 on the right-hand cover.

5. Connect the cable attached to G5 on the right-hand cover.

11.5 Finalization
If you need to leave the system unattended:

1. Close the front cover.

NOTICE
Do not forget to block the front cover using the shank.

2. Close the side cover


3. Remove LOTO and start the system.

If you can continue working on the system:

1. Leave the Reconstruction housing covers open to facilitate Leakage current and Ground
continuity tests.
2. Do not remove LOTO.

Chapter 5 Installation 263


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

12 Job Card IST A009 - MTD Deflectors


12.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Field Engineer Not Applicable 5 mins Not Applicable

12.2 Preliminary Requirements


12.2.1 Tools and Test Equipment
Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer
MTD Table Stand 1 - 5434170 -
Standard Tool Box 1 - - -

12.2.2 Replacement Parts


Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer
Lateral Deflector Set 1 - 5434165 -
Composed of :
Left-hand Deflector 1 - N/A -
Right-hand Deflector 1 - N/A -
Screws 4 - N/A -

12.2.3 Safety

WARNING
RISKS OF CRUSHING INJURIES.
THE MOTORIZED TOMOSYNTHESIS DEVICE (MTD) WEIGHS OVER 12 KG.
ALWAYS USE BOTH HANDS TO MANIPULATE THE MTD WHEN
MANIPULATING THE DEVICE. BE CAREFUL DURING THE MANIPULATION OF
THE MTD.

CAUTION
Risks of pinching fingers during the insertion of the Motorized Tomosynthesis
Device (MTD).
Slide the MTD onto the rails and push it in place by pressing on its front side until
the locking motor starts. During the automatic locking phase, keep hands away from
the MTD and Image Detector cover.

264 12 Job Card IST A009 - MTD Deflectors


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

NOTICE
Use the table stand delivered with option to hold the MTD when performing this
procedure.
Set the table stand on a stable non-slip surface.

12.3 Procedure
1. Set the MTD on the table stand.

2. Slide the deflector in the corresponding slot located at the back of the MTD, see Illustration
5-36

Illustration 5-36: Inserting a MTD deflector

3. Use an allen key to secure the deflector with two of the screws provided in the lateral deflector
set. See illustration below for the screws position.

Chapter 5 Installation 265


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

4. Repeat the operation with the other deflector.

12.4 Finalization
No finalization steps.

266 12 Job Card IST A009 - MTD Deflectors


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

13 Job Card IST A010 - Acquisition System Backup


13.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Not Applicable 60 mins Not Applicable

13.2 Preliminary Requirements


13.2.1 Tools and Test Equipment
Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer
ADS V56.12 application 1 - 5423076–3 -
software DVD (contained in
ADS V56.12 Software
Backup kit, 5423075–3)

13.2.2 Consumables
Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer
None 1 - - -

13.3 Procedure
13.3.1 Update IDC files on the AWS
Do the following to prepare the system for the IDC backup:

• Refer to the Senographe Essential - 13.10-1 IDC Software Booklet - 5415906-1-1EN to update
the IDC files.

• NOTICE : In order for the backup of the IDC backup to work, you must use the previous IDC
Application software CD-ROM corresponding to the IDC Software version previously installed
on in the system rather than the 13.10-1 version provided in the GE Breast Tomosynthesis kit.

13.3.2 ADS Backup


Never use the Service Desktop Backup function because it is does not work in upgrade scenarios
where the ADS version changes (as is the case with this upgrade). The Service Desktop Backup
function only works when backing up and restoring on the same ADS version.

1. Manually backup the entire customer configuration using the following Job Cards:

• Chapter 8, Form LBK A001 - System configuration form

• Chapter 8, Form LBK A003 - Back-up/restore procedure - AWS parameters manual


record sheets

2. Record the Network Interface Card (NIC) settings according to Section 13.3.2.1.

Chapter 5 Installation 267


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

3. If the Stereotaxy option exists, back up the needle data. See section Needle Setup in Chapter
8, Form LBK A003 - Back-up/restore procedure - AWS parameters manual record sheets.

13.3.2.1 Query and record the settings of the Network Interface Card (NIC)
The following steps describe how to determine what NIC speed configuration is used to be
compatible hospital network. These steps are undertaken on the ADS computer. However, after
the upgrade, the Reconstruction Station will be connected to the hospital network instead of the
ADS computer. It is still important to perform the steps below, because the Reconstruction Station
external NIC speed configuration will need to match the NIC speed configuration that was originally
used by the ADS computer.

1. From behind the Browser, right click the background, and from the Root Menu that appears,
select Service Tools > Command Window to launch a command window.

A command window appears with an ADS prompt.

2. Log in as root as follows:

a. At the ADS prompt enter:

su -

b. When requested to specify the root password, enter:

operator (or the customer-specified root password)

3. Get the current auto negotiation mode settings, as follows:

For V2 Control Stations (SB150), enter:

ndd -get /dev/eri adv_autoneg_cap

For V3 Control Stations (U20), enter:

ndd -get /dev/nge0 adv_autoneg_cap

For V4 Control Stations (Z400), enter:

ndd -get /dev/e1000g0 adv_autoneg_cap

If the system is running in auto negotiation mode the command line responds with the value
1.

NOTE: If autoneg is enabled (value = 1), then go to Step 6.

If the system is not running in auto negotiation mode the command line responds with the
value 0.

268 13 Job Card IST A010 - Acquisition System Backup


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

4. If auto negotiation mode is disabled (value = 0), additionally get the current link mode settings,
as follows:

For V2 Control Stations (SB150), enter:

ndd -get /dev/eri link_duplex

For V3 Control Stations (U20), enter:

ndd -get /dev/nge0 link_duplex

For V4 Control Stations (Z400), enter:

ndd -get /dev/e1000g0 link_duplex

If the system is running in full duplex mode the command line responds with the value 2.

If the system is running in half duplex mode the command line responds with the value 1.

5. If auto negotiation mode is disabled, additionally get the current link speed settings, by entering:

For V2 Control Stations (SB150), enter:

ndd -get /dev/eri link_speed

For V3 Control Stations (U20), enter:

ndd -get /dev/nge0 link_speed

For V4 Control Stations (Z400), enter:

ndd -get /dev/e1000g0 link_speed

If the system is running at 1000 mbit/s the command line responds with the value 1000.

If the system is running at 100 mbit/s the command line responds with the value 100.

If the system is running at 10 mbit/s the command line responds with the value 10.

NOTE: If auto negotiate is disabled you will need to restore these network speed and
mode settings on the Reconstruction Computer because the Reconstruction
Computer is the new interface to the hospital network.

6. Record the speed settings of the NIC in the following table.

NIC Parameter Value


Auto-negotiation enabled (1) or disabled (0)

Chapter 5 Installation 269


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

NIC Parameter Value


If auto-negotiation is disabled :
Full Duplex (2) or Half Duplex (1)
If auto-negotiation is disabled :
Maximum Speed (1000 Mbit/s (1000), 100 Mbit/s
(100) or 10 Mbit/s (10))

7. Exit as root user, by entering:

exit

8. Close the command window, by entering:

exit

13.3.2.2 Manually Backup System Options


1. From the Service Desktop Homepage, check whether the CESM option is enabled, and update
Chapter 8, Section 2.2, CESM Option in Chapter 8, LBK-A001 - System configuration form
accordingly.

2. Check and note down the current PV/PVi setting. For more information, see the section “Image
Process” in Chapter 8, LBK-A003 - Back-up/restore procedure - AWS parameters manual
record sheets.

13.3.3 IDC Backup


Since the IDC backup remains on the ADS Computer, the IDC backup is only possible if you are
upgrading a system that already has a V4 Control Station with the Z400 ADS Computer. If you are
upgrading a system from a V1/V2/V3 to a V4 Control Station then the IDC backup can be ignored
and you will need to perform a complete detector calibration. If you already have a V4 Control
Station then perform the backup using the Service Desktop.

1. Perform a full system backup (but do not put any CD-ROM) through the Service Desktop, and
call the backup tomo. Refer to Job Card ELE A052 - Back Up/Restore.

NOTE: This backup is required later on when restoring IDC parameters only on system
upgrades where the V4 Control Station with the Z400 ADS Computer already existed.

2. If the backup does not work, verify that IDC is fully calibrated, as a partial backup is not possible.

13.4 Finalization
No finalization steps.

270 13 Job Card IST A010 - Acquisition System Backup


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

14 Job Card IST A011 - Gantry Components Software Update


14.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Not Applicable 60 mins Not Applicable

14.2 Preliminary Requirements


14.2.1 Tools and Test Equipment
Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer
Gantry Software CD-ROM 1 - 5174994-14 -

14.2.2 Safety
NOTE: Before upgrading Rotation board software, place the system at 0° and high enough to
perform a rotation to 185°.
Update the HC12 software. Reboot the system, it can reboot itself several times.

Do not rotate or lift the system at this step.

Update the DSP software. Reboot the system, it can reboot itself several times.

Enter in calibration mode.

NOTE: Before upgrading Lift board software, ensure that the system is at the lower lift position.
Update the HC12 software. Reboot the system, it can reboot itself several times.

Do not rotate/lift the system at this step.

Update the DSP software. Reboot the system, it can reboot itself several times.

Enter in calibration mode.

14.3 Procedure
1. Compare the software versions of the Gantry boards from the Service Desktop and from Table
1 of the Senographe Essential — Updating Gantry Software & Firmware, 5415905-1-1EN..

2. As required, use the Senographe Essential — Updating Gantry Software & Firmware,
5415905-1-1EN. to upgrade the Gantry boards so that their versions match those quoted in
Table 1 of the Senographe Essential — Updating Gantry Software & Firmware,
5415905-1-1EN..

14.4 Finalization
No finalization steps.

Chapter 5 Installation 271


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

15 Job Card IST A012 - IDC Software Upgrade


15.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Not Applicable 40 mins Not Applicable

15.2 Preliminary Requirements


15.2.1 Replacement Parts
Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer
IDC v13.10-1 Software 1 - 5423031 -
backup kit - Senographe
Essential, containing IDC
v13.10-1 Application
Software CD-ROM
(5423036), IDC CTT Linux
4.5.6-1 Operating System
(5160865), and Senographe
Essential - 13.10-1 IDC
Software Booklet
(5415906-1-1EN)

15.2.2 Safety

NOTICE
Ensure you use the IDC Software provided with the GE Breast Tomosynthesis kit
as indicated above and NOT the IDC Software that is currently supplied with the
Core System.

15.2.3 Required Conditions


Condition Reference Effectivity
Obtain current detector ID. - -
Ensure that an update of the IDC files on - -
the AWS has been performed.
Remove the Control Station covers for Job Card PHY A040 - Remove/ -
access to the IDC. Reinstall Control Station Covers
in the SIP

272 15 Job Card IST A012 - IDC Software Upgrade


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

15.3 Procedure
15.3.1 Install the Linux-based CTT operating system and IDC application software (35
minutes)
Refer to the Senographe Essential - 13.10-1 IDC Software Booklet - 5415906-1-1EN to Install the
IDC Operating System and IDC Application Software.

15.3.2 Update IDC Files


Do the following:

• Refer to the Senographe Essential - 13.10-1 IDC Software Booklet - 5415906-1-1EN to update
the IDC files.

• NOTICE : In order for the restore of the IDC backup to work, you must use the previous IDC
Application software CD-ROM corresponding to the IDC Software version previously installed
on in the system rather than the 13.10-1 version provided in the GE Breast Tomosynthesis kit.

15.3.3 Restore IDC Configuration


15.3.3.1 For upgraded systems that had the V1/V2, or V3 Control Station (with SB150 or U20
computer)
For systems that had the V1/V2, or V3 Control Station (with SB150 or U20 computer) before the
upgrade, you cannot restore the IDC configuration from a system backup because the ADS
Computer (which hosts the system backup) has changed. You must re-calibrate the detector
after the ADS Computer is upgraded. To re-calibrate the detector, see Job Card IST A012b -
Detector Calibration (for new systems and those just field upgraded to Accelera).

15.3.3.2 For upgraded systems that already had the V4 Control Station (with Z400 computer)
For systems that already had the V4 Control Station (with Z400 computer) before the upgrade,
you can restore the IDC configuration from the system backup made during the backup phase
before updating the ADS Computer. To do restore the IDC calibrations, see Job Card IST A012a
- IDC Calibration Restore

15.4 Finalization
No finalization steps.

Chapter 5 Installation 273


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

16 Job Card IST A012a - IDC Calibration Restore


16.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Not Applicable 5 mins Not Applicable

16.2 Overview
This Job Card is only applicable for Scenario A (i.e. IB systems that already had the V4 Control
Station).

16.3 Preliminary Requirements


16.3.1 Required Conditions
Condition Reference Effectivity
IDC v13.10-1 Software has been loaded on Job Card IST A012 - IDC -
the IDC Computer Software Upgrade

16.4 Procedure
1. Perform a complete shutdown (from AWS) of the system and then power on the system from
the Xray Console.

NOTE: Ignore any error messages on the X-ray Console at this stage (e.g. S62 Image Detection
Problem) as they are normal. These error messages will not appear after the IDC
configuration has been restored.

2. Restore only the IDC calibration as follows:

a. From the browser, click the Tools Menu button and then click Service Desktop to launch
the Service Desktop.

b. From the Service Desktop, click the Utilities button.

c. Select System Tools > Restore, and look in the box at the bottom left of the screen.

d. Select in left column: IDC only.

e. Select in right column the IDC backup called tomo and click the START button.

3. Perform a complete shutdown (from AWS) of the system and then power on the system from
the X-ray Console.

Leave the Control Station covers off at this stage as you will also need access to the ADS
Computer later on during the upgrade.

274 16 Job Card IST A012a - IDC Calibration Restore


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

16.5 Finalization
No finalization steps.

Chapter 5 Installation 275


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

17 Job Card IST A012b - Detector Calibration (for new systems and those just field
upgraded to Accelera)
17.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Not Applicable 20 mins Not Applicable

17.2 Preliminary Requirements


17.2.1 Required Conditions
Condition Reference Effectivity
IDC v13.10-1 Software has been loaded on Job Card IST A012 - IDC -
the IDC Computer Software Upgrade
ADS V56.12 Software has been loaded on Job Card IST A013 - AWS -
the ADS Computer Software Installation
ADS Computer Configuration has been Job Card IST A014a - AWS -
restored or configured Configuration Restore
- - -

17.3 Procedure
1. For systems that had the V1/V2, or V3 Control Station (with SB150 or U20 computer) before
the upgrade, you cannot not restore the IDC configuration from a system backup because the
ADS Computer (which hosts the system backup) has changed. Also, for new non-IB systems
that are being installed at the same time as the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option, there is no
previous IDC backup. Use the steps defined Table 5-9 to manually re-configure the IDC
configuration.

Table 5-9: Steps required to re-configure the IDC configuration

Calibrations - Checks Job Card

If Collimation Check not OK, repeat Collimator Calibration.

Bad Pixel Calibration Job Card CAL A041 - Bad Pixel Calibration in the Core SIP
Gain Calibration Job Card CAL A043 - Detector Gain Calibration
Flat Field Tests Job Card ELE A032 – IQ Tools Flat Field Test in the Core SIP
If IQ Tests not OK, repeat all calibrations from Bad Pixel.

Conversion Factor Job Card CAL A045 - Conversion Factor Measurement in the Core SIP
AOP: Automatic Optimization of Parameters

mAs non linearity Job Card CAL A053 - mAs Non-linearity Calibration in the Core SIP
AOP Calibration Job Card CAL A051 - AOP Calibration in the Core SIP
AOP/SNR Check Job Card ELE A038 - AOP Mode and SNR Check in the Core SIP

276 17 Job Card IST A012b - Detector Calibration (for new


systems and those just field upgraded to Accelera)
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Calibrations - Checks Job Card

If AOP/SNR Test not OK, repeat all calibrations from AOP Calibration.

17.4 Finalization
No finalization steps.

Chapter 5 Installation 277


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

18 Job Card IST A012c - Configure Detector


18.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Not Applicable 15 mins Not Applicable

18.2 Preliminary Requirements


18.2.1 Replacement Parts
Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer
IDC v13.10-1 Software 1 - 5423031 -
backup kit - Senographe
Essential, containing IDC
v13.10-1 Application
Software CD-ROM
(5423036), IDC CTT Linux
4.5.6-1 Operating System
(5160865), and Senographe
Essential - 13.10-1 IDC
Software Booklet
(5415906-1-1EN)
LFOV Mammo Detector 1 - - -
Manufacturing Data CD-
ROM

18.2.2 Required Conditions


Condition Reference Effectivity
The IDC software has been upgraded to - -
13.10-1 and in the scenarios concerning IB
systems that did not have an Accelera
upgrade the IDC configuration was also
restored.

18.3 Procedure
18.3.1 Update IDC Files
Do the following:

• Refer to the Senographe Essential - 13.10-1 IDC Software Booklet - 5415906-1-1EN to update
the IDC files.

• NOTICE : In order for the load detector parameters to work, you must ensure you use the IDC
v13.10-1 Application Software CD-ROM (5423036) from the GE Breast Tomosynthesis Kit.

278 18 Job Card IST A012c - Configure Detector


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

18.3.2 Load Detector Parameters


Refer to the Senographe Essential - 13.10-1 IDC Software Booklet - 5415906-1-1EN to load the
detector parameters.

18.3.3 Load Detector Firmware (pre-LFOV2 systems only)

• The following procedure to load the Detector firmware onto the Detector is only necessary for
pre-LFOV2 systems with the LFOV Detector.
Systems that have an LFOV2 detector, can be identified by the earth bar on the BSLM Plate
as indicated below.

• The GE Breast Tomosynthesis version of Essential IDC software has a new Detector firmware
version that was introduced for LFOV2 Detectors. For the system to operate, the IDC and
Detector must both have the same Detector firmware version. The IDC checks the Detector
firmware, and if the Detector firmware on the Detector is not the same as the Detector firmware
on the IDC, the IDC requests the Detector Power Supply (DPS) to cut the power to the Detector,
and a Detector Firmware Mismatch error is raised. Detectors on the pre-LFOV2 systems will
have a different (older) version of the Detector firmware that is supplied with the Essential IDC
software in the Tomo Kit. Therefore, on pre-LFOV2 systems, you must perform the following
steps to load the Detector firmware on the LFOV detector.

1. From the Browser, launch the Service Desktop.

2. From the Service Desktop, click the Utilities button.

3. On the Utilities page, under Workstation Tools, click Detector FW Install.

4. Select the Loader Firmware radio button and click the START button.

5. Once a message appears suggesting the Loader Firmware process is complete reboot the
Senographe system by pressing OFF/ON on the X-ray Console.

6. Once the system reboots, re-launch the Service Desktop.

7. From the Service Desktop, click the Utilities button.

Chapter 5 Installation 279


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

8. On the Utilities page, under Workstation Tools, click Detector FW Install.

9. Select the Application FW radio button and click the START button.

10. Once a message appears suggesting the Loader Firmware process is complete reboot the
Senographe system by pressing OFF/ON on the X-ray Console.

18.4 Finalization
No finalization steps.

280 18 Job Card IST A012c - Configure Detector


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

19 Job Card IST A013 - AWS Software Installation


19.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Not Applicable 120 mins Not Applicable

19.2 Preliminary Requirements


19.2.1 Replacement Parts
Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer
ADS V56.12 Software 1 - 5423075 -
Backup Kit, containing ADS
V56.12 Application Software
DVD (5423076–3), ADS
Solaris 10 Operating System
6.12 DVD (5423078–3), and
AWS S/W Installation Guide
Booklet (5415904-3-1EN)
IDC v13.10-1 Software 1 - 5423031 -
backup kit - Senographe
Essential, containing IDC
v13.10-1 Application
Software CD-ROM
(5423036), IDC CTT Linux
4.5.6-1 Operating System
(5160865), and Senographe
Essential - 13.10-1 IDC
Software Booklet
(5415906-1-1EN)

19.2.2 Safety

CAUTION
Installing from scratch will ERASE all data on the system. Before starting, ensure
all images have been safely backed-up or archived.
Manually backup all the AWS parameters by noting down all of the AWS parameters
as indicated in Chapter 8, Form LBK A001 - System configuration form, Chapter 8,
LBK-A003 - Back-up/restore procedure - AWS parameters manual record sheets
and Job Card IST A010 - Acquisition System Backup.

NOTICE
The software from the Accelera Kit can be discarded. If you had to use the Accelera
Upgrade Kit during the upgrade, do not use the ADS Software delivered in the
Accelera Upgrade Kit.

Chapter 5 Installation 281


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

NOTICE
Ensure you use the ADS Software provided with the GE Breast Tomosynthesis kit
as indicated above and NOT the ADS Software that is currently supplied with the
Core System.

NOTE: In case of typo error, you can use arrow keys to correct any typing mistakes.

19.2.3 Required Conditions


Condition Reference Effectivity
The AWS customer parameters (including Chapter 8, Form LBK A001 - -
network information) have been saved System Configuration Form
according to the instructions provided in
Chapter 8, Form LBK A001 - System
configuration form, Chapter 8, LBK-A003 -
Back-up/restore procedure - AWS
parameters manual record sheets and Job
Card IST A010 - Acquisition System
Backup.
- - -
- - -
All images present on the workstation are - -
archived in a safe place.
The IDC software has been upgraded to - -
13.10-1 and in the scenarios concerning IB
systems that did not have an Accelera
upgrade the IDC configuration was also
restored.

19.3 Procedure
19.3.1 ADS Installation From Scratch

• Perform an ADS installation from scratch according to the instructions described in the section
INSTALL FROM SCRATCH of the AWS S/W Installation Guide Booklet (5415904-3-1EN),
which is delivered with the ADS V56.12 application software DVD provided in the GE Breast
Tomosynthesis Software kit.

• NOTE : when updating IDC files as instructed in the AWS S/W Installation Guide Booklet
(5415904-1-1EN), ensure you use the IDC v13.10-1 Application Software CD-ROM (5423036)
from the GE Breast Tomosynthesis Kit.

19.3.2 Verifying ADS installation Success


Verify the ADS installation was successful according to the instructions described in the section
VERIFY INSTALLATION of the AWS S/W Installation Guide Booklet (5415904-3-1EN), which is

282 19 Job Card IST A013 - AWS Software Installation


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

delivered with the ADS V56.12 application software DVD provided in the GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Software kit.

19.4 Finalization
No finalization steps.

Chapter 5 Installation 283


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

20 Job Card IST A013a – Collimator Check Script Installation


20.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Not Applicable 10 mins Not Applicable

20.2 Overview
The CollimatorDBTCheck.sh file is delivered on a CD-ROM. It is a self installing script file (i.e.
running from the CD-ROM will install it on the ADS Computer), that once installed on the ADS
Computer can be used to check whether the Collimator is compatible with the GE Breast
Tomosynthesis option.

20.3 Preliminary Requirements


20.3.1 Tools and Test Equipment
Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer
Gantry Software CD-ROM 1 - 5174994-14 -

20.3.2 Required Conditions


Condition Reference Effectivity
ADS Software has been upgraded on the Job Card IST A013 - AWS -
system. Software Installation

20.4 Procedure
1. Insert the Gantry Software CD-ROM in the DVD-ROM drive of the ADS Computer.

2. Right mouse click the Browser background, and from the Root menu that appears, select
Service Tools→ Command window.

A command window appears with an ADS prompt.

3. Mount the DVD-ROM drive, by entering:

cdromMount

4. Log in as root as follows:

a. At the ADS prompt enter:

su –

b. When requested to specify the root password, enter:

284 20 Job Card IST A013a - Collimator Check Script


Installation
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

operator (or the customer-specified root password)

5. Change to ADSscripts directory of the Gantry Software CD-ROM, by entering:

cd /cdrom/cdrom0/ADSscripts

6. Execute the CollimatorDBTCheck.sh file by entering:

./CollimatorDBTCheck.sh

7. The CollimatorDBTCheck.sh file will automatically install itself in the /export/home/


sdc/senovision/scripts/ directory on the ADS Computer. Once it has finished installing
itself, the following message appears:

Collimator Check Script file successfully copied to /export/home/


sdc/senovision/scripts.

Continue execution.

8. Go to the root folder to free the DVD-ROM drive, by entering:

cd /

9. Logout as root user, by entering:

exit

10. Unmount the DVD-ROM drive, by entering:

cdromEject

11. Remove the Gantry Software CD-ROM from the DVD-ROM drive of the ADS Computer.

12. Close the command window, by entering:

exit

20.5 Finalization
No finalization steps.

Chapter 5 Installation 285


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

21 Job Card IST A014 - Create RSA Key and Update ADS Hostname
21.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Not Applicable 5 mins Not Applicable

21.2 Preliminary Requirements


21.2.1 Required Conditions
Condition Reference Effectivity
The ADS Software has been upgraded. - -
The Reconstruction Station has been - -
installed.
The ADS Computer and Reconstruction - -
Computer are connected and the system
powered on.

21.3 Procedure
21.3.1 Ensure that the Reconstruction Computer is Powered ON
1. If necessary, power on the system as usual using the X-ray Console.

2. Ensure that the power button on the rear panel of the Reconstruction Computer is in the ON
(I) position.

3. Power on manually the Reconstruction Computer by pressing the power button on the front
panel of the Reconstruction Computer.

Once the Reconstruction Computer is powered on the PWR LED on the Reconstruction
Computer front panel illuminates green.

NOTE: Other LEDs on the Reconstruction Computer front panel can be on when the
Reconstruction Computer is powered off. Therefore, to be sure the
Reconstruction Computer is powered on, ensure that the PWR LED on the
Reconstruction Computer front panel illuminates green.

21.3.2 Create RSA Key and Update ADS Hostname


1. From behind the Browser, right click on the background, and from the Root menu, select
Service Tools > Command window.

2. Login as root user by entering:

su –

286 21 Job Card IST A014 - Create RSA Key and Update ADS
Hostname
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

At the password: prompt, enter:

operator (or the customer-specified root password)

3. Change to the /export/home/sdc/senovision/scripts/ directory, by entering:

cd /export/home/sdc/senovision/scripts/

4. Create an RSA key on the ADS Computer so that it can securely communicate with the
Reconstruction Computer, by entering:

./createadsrsakey.sh

5. At the password: prompt, enter:

M0n!AgneU

6. Execute the SetNewHostname.sh script, by entering:

./SetNewHostname.sh –u <ADS hostname>

Where <ADS hostname> is the current ADS Hostname (given in the ADS Command Line
prompt).

7. Once the script completes, logout as root user, by entering:

exit

8. Close the command window, by entering:

exit

21.4 Finalization
No finalization steps.

Chapter 5 Installation 287


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

22 Job Card IST A014a - AWS Configuration Restore


22.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Not Applicable 60 minutes (or more) Not Applicable
for Core Essential
System (For options:
varies, depending on
number of system
options to connect to
the Senographe
Essential.)

22.2 Overview
Manually restore the AWS configuration as described in the Procedure below.

22.3 Preliminary Requirements


22.3.1 Replacement Parts
Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer
ADS V56.12 application 1 - 5423076–3 -
software DVD (contained in
ADS V56.12 Software
Backup kit, 5423075–3)

22.4 Procedure
22.4.1 Restore ADS configuration parameters
• Reload the customer's configuration by performing the Job Cards summarized in the steering
guide below. When performing these Job Cards, refer to the customer's parameters and
preferences that you previously noted down in the forms below:

○ Chapter 8, LBK-A001 - System Configuration Form


○ Chapter 8, Form LBK A003 - Back-up/restore procedure - AWS parameters manual record
sheets

Table 5-10: ADS manual restore steering guide

Step Action Job Card Done

1 AWS configuration Job Card ELE A013 - AWS Configuration


in the Core SIP

2 Network connection and configuration Job Card ELE A021 — External Network Configuration
in this Service Manual

288 22 Job Card IST A014a - AWS Configuration Restore


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

3 Optionally change the internal IP ad‐ If the original pre-upgrade system had a different internal
dress of the Senographe system IP address scheme due to a conflict with the hospital
network, restore the upgraded systems internal IP ad‐
dress scheme on the first internal network (INT1), then
perform Job Card ELE A055a - Changing Internal IP Ad‐
dressing (INT1) in this Service Manual.
If the original pre-upgrade system did not have different
internal IP address scheme because there was no con‐
flict with the hospital network, but the upgraded systems
second internal IP address scheme (INT2) now conflicts
with the hospital network, change the IP address
scheme on the second internal network (INT2), then per‐
form Job Card ELE A055b - Changing Internal IP Ad‐
dressing (INT2) in this Service Manual.

4 Declare Network Hosts Job Card ELE A022 - Declare Network Hosts
in the Core SIP

5 Declare Worklist Hosts Job Card ELE A023 - Declare Worklist Hosts
in the Core SIP
NOTE: From ADS 56.10 delivered with the GE
Breast Tomosynthesis option, the AE title
used for worklist no longer includes WL_
and keeps letter case. Therefore, you
must either contact the hospital network
administrator in order to update the DI‐
COM configuration of the Senographe
System or modify the AE title used for the
worklist on the Senographe System. For
more information, see Job Card ELE A022
– Worklist AE Title Configuration.

6 Declare Performed Procedure Step Job Card ELEA024 - Declare Performed Procedure Step
Hosts Hosts
in the Core SIP

7 Declare Printers Job Card ELE A020 - Declare and Set Printers
in the Core SIP

8 Change the AOP Configuration Job Card ELE A031 - AOP Configuration
in the Core SIP

22.4.2 Post-restore tasks


1. Reconnect the Control Station of the Senographe System to the hospital network.

2. Reinstall system options

System options to be connected to the Senographe can include: Review workstation, CAD,
Mass archiving system, Laser Camera, Networking. Refer to the corresponding Service
Manual to re-install each option.

3. Optional Repeat and Reject analysis configuration

If required by the customer, use Job Card ELE A067 - Repeat and Reject Analysis
Configuration in the Core SIP to install to configure Repeat and Rejection analysis.

4. Option Bar Code scanner configuration

If the customer has the Bar Code Scanner option, use Job Card ELE A042 - Bar Code
Scanner (Option) in the Core SIP to configure the Bar Code Scanner.

Chapter 5 Installation 289


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

5. If the CESM option exists, re-activate the CESM option by performing Job Card UPG A011 -
Activating the CESM Feature in Contrast Enhanced Spectral Mammography SIP.

6. Restart system

Shutdown completely the system using the button at the right bottom side of the browser
(a Restart Browser is not sufficient). Start the system again from the X-ray Console.

22.5 Finalization
No finalization steps.

290 22 Job Card IST A014a - AWS Configuration Restore


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

23 Job Card IST A014b - AWS Configuration


23.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Not Applicable 3 hours Not Applicable

23.2 Procedure
23.2.1 Restore Tasks
1. Manually configure the AWS configuration as described in Table 5-11.

Table 5-11: ADS manual restore steering guide

Step Action Job Card Done

1 AWS configuration Job Card ELE A013 - AWS Configuration


in the Core SIP

2 Network connection and configuration Job Card ELE A021 – External Network Configura‐
tion in this Service Manual

3 Optionally change the internal IP ad‐ If the original pre-upgrade system had a different in‐
dress of the Senographe system ternal IP address scheme due to a conflict with the
hospital network, restore the upgraded systems inter‐
nal IP address scheme on the first internal network
(INT1), then perform Job Card ELE A055a - Changing
Internal IP Addressing (INT1) in this Service Manual.
If the original pre-upgrade system did not have differ‐
ent internal IP address scheme because there was no
conflict with the hospital network, but the upgraded
systems second internal IP address scheme (INT2)
now conflicts with the hospital network, change the IP
address scheme on the second internal network
(INT2), then perform Job Card ELE A055b - Changing
Internal IP Addressing (INT2) in this Service Manual.

4 Declare Network Hosts Job Card ELE A022 - Declare Network Hosts
in the Core SIP

5 Declare Worklist Hosts Job Card ELE A023 - Declare Worklist Hosts in the
Core SIP
NOTE: From ADS 56.10 delivered with the GE
Breast Tomosynthesis option, the AE ti‐
tle used for worklist no longer includes
WL_ and keeps letter case. Therefore,
you must either contact the hospital net‐
work administrator in order to update
the DICOM configuration of the Senog‐
raphe System or modify the AE title
used for the worklist on the Senographe
System. For more information, see Job
Card ELE A022 – Worklist AE Title Con‐
figuration.

6 Declare Performed Procedure Step Job Card ELEA024 - Declare Performed Procedure
Hosts Step Hosts
in the Core SIP

Chapter 5 Installation 291


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

7 Declare Printers Job Card ELE A020 - Declare and Set Printers
in the Core SIP

8 Change the AOP Configuration Job Card ELE A031 - AOP Configuration
in the Core SIP

23.2.2 Post-restore Tasks


1. Reconnect the Control Station of the Senographe System to the hospital network.

2. Reinstall system options

System options to be connected to the Senographe can include: Review workstation, CAD,
Mass archiving system, Laser Camera, Networking. Refer to the corresponding Service
Manual to re-install each option.

3. Optional Repeat and Reject analysis configuration

If required by the customer, use Job Card ELE A067 - Repeat and Reject Analysis
Configuration in the Core SIP to install to configure Repeat and Rejection analysis.

4. Option Bar Code scanner configuration

If the customer has the Bar Code Scanner option, use Job Card ELE A042 - Bar Code
Scanner (Option) in the Core SIP to configure the Bar Code Scanner.

5. If the CESM option exists, re-activate the CESM option by performing Job Card UPG A011 -
Activating the CESM Feature in Contrast Enhanced Spectral Mammography SIP.

6. Restart system

Shutdown completely the system using the button at the right bottom side of the browser
(a Restart Browser is not sufficient). Start the system again from the X-ray Console.

23.3 Finalization
No finalization steps.

292 23 Job Card IST A014b - AWS Configuration


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

24 Job Card IST A015 – MTD Unique ID Declaration


24.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Not Applicable 5 mins Not Applicable

24.2 Overview
Many physical and mechanical properties of the components that make an MTD are unique to
each MTD. Therefore, each MTD has a unique ID (UID) so that the MTD related calibrations are
tied to a particular MTD. The UID of the MTD must be declared on the system so that it can be
used with the system. Once the UID of the MTD is declared, the other parts of the system (Gantry,
ADS and IDC) accept the MTD and it can then be calibrated.

Accepting a UID erases all existing MTD gain calibrations.

24.3 Preliminary Requirements


24.3.1 Replacement Parts
Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer
MTD supplied with the GE 1 - - -
Breast Tomosynthesis Kit

24.3.2 Required Conditions


Condition Reference Effectivity
The Gantry and Control Station have been - -
upgraded to support the GE Breast
Tomosynthesis option.

24.4 Procedure
1. Insert the MTD on the detector.

2. Launch the Service Desktop (see Chapter 4, Section 5.2.1, Launching the Service Desktop).

3. From the Service Desktop, click the [Calibration] button.

4. From the Calibration page that appears, click the [Positioner] button.

5. From the Positioner page that appears, click the [Accept Uid] button.

6. From the right hand side Positioner page that updates, do the following:

a. Click the [START] button.

Chapter 5 Installation 293


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

b. Click the [Accept Uid] button.

c. Click the [OK] button.

7. Reboot the system for the changes to take effect.

NOTE: A system reboot is required in order to update the IDC with the MTD UID, and
thus properly link the gain calibrations stored on the IDC with the correct MTD
UID.

24.5 Finalization
No finalization steps.

294 24 Job Card IST A015 - MTD Unique ID Declaration


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

25 Job Card IST A016 - Provide Documentation


25.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Not Applicable 10 mins Not Applicable

25.2 Preliminary Requirements


25.2.1 Replacement Parts
Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer
User Publication CD-ROM 1 - 5415908-1-299 -
for GE Breast
Tomosynthesis (contained in
Set of Technical Publications
for GE Breast
Tomosynthesis)
Service Publication CD- 1 - 5415909-1-2EN -
ROM for GE Breast
Tomosynthesis (contained in
Set of Technical Publications
for GE Breast
Tomosynthesis)

25.3 Procedure
25.3.1 User and Service Technical Publications
1. Because the ADS software was updated, use Job Card ELE A044 - Install User Publications
in the Core SIP to install the Core System embedded publications from the Core System User
Publication CD-ROM (non-GE Breast Tomosynthesis), on to the ADS Computer. Use the Core
System User Publication CD-ROM (non-GE Breast Tomosynthesis) (5308756-X-299), where
X varies according to the System level from which you upgraded.

NOTE: If the during the GE Breast Tomosynthesis upgrade you also performed an
Accelera upgrade to change the Control Station, ensure that you use the Core
System User Publication CD-ROM documentation supplied with the Accelera kit.

2. Use Job Card ELE A044 - Install User Publications in the Core SIP to install the embedded
publications from the User Publication CD-ROM for GE Breast Tomosynthesis
(5415909-1-2EN) on to the ADS Computer.

3. If the system also has the CESM option, use Job Card ELE A044 - Install User Publications
in the SIP to install the embedded publications from the User Publication CD-ROM for CESM
(5391282-X-299) (where X = 3 or greater) on to the ADS Computer.

Chapter 5 Installation 295


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

4. Restart the Browser.

5. Take time now or plan time later to describe to the customer that the GE Breast Tomosynthesis
related User Publications are accessible on the Senographe System, and also from the User
Publication CD-ROM for GE Breast Tomosynthesis (5415908-1-299) itself.

6. Also, leave the Service Publication CD-ROM for GE Breast Tomosynthesis (5415909-1-2EN)
on site along with all the other GE Breast Tomosynthesis Technical Publications.

NOTE: The GE Breast Tomosynthesis kit also includes the Senographe Essential and
Senographe DS: software release connectivity supplement. For pre-Sunburst
systems that have not received FMI12166, make the customer aware of the
Senographe Essential and Senographe DS: software release connectivity
supplement, and explain to them that the ADS version supplied with the GE
Breast Tomosynthesis kit also fully supports the IHE Mammography Image
profile as described in the Senographe Essential and Senographe DS: software
release connectivity supplement.

25.3.2 Other Technical Publications


1. If the during the GE Breast Tomosynthesis upgrade you also performed an Accelera upgrade
to change the Control Station, ensure that you leave the documentation supplied with the
Accelera upgrade on-site, and scrap the old documentation that was replaced by the new
documentation in the Accelera kit.

2. If the customer previously did not have embedded technical publications, inform them that the
User Manuals are embedded on the Control Station and also available on the User Publications
CD-ROM.

25.4 Finalization
No finalization steps.

296 25 Job Card IST A016 - Provide Documentation


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

26 Job Card IST A017 - Send Localization Card and Send Completion Report
26.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Not Applicable 15 mins Not Applicable

26.2 Preliminary Requirements


26.2.1 Replacement Parts
Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer
Product Locator Card for 1 - 5434135–3TRA -
Digital Breast
TomoSynthesis Option
Product Locator for the MTD 1 - 5461187TRA -

26.3 Procedure
1. Send Localization Card for the Digital Breast TomoSynthesis Option.

Complete the Product Locator Card (5434135–3TRA) and update the Global Install Base
(GIB) database accordingly.

NOTE: The labels for the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option are already on the
Reconstruction Station, so no additional labels need to be stuck elsewhere on
the Senographe system.

2. Send Localization Card for the MTD.

Complete the Product Locator Card (5461187TRA) and update the Global Install Base
(GIB) database accordingly.

NOTE: If you are upgrading a system using the Accelera Kit, make sure you also perform
Job Card UPG A030 - Upgrade Labeling and Send Localization Card from the
Accelera Kit IM.

26.4 Finalization
No finalization steps.

Chapter 5 Installation 297


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

27 Job Card IST A018 - Premium View Configuration


27.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Not Applicable 15 mins Not Applicable

27.2 Procedure
1. Refer to the following chart to identify the Premium View version currently installed on the
system. The Premium View version currently installed depends on the system's ADS version.

System ADS version Premium


View version
53.0 53.10 53.10. 53.10 53.30 53.40 54.10 54.20 54.11 55.10 56.10
0 .1 1.1 .10 (ADS ver‐ 55.20 56.11
sion intro‐ (ADS ver‐ 56.12
duced by sions intro‐ (ADS ver‐
Pixel Spac‐ duced by sion intro‐
ing FMI CESM up‐ duced by
12166) grades) this GE
Breast To‐
mosynthe‐
sis up‐
grade)

Senogra‐ X X X X PV3
phe Es‐
sential X PV4

X X X X X X PV4
PVi (payable
feature)

2. Perform either of the following as the case might be:

• Case 1: if the customer previously had PV3 (as is the case on all Senographe Essential
systems lower than ADS 53.30), inform them about the PV4 PV Strength Selection
feature which is described in the Image Process section in the Browser chapter of the
Operator Manual.
The customer can configure the PV Strength (High, Medium, or Low) according to their
requirements from the med AppPrefs - Image Process screen. By default the PV4 PV
Strength Selection feature is enabled. If however the customer wants the PV4 PV
Strength Selection feature disabled, follow the instructions in Job card UPG M006 -
Premium View Strength Selection feature Installation/Uninstallation of the Core SIP-
M to disable the feature.
NOTE: Only GE FEs can disable the PV4 PV Strength selection feature.

• Case 2: if the customer previously had PV4 (as is the case with Senographe Essential
systems running ADS 53.30 and higher), then you do not need to inform them about
the PV4 PV Strength Selection feature.
The customer's previous PV4 PV Strength settings will have been restored manually.

298 27 Job Card IST A018 - Premium View Configuration


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

• Case 3: If the customer has paid for the PVi feature, enable it according to Job Card
UPG M007 - PVi Processing Configuration in the PVi Installation Manual, and inform
the customer about the PVi feature. More information about the PVi feature is available
in the Image Process section in theBrowser chapter of the Operator Manual.

3. In all cases, explain the following to the customer:

• PV (and PVi) is not applied on reconstructed 3D volumes. PV (and PVi) is an algorithm


for 2D images only that does not apply to reconstructed 3D volumes. The reconstruction
process contains all what is needed to produce reconstructed 3D volumes ready to be
reviewed, without requiring additional post processing such as PV (and PVi).

• PV (and PVi) is however temporarily applied in a non-distructive way on the fly when
viewing any of the 9 RAW projections on the ADS Computer.

• PV (and PVi) is still applied to 2D images as normal.

27.3 Finalization
No finalization steps.

Chapter 5 Installation 299


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

28 Job Card IST A019 - Stereotaxy Configuration


28.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Not Applicable 105 mins Not Applicable

28.2 Preliminary Requirements


28.2.1 Tools and Test Equipment
Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer
Senographe Essential 1 - 5304972-4-1EN -
Stereotaxy SM - Penduick
SIP-A located on the Service 1 - 5308755-X-200 -
CD-ROM Core Essential
system

28.2.2 Safety

WARNING
THIS JOB CARD MUST ONLY BE PERFORMED BY THE GE HEALTHCARE
FIELD ENGINEER.

BEFORE THE OPERATOR (CUSTOMER) CAN USE STEREOTAXY AFTER THE


PENDUICK UPGRADE:
• THE FIELD ENGINEER MUST PERFORM THE STEPS IN THIS JOB CARD
TO ENABLE THE STEREOTAXY FUNCTIONALITY

• THE OPERATOR (CUSTOMER) MUST HAVE PERFORMED TRAINING


WITH THE MEDICAL APPLICATION SPECIALIST
TO AVOID ANY RISK OF USE, THIS JOB CARD TO ENABLE THE STEREOTAXY
FUNCTIONALITY MUST ONLY BE DONE JUST BEFORE TRAINING WITH THE
MEDICAL APPLICATION SPECIALIST.

28.3 Procedure
1. Perform the Job Cards in the Stereotaxy SM as summarized in the table below.

2. Table describing actions to perform.

Time
Step Action Job Card Done
(mins)
Job Card IST A003 - AOP Configuration in
1 AOP Configuration 2
the Stereotaxy SM

300 28 Job Card IST A019 - Stereotaxy Configuration


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

JC-CAL-A051, section Calibration with Ster‐


2 AOP Calibration eo Configuration in the SIP-A (available on 5
the Service Publications CD-ROM).
Job Card IST A005 - Calibration Needle Set‐
3 Calibration Needle Setup
up in the Stereotaxy SM
Image plane to carbon cov‐ Job Card CAL A002 - Image Plane to Carbon
4 30
er distance calibration Cover Distance the Stereotaxy SM
Job Card CHK A001 - Vertical and Lateral lo‐
calization accuracy verification - QC Test 2 -
5 Vertical approach tests 30
Localization Accuracy - Vertical Approach, in
the Stereotaxy SM
Job Card CHK A001 - Vertical and Lateral lo‐
calization accuracy verification - QC Test 5 -
6 Lateral approach tests 15
Localization Accuracy - Lateral Approach, in
the Stereotaxy SM
The following Job Cards in the SIP-A (avail‐
able on the Service Publications CD-ROM):
7 Functional checks 20
JC-ELE-A015 - Gantry Functional Checks
JC-ELE-A017 - Manual Compression Check

28.4 Finalization
No finalization steps.

Chapter 5 Installation 301


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

29 Job Card IST A021 - MTD table stand


29.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Field Engineer Not Applicable 10 mins Not Applicable

29.2 Overview
The MTD table stand is delivered with the following parts:

• 1. Base

• 2. Back support

• 3. Fixation plate

• 4. Four pairs of plastic screws and metal nuts

29.3 Preliminary Requirements


29.3.1 Tools and Test Equipment
Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer
Standard tool box 1 - - -

29.3.2 Replacement Parts


Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer
MTD table stand 1 - 5434170 -

302 29 Job Card IST A021 - MTD table stand


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

29.4 Procedure
1. Put the base of the MTD Stand upside down on a table, so that its back edge containing the
four fixation holes are at the edge of the table.

2. Put the fixation plate (1) in place inside the base of the MTD Stand.

3. Put the back support of the MTD Stand (2) against the outside rear edge of the MTD base, so
that the top right holes are aligned.

4. Use one of the supplied plastic screws (3) and nuts (4) to secure the top right fixation hole. At
this stage, only hand tighten the nut.

5. Use the remaining screws (5) and nuts (6) to secure the remaining three fixation holes.

Chapter 5 Installation 303


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

6. Use an 8 mm open ended wrench to tighten each of the nuts so that each of the screws are
secure. Ensure that you only apply enough tension as not to strip the plastic screws.

29.5 Finalization
No finalization steps.

304 29 Job Card IST A021 - MTD table stand


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

30 Job Card IST A022 - Upgrade Rotation Board and Rotation Gas Spring
30.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Field Engineer Not Applicable Up to 150 mins (90 for Not Applicable
Rotation Board, 60 for
Rotation Gas Spring)

30.2 Overview
In order for the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option to work, the Gantry needs to contain the following
Rotation-related Gantry parts at the level as specified below.

• Rotation Board with V2 Rotation Clutch Connector (2375488–12 or above)

• 3000N Rotation Gas Spring (5154719)

• Precise 50N Rotation Clutch (5481350)

The table below summarizes the forward production systems that were already manufactured with
these parts, and which do not need to be upgraded with that particular part.

Table 5-12: Forward production systems manufactured with GE Breast Tomosynthesis compatible
Rotation-related Gantry parts

Minimum Rotation-related Gantry part required for GE Breast To‐ Forward Production System (Model Number)
mosynthesis

Rotation Board with V2 Rotation Clutch Connector (2375488–12) IS4–3 (5144816–3)

3000N Rotation Gas Spring (5154719) Litchi (5155816–6)

50N V2 Rotation Clutch (5481350) At time of publication, not yet implemented in forward production

NOTE: Systems upgraded with the Stereotaxy Kit will contain the necessary 3000N Rotation
Gas Spring (5154719) and Rotation Board with V2 Rotation Clutch Connector
(2375488–12), but will contain the non-50N V2 Rotation Clutch (2345968–3), which will
need upgrading with the 50N V2 Rotation Clutch (5481350).

If you have a Penduick level or above system (5155816–8 or above), no action is required as the
Rotation Board and Rotation Gas Spring in the Gantry is already at the necessary level.

If you have a pre-Penduick level or below system (5155816–7 or below), follow this Table 5-13
and the appropriate sections in this Job Card to determine whether the Rotation Board and/or
Rotation Gas Spring upgrading.

Chapter 5 Installation 305


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Table 5-13: Rotation-related Gantry Parts that need changing as a function of Model Number

Forward Production System Model Number Rotation-related Gantry Parts to change Checks and potential upgrade actions to
(assuming they have never been changed take
during the system lifetime)

5144816 • Rotation Board with V2 Rotation • Check and if necessary upgrade the
5144816-1-1 Clutch Connector (2375488–13) Rotation Board according to Section
5144816-2-1 30.4.1.
• 3000N Rotation Gas Spring
(5154719) • Check and if necessary upgrade the
Rotation Gas Spring according to
Section 30.4.2.

5144816-3 3000N Rotation Gas Spring (5154719) Check and if necessary upgrade the Rota‐
5144816-4 tion Gas Spring according to Section
5144816-5 30.4.2.

5144816-6
5144816-6-LE
5144816-7
5144816-7-LE

5144816-8
5144816-8-LE
5144816-9 Nothing – Gantry already at the correct Ro‐
5144816-9-LE tation-related hardware level
5144816-10
5144816-10-LE
5144816-11
5144816-11-LE
5144816-12
5144816-12-LE

30.3 Preliminary Requirements


30.3.1 Tools and Test Equipment
Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer
Standard Tool Box 1 - - -
Channel Lock Pliers 1 - - -

30.3.2 Replacement Parts


Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer
Rotation Board 1 - 2375488-13 -
GAS SPRING 160 MM 3000 1 - 5154719 -
NEWTON

306 30 Job Card IST A022 - Upgrade Rotation Board and


Rotation Gas Spring
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

30.3.3 Safety

WARNING
RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK.
THE SENOGRAPHE SYSTEM MUST BE POWERED OFF AND LOTO APPLIED.
SWITCH OFF THE ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY FROM THE MAINS
DISTRIBUTION PANEL IN THE ROOM. APPLY AN APPROPRIATE LOTO
PADLOCK AND LABEL. IF CHANGING A PART WITHIN THE GENERATOR,
WAIT 10 MINUTES FOR THE COMPONENTS WITHIN THE GENERATOR TO
DISCHARGE.
REFER TO CHAPTER 1, JOB CARD LOTO A001 - LOCK-OUT / TAG-OUT
(LOTO) PROCEDURES.

30.3.4 Required Conditions


Condition Reference Effectivity
The Gantry is powered off. - -

30.4 Procedure
30.4.1 Check and if necessary, upgrade Rotation Board
To be compatible with the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option, the Rotation Board must be part
number 2375488-12 or above.

WARNING
RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK.
THE SENOGRAPHE SYSTEM MUST BE POWERED OFF AND LOTO APPLIED.
SWITCH OFF THE ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY FROM THE MAINS
DISTRIBUTION PANEL IN THE ROOM. APPLY AN APPROPRIATE LOTO
PADLOCK AND LABEL. IF CHANGING A PART WITHIN THE GENERATOR,
WAIT 10 MINUTES FOR THE COMPONENTS WITHIN THE GENERATOR TO
DISCHARGE.
REFER TO CHAPTER 1, JOB CARD LOTO A001 - LOCK-OUT / TAG-OUT
(LOTO) PROCEDURES.

1. Use the steps described in the Job Card D/R A221 - Rotation Board in the Core system SIP
to access the part.

NOTE: Only remove the Rotation Board protection plate. Do not remove the Rotation
Board.

2. Determine your next step:

• If the Rotation Board version is 2375488-12 or above, no further action is necessary.


At the end of the upgrade, return the unused 2375488-13 Rotation Board that you
ordered.

Chapter 5 Installation 307


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

• If the Rotation Board version is under 2375488-12, proceed to use the 2375488-13
Rotation Board that you ordered, and do the following:

○ Disassemble the existing Rotation Board following the steps described in the Job
Card D/R A221 - Rotation Board in the Core SIP.
○ Assemble the Rotation Board (2375488-13) following the steps described in the
Job Card D/R A221 - Rotation Board in the Core SIP.
○ Perform the Arm Rotation Calibration according to Job Card CAL A021 - Arm
Rotation Calibration in the Core SIP.

30.4.2 Check and if necessary, upgrade Rotation Gas Spring


In order to be compatible with the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option, the Gantry must be equipped
with a 3000N Rotation Gas Spring (5154719).

WARNING
RISK OF INJURY DUE TO UNEXPECTED MOTION OF THE ROTATION GAS
SPRING
THE ROTATION GAS SPRING HAS A LARGER MECHANICAL ENERGY WHEN
THE TUBE HEAD IS AT ANGLES OF GREATER THAN 0°. TO MINIMIZE THE
RISK OF RAPID GAS SPRING MOVEMENT DUE TO STORED MECHANICAL
ENERGY.
IF YOU NEED TO CHANGE THE ROTATION GAS SPRING, ENSURE THAT THE
TUBE HEAD IS SET TO 0° BEFORE YOU PROCEED.

WARNING
RISK OF INJURY DUE TO UNEXPECTED FALLING MOTION OF THE ARM
THE GANTRY ARM IS HEAVY AND MAY FALL IF THE ROTATION GAS SPRING
IS REMOVED.
IF YOU NEED TO CHANGE THE ROTATION GAS SPRING, ENSURE THAT
GANTRY LOTO TOOL HAS BEEN APPLIED TO KEEP THE LIFT IN PLACE.

1. Use the steps described in the Job Card D/R A230 - Rotation Gas Spring in the Core SIP to
access the part.

2. Once the rotation gas spring is accessible, check that the sticker corresponds to the picture
below:

308 30 Job Card IST A022 - Upgrade Rotation Board and


Rotation Gas Spring
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

3. Determine your next step:

• If the sticker mentions the 3000N value, no further action is necessary. At the end of
the upgrade, return the unused 5154719 Rotation Gas Spring that you ordered.

• If the sticker does not mention the 3000N value, the Rotation Gas Spring needs
replacing. Proceed to use the 5154719 Rotation Gas Spring that you ordered, and do
the following:

○ Disassemble the existing Rotation Gas Spring following the steps described in the
Job Card D/R A230 - Rotation Gas Spring in the Core SIP.
○ Assemble the Rotation Gas Spring 160 mm 3000 N (5154719) following the steps
described in the Job Card D/R A230 - Rotation Gas Spring in the Core SIP.

30.5 Finalization
Return any of the Rotation-related Gantry parts that you did not use to GPRS.

Chapter 5 Installation 309


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

31 Job Card IST A023 - Detector Rails


31.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Not Applicable 30 mins Not Applicable

31.2 Overview
The objective to this Job Card is to examine the existing Detector Rails that are installed on the
system, and if necessary change them with Detector Rails that are compatible with the MTD.

Table 5-14 summarizes the different Detector Rail types that exist in the install base, and whether
they are compatible with the MTD.

Table 5-14: Detector Rails Compatibility With MTD

Detector Rails Type Description / Introduction in IB Implemented on systems with Compatible With MTD
model numbers:

Metal Implemented on all systems using the • 5144816 Yes


original LFOV1 detector. Required for the
LFOV1 detector. • 5144816-1-1

• 5144816-2-1

• 5144816-3

• 5144816-4

• 5144816-5

• 5144816-6

• 5144816-7

5144816-7-LE

• 5144816-8

5144816-8-LE

Resin Implemented on the original systems us‐ 5144816-9 No


ing the LFOV2 detector up to around May 5144816-9–LE
2012. These are superseded by the plas‐ 5144816-10
tic type detector rails. 5144816-10–LE

Plastic Implemented on the newer systems using 5144816-10 (after May 2012) Yes
the LFOV2 detector after around May 5144816-10–LE (after May
2012. These supersede the resin type de‐ 2012)
tector rails and can be used on all sys‐ 5144816-11
tems using the LFOV2 detector. 5144816-11–LE
5144816-12
5144816-12–LE

310 31 Job Card IST A023 - Detector Rails


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

31.3 Preliminary Requirements


31.3.1 Consumables
Loctite 222

31.3.2 Replacement Parts


Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer
Detector Rails Kit 1 - 5476242 -

31.4 Procedure
31.4.1 Determine if the Existing Detector Rails Need Changing
1. Examine the system and use Table 5-14 to determine whether the existing Detector Rails need
changing.

• If the system contains metal Detector Rails or plastic Detector Rails, the existing
Detector Rails do not need changing.

• If the system contains resin Detector Rails, the existing Detector Rails need changing.

NOTE: Do not purely rely on the model number of the system alone for determining
whether the Detector Rails need changing. A system that was manufactured with
resin Detector Rails (which are not compatible with the MTD) may have had them
changed with plastic Detector Rails (which are compatible with the MTD).

2. Determine your next step as follows:

• If the existing Detector Rails need changing, follow Section 31.4.2 and Section
31.4.3.

• If the existing Detector Rails do not need changing, no further action is necessary.

31.4.2 Remove the Existing Detector Rails


For each of the existing Detector Rails on each side of the detector, do the following.

1. Disconnect the Allen screws (1) securing the existing Detector Rail in place (2.5 mm Allen
wrench).

Chapter 5 Installation 311


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

2. Taking care not to loose the Allen screws, remove the existing Detector Rail from the detector.

NOTICE
In order to avoid damaging the detector, do not place the Allen screws on the
surface of the detector.

3. Clean the surface where the Detector Rail was located to ensure that no dirt exists.

31.4.3 Install the Compatible Detector Rails


1. Position the Detector Rail with the indent on the left side edge of the detector, so that:

• the aligning lug (1) fits in the hole in the detector Carbon Cover

• the tapered end with the indent (2) of the Detector Rail is at the front of the detector

• the flat end (3) of the Detector Rail is at the back of the detector, butted up against the
raised metal part (4) of the detector

312 31 Job Card IST A023 - Detector Rails


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

2. Apply a small amount of Loctite 222 to each Allen screw. Secure the Detector Rail with the
indent on the left side edge of the detector using the Allen screws (5) (2.5 mm Allen wrench)
with a torque of 1 Nm.

Chapter 5 Installation 313


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

NOTE: You must use the Allen screws delivered with the Detector Rails as their size is
specifically designed for use with the plastic Detector Rails.

3. Position the Detector Rail without the indent Detector Rail on the right side edge of the detector,
so that:

• the flat end (6) of the Detector Rail is at the back of the detector, butted up against the
raised metal part (7) of the detector

• the slightly rounded end (8) of the Detector Rail is at the front of the detector

• the holes of the Detector Rail are aligned with the threaded holes in the detector

314 31 Job Card IST A023 - Detector Rails


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

NOTICE
In order to avoid damaging the detector, do not place the Allen screws on the
surface of the detector.

4. Apply a small amount of Loctite 222 to each Allen screw. Secure the Detector Rail with the
indent on the right side edge of the detector using the Allen screws (9) (2.5 mm Allen wrench)
with a torque of 1 Nm.

NOTE: You must use the Allen screws delivered with the Detector Rails as their size is
specifically designed for use with the plastic Detector Rails.

31.5 Finalization
No finalization steps.

Chapter 5 Installation 315


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

32 Job Card IST A024 - Upgrade Precise 50N Rotation Clutch


32.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Not Applicable 60 mins Not Applicable

32.2 Preliminary Requirements


32.2.1 Consumables
Blue Loctite 243

32.2.2 Replacement Parts


Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer
Precise 50N Rotation Clutch 1 - 5481350 -

32.2.3 Safety

WARNING
THE GANTRY MUST BE POWERED OFF.

32.3 Procedure
32.3.1 Prerequisites
1. Switch off the Gantry power.

2. Remove the arm and the front covers (refer to Job Card PHY A044 - Remove/Reinstall Gantry
Covers in the Core SIP) for access to the Clutch (1).

316 32 Job Card IST A024 - Upgrade Precise 50N Rotation


Clutch
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

3. Check the clutch label to see if it needs changing (in most cases it will need changing).

Determine whether you need to change the clutch as follows:

• If the clutch label has S.8.648.DF.02 and 2345968-4 Rev 3, the Gantry already contains
the Precise 50N Rotation Clutch, and no further action is necessary.

• If the clutch label does not have S.8.648.DF.02 and 2345968-4 Rev 3, the Gantry does
not already contain the Precise 50N Rotation Clutch, and you must continue with the
rest of this Job Card to upgrade the Rotation Clutch in the Gantry.

4. Loosen and remove the Gantry curtain (refer to Job Card D/R A208 - Gantry Curtains in the
Core SIP) for access to the ̈Rotation Board.

32.3.2 Disassembly of the Clutch


1. Unplug the clutch cables W218 and W221 from the Rotation Board (connector J8 and J7).

2. Release and remove the two screws (2) securing the clutch (4 mm Allen wrench).

3. Remove the ring supporting the clutch (one screw - 5 mm Allen wrench).

Chapter 5 Installation 317


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

32.3.3 Reassembly of the Clutch


1. Attach the supporting ring (1) to the new clutch (one screw - 5 mm Allen wrench). At this stage
do not fully tighten the Allen screw on the supporting ring as the position of the clutch will be
adjusted.

2. Apply blue Loctite 243 on the threads of the two screws that secure the supporting ring to the
clutch. Then tighten the two screws (2) to a torque of 8 Nm +/- 0.5 Nm to secure the supporting
ring to the Arm (4 mm Allen wrench).

3. Position the new clutch so that the gap between the side of the detector and the clutch is 3.8
mm (4 mm +0.1 mm, -0.3 mm).

a. Use the Rotation Clutch Positioning Tool provided with the clutch to ensure that the
gap between the side of the detector and the clutch is 3.8 mm (4 mm +0.1 mm, -0.3
mm).

318 32 Job Card IST A024 - Upgrade Precise 50N Rotation


Clutch
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Use the raised end of the Rotation Clutch Positioning Tool (for Senographe
Essential) such that the raised end is against the detector interface plate. The
Rotation Clutch Positioning Tool is marked with appropriate labelling so that
you know which side to put facing the Detector Interface Plate.

b. Push the clutch against the Rotation Clutch Positioning Tool so that there is no space
either side of the Rotation Clutch Positioning Tool.

NOTE: If needed, you can use a tie wrap connect to the Breast Support
Locking Mechanism cogs to temporarily hold the Rotation Clutch
Positioning Tool in position.

c. Apply Loctite 243, and tighten the Allen screw (3) on the supporting ring to a torque of
5.5 Nm +/- 0.3 Nm.

d. Gently remove the Rotation Clutch Positioning Tool.

Chapter 5 Installation 319


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

4. Reconnect the clutch cables of the new clutch to the Rotation Board connectors, as follows:

• W218 cable to J8 connector

• W221 cable to J7 connector

32.3.4 Check Cable Positioning


1. Ensure that the clutch cables are correctly positioned, and secured to the spacer of Rotation
Board PL202 by a cable tie as shown below.

2. The cables from the clutch to the Rotation Board PL202 must be secured as shown below.

320 32 Job Card IST A024 - Upgrade Precise 50N Rotation


Clutch
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

32.4 Finalization
Return the old clutch to GPRS.

Chapter 5 Installation 321


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

33 Job Card IST A025 – BSLM Board Compatibility Check


33.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Not Applicable 5 mins to check, and if Not Applicable
necessary 30 mins to
change the BSLM
board

33.2 Overview
Some Breast Support Locking Mechanism (BSLM) boards in the install base are not compatible
with the MTD because they store excessive charge from the Gantry CAN bus, which the MTD is
sensitive to. When a BLSM board is not compatible with the MTD, there is a lapse of CAN
communication between the MTD and the Gantry, or the MTD will not boot up when plugged into
the Gantry. Perform the procedure in this Job Card to determine if the existing BSLM board is
compatible with the MTD, and if necessary change the BSLM board.

33.3 Preliminary Requirements


33.3.1 Replacement Parts
Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer
Breast Support Locking 1 - 5137301-3 -
Mechanism Board

33.4 Procedure
1. From the Service Desktop, look to see if any of the following heartbeat missing related errors
have occurred in the error log:

• 112/037 H13 Rotation communication Failure

• 161/037 H13 Rotation Communication Failure

• 132/029 X11 Tube head communication failure

• 162/006 H32 Tube head control failure

• 170/004 X02 Bucky communication Failure

• 162/007 X03 Bucky control failure

• 180/001 H15 Stereotactic Positioner comm. Failure

• 162/013 H15 Stereotactic Pos. comm. Failure

• 193/018 X52 Breast Support locking mechanism control failure

322 33 Job Card IST A025 - BSLM Board Compatibility Check


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

• 161/052 X50 Breast support locking mechanism communication


failure

• 161/079 H44 MTD Communication Failure

• 212/000 H44 MTD Communication Failure

• 161/036 H06 Lift Communication Failure

• 102/028 H06 Lift communication failure

• 161/038 H02 Compression Comm. Failure

• 122/000 H02 Compression comm. Failure

2. Determine if the BSLM Board is compatible with the MTD based on the results the heartbeat
missing related errors in the Service Desktop error log, as follows:

• If none of the heartbeat missing related errors listed in step 1 are not in the error log,
the BSLM Board is compatible with the MTD and does not need changing.

• If one or more of the heartbeat missing related errors listed in step 1 are in the error
log, the BSLM Board is not compatible with the MTD and needs changing according to
Job Card D/R A196 - Breast Support Locking Mechanism Board in the Core SIP.

33.5 Finalization
If the pre-ordered Breast Support Locking Mechanism board was not needed, return it to GPRS.

Chapter 5 Installation 323


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

34 Job Card IST A026 - Upgrade 100N Gas Spring for Rotation Worm Gear
34.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Not Applicable 60 mins Not Applicable

34.2 Overview
Over time, the compressed air in the Gas Spring for Rotation Worm Gear depletes with use of the
system. Since a system using the MTD has a much higher usage switching between angulation
and rotation mode, it requires that the Gas Spring for Rotation Worm Gear is in good condition
with a substantial amount of air. If a Gas Spring for Rotation Worm Gear is three years old, it will
not have enough compressed air for use with the MTD and the rotation Gantry related movement
with the MTD will be subject to errors. The purpose of this Job Card is to check the age of the Gas
Spring for Rotation Worm Gear, and if necessary change it so that rotation Gantry related
movement with the MTD will not be subject to errors.

34.3 Preliminary Requirements


34.3.1 Replacement Parts
Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer
Gas Spring for Rotation 1 - 2412203 -
Worm Gear

34.4 Procedure
1. Examine the log book and history of the system to determine whether you need to change the
Gas Spring for Rotation Worm Gear.

2. Determine your next step as follows:

• If the system is brand new (i.e. being installed at the same time), then no further action
is necessary as the Gas Spring for Rotation Worm Gear is in good condition and does
not need changing.

• If the system is no more than one year old, then no further action is necessary as the
Gas Spring for Rotation Worm Gear is in reasonable condition and does not need
changing.

• If the system is one year old or older, then check in the log book whether the Gas Spring
for Rotation Worm Gear has been changed within the last three years, and determine
your next step as follows:

○ If the Gas Spring for Rotation Worm Gear has been changed in the last three years,
no further action is necessary.

324 34 Job Card IST A026 - Upgrade 100N Gas Spring for
Rotation Worm Gear
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

○ If the Gas Spring for Rotation Worm Gear has not been changed in the last three
years, change it according to Job Card D/R A224 - Gas Spring for Rotation Worm
Gear in the Core SIP.

34.5 Finalization
No finalization steps.

Chapter 5 Installation 325


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

35 Job Card IST A027 - Stator Current Filter Assembly Cable


35.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Not Applicable 20 mins Not Applicable

35.2 Preliminary Requirements


35.2.1 Tools and Test Equipment
Standard Tool Box

35.2.2 Replacement Parts


Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer
Stator Current Filter 1 - 5500321 -
Assembly Cable

35.2.3 Safety

WARNING
STEPS IN THIS JOB CARD TELL YOU WHEN TO TAKE APPROPRIATE ACTION
TO AVOID ELECTRIC SHOCK.

35.3 Procedure
1. Switch off the electrical power supply from the Mains Distribution Panel in the room. Apply an
appropriate LOTO padlock and label. Wait 10 minutes for the components within the Generator
to discharge.

2. If necessary, remove the four Generator side panels (see Job Card PHY A042 - Remove/
Reinstall Generator Covers in the Core SIP) to reveal the Generator Supply Command board
200-PL2.

3. Switch off the electrical power supply on the rotary switch in the Generator cabinet (position
0).

326 35 Job Card IST A027 - Stator Current Filter Assembly


Cable
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

4. Using a voltmeter (rating 1000 V DC), check that there is no residual voltage between screws
S1 and S2 before proceeding.

WARNING
RESIDUAL VOLTAGE STORED IN THE RESONANT CAPACITORS CAN BE
DANGEROUS. ENSURE THAT THE RESONANT CAPACITORS ARE FULLY
DISCHARGED BEFORE YOU HANDLE THE GENERATOR SUPPLY COMMAND
BOARD.

5. The XJ6 and XJ7 connectors may still have a residual voltage of 35V DC from the C2 capacitor
located behind the Generator Supply Command board. Using a voltmeter (rating 1000 V DC),
check that there is no residual voltage (35V DC) between the XJ6 and XJ7 connectors.

Chapter 5 Installation 327


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

6. The C1P and M1P connectors may still have a residual voltage of 250V DC from the C1
capacitor located behind the Generator Supply Command board. Using a voltmeter (rating
1000 V DC), check that there is no residual voltage (250V DC) between the C1P and M1P
connectors.

328 35 Job Card IST A027 - Stator Current Filter Assembly


Cable
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

WARNING
RESIDUAL VOLTAGE STORED IN THE C1 AND C2 CAPACITORS (LOCATED
BEHIND THE GENERATOR COMMAND SUPPLY BOARD CAN BE
DANGEROUS. ENSURE THAT THE CAPACITORS ARE FULLY DISCHARGED
BEFORE YOU HANDLE THE GENERATOR SUPPLY COMMAND BOARD.

7. Connect the Stator Current Filter Assembly Cable to the TP18, TP20, and TP22 connectors
of the Generator Supply Command board as shown below. In order to avoid electromagnetic
interference, ensure the Stator Current Filter Assembly Cable is routed as shown below.

8. Switch on the electrical power supply, both from the Mains Distribution Panel in the room and
on the rotary switch in the Generator cabinet (position I).

Chapter 5 Installation 329


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

9. Switch on the Senographe system electrical power (i.e. Generator, Gantry, and Control
Station).

10. Wait until the Gantry boot is complete, and check that no error has been reported. If the
Generator Supply Command board is operating correctly with the newly installed Stator
Current Filter Assembly Cable, the LED states on the Generator Supply Command board are
as follows:

• green DE1 LED is ON

• red DE2 LED is OFF

• red DE3 LED is OFF

• clear N1 LED is ON

11. Reinstall the Generator covers (see Job Card PHY A042 - Remove/Reinstall Generator
Covers in the Core SIP).

35.4 Finalization
No finalization steps.

330 35 Job Card IST A027 - Stator Current Filter Assembly


Cable
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

36 Job Card ELE A021 – External Network Configuration


36.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Not Applicable 30 mins Not Applicable

36.2 Overview
Before the system was upgraded, two networks existed such that there was one internal network
(INT1) and one external network (EXT) as shown below in Illustration 5-37 and summarized in
Table 5-15. In the pre-upgrade situation, the ADS computer had one network interface card (NIC)
on the internal network and the other network card on the external network connected to the
hospital.

Illustration 5-37: System Pre-Upgrade Default Network Configuration

Chapter 5 Installation 331


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Table 5-15: System Pre-Upgrade Default Network Configuration

Sub-system (host‐ Hostname / alias on NIC IP Address/Netmask


name)

ADS (station name) INT1 : ads IP address : 192.168.1.10


Netmask : 255.255.255.0

EXT : displayed in Service Desktop (station name), IP address : set during ADS SW installation or running
and set ADS SW installation or running the sys-un- the sys-unconfig command
config command Netmask : set during ADS SW installation or running
the sys-unconfig command

IDC (idc) INT1 : idc IP address : 192.168.1.20


Netmask : 255.255.255.0

Gantry CPU Board INT1 : pos IP address : 192.168.1.40


(pos) Netmask : 255.255.255.0

After the system is upgraded, three networks exist such that there are now two internal networks
(INT1 and INT2) and one external network (EXT) as shown below in Illustration 5-38 and
summarized in Table 5-16. The switch within the Control Station is changed and can now support
connection speeds of 1000 Mbit/s opposed to the original speed of 100 Mbit/s. The original internal
network (INT1) remains the same, and is for the internal communications between the ADS
Computer, IDC, and Gantry CPU Board, however the link speed of the connection between the
ADS Computer and IDC Computer is now faster at 1000 Mbit/s. The second and new internal
network (INT2) is for the internal communications between the ADS Computer and the
Reconstruction Computer, and runs at a link speed of 1000 Mbit/s.

In the post-upgrade situation, the ADS computer has one network interface card on the original
internal network (INT1) like before, and the other network card on the new second internal network
(INT2) connected directly to the Reconstruction Computer. In the post-upgrade situation, the
Reconstruction Computer has one network interface card on the new internal network (INT2)
connected directly to the ADS Computer, and the other network card on the external network (EXT)
connected to the hospital network.

332 36 Job Card ELE A021 - External Network Configuration


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 5-38: System Post-Upgrade Default Network Configuration

NOTE: The hospital network connection from the Reconstruction Computer eth1 network
interface card is connected via a CAT6 Ethernet junction located in the base of the
Control Station. A gigabit Ethernet cable in the short/long harness connects the
Reconstruction Computer to the rear end of the CAT6 Ethernet junction. The hospital
network is connected to the front end of the CAT6 Ethernet junction with a customer
supplied gigabit Ethernet cable. The CAT6 Ethernet junction is a passive device and
has no IP Address or Netmask.

Table 5-16: System Post-Upgrade Default Network Configuration

Sub-system (host‐ Hostname / alias on NIC IP Address/Netmask


name)

Reconstruction Sta‐ INT2 : reconbox IP address : 192.168.2.50


tion (reconbox) Netmask : 255.255.255.0

Chapter 5 Installation 333


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Sub-system (host‐ Hostname / alias on NIC IP Address/Netmask


name)

EXT : reconbox IP address : this is the IP address that was previously


NOTE: Due to the special networking configu‐ used by the ADS computer to connect to the hospital
ration (i.e. routing configuration, firewall network – defined in Service Desktop (see Section
configuration and port forwarding to the 36.3.2.1)
ADS Computer) the Reconstruction Netmask : this is the netmask that was previously used
Station is never visible on the hospital by the ADS computer to connect to the hospital net‐
network. Even if the Reconstruction work – defined in Service Desktop (see Section
Station is physically connected to the 36.3.2.1)
hospital network, it appears transparent
as if the ADS Computer is connected.
Therefore, multiple Senographe Essen‐
tial systems with the GE Breast Tomo‐
synthesis option can be connected to
the hospital without any issues as long
as the station name of the ADS Com‐
puter is unique on each Senographe
Essential system.

ADS (station name) INT1 : ads IP address : 192.168.1.10


Netmask : 255.255.255.0

INT2 : defined in Service Desktop (station name), and IP address : 192.168.2.10 defined during ADS SW in‐
during ADS SW installation or running the sys-un- stallation or running the sys-unconfig command
config command Netmask : 255.255.255.0 defined during ADS SW in‐
NOTE: Due to the special networking configu‐ stallation or running the sys-unconfig command
ration (i.e. routing configuration, firewall NOTE: It is important during the ADS SW in‐
configuration and port forwarding to the stallation that the IP address is set to
ADS Computer) the Reconstruction 192.168.2.10 and the netmask is set to
Station assigns the alias of ads-ext to 255.255.255.0. These default values
NIC2 of the ADS Computer. will allow the ADS Computer to commu‐
nicate with the Reconstruction Station.

IDC (idc) INT1 : idc IP address : 192.168.1.20


Netmask : 255.255.255.0

Gantry CPU Board INT1 : pos IP address : 192.168.1.40


(pos) Netmask : 255.255.255.0

Before the system was upgraded, the ADS Computer handled the following parts of the external
network (EXT):

• External Network (EXT1) connection configuration (IP address and netmask) – was previously
achieved via the ADS SW installation or running the sys-unconfig command, and is now
achieved by the Service Desktop Networking – IP Address and Netmask part for the
Reconstruction Station (see Section 36.3.2.1) .

• Routing information (hospital default gateway) – was previously achieved via an S93Route
file on the ADS computer, and is now achieved via a Service Desktop Networking – Gateway
part for the Reconstruction Station (see Section 36.3.2.1)

• Permitted hosts (that can access the system via the Firewall) – is now achieved by the
Reconstruction Computer, however, the same scripts are still used on the ADS Computer,
which in turn update the appropriate files on the Reconstruction Computer. For more
information, see Section 36.3.3 .

• Physical connection to the hospital network – was previously achieved on the ADS Computer,
and if the default NIC speed needed modifying via an S93Route file on the ADS computer.

334 36 Job Card ELE A021 - External Network Configuration


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Now achieved on the Reconstruction Station, and if necessary a new startup file is created to
change the default NIC speed of the Reconstruction Station eth1 NIC. For more information,
see Section 36.3.4.

These items are now ported over to the Reconstruction Computer instead. As a result, the routing
information, permitted hosts, and the physical connection to the hospital will need to be re-
configured on the Reconstruction Computer instead of the ADS computer. The instructions in this
Job Card describe how to configure the Reconstruction Computer with the external networking
configuration that was previously on the ADS Computer.

36.3 Procedure
36.3.1 Obtain summary of previous external networking information from manual backup
Obtain the following ADS Computer information, which you noted down in the manual backup
forms:

• previous external IP address

• previous external netmask

• routing configuration

• permitted hosts

36.3.2 Re-configure external network IP address, external network netmask and default
gateway on the Reconstruction Computer
Use the following steps to configure the external network IP address, external network netmask,
and default gateway that was previously on the ADS Computer on the Reconstruction Computer.

36.3.2.1 Configure the External Network IP Address; Netmask, and Routing (Gateway)
Information on the Reconstruction Computer
1. Launch the Service Desktop.

2. From the Service Desktop, click the [Configuration] button.

3. Click the Reconstruction node.

4. On the Reconstruction page that appears, click the Networking link.

5. On the Networking page that appears, do the following:

• In the External IP: fields, enter the external IP address of the Reconstruction Station
that is connected to the hospital network. This was the external IP address that was
previously used for the ADS Computer before the system was upgraded.

• In the Netmask: fields, enter the external netmask of the Reconstruction Station that is
connected to the hospital network. This was the external netmask address that was
previously used for the ADS Computer before the system was upgraded.

Chapter 5 Installation 335


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

• In the Default Gateway: fields, enter the IP Address of the hospital’s default Gateway.
This was previously listed in the /etc/rc2.d/S93route file on the ADS
Computer before the system was upgraded. If additional gateways need to be added,
add them later on according to Section 36.3.2.2.

• Click the [Submit] button to apply the settings.

36.3.2.2 Adding additional gateways or default routes


If the ADS computer originally had more than one gateway or default route, since the Service
Desktop only allows you to add one default gateway, you must use the steps below if you need to
add additional routes.

1. From behind the Browser, right click on the background, and from the Root menu, select
Service Tools > Command window.

A command window appears with an ADS prompt.

2. Make a secure shell connection to the Reconstruction Computer as follows:

a. Establish an ssh connection as a recon user to the Reconstruction Computer, by


entering:

ssh recon@reconbox

b. At the password: prompt, enter:

M0n!AgneU (or the customer specified, no default password)

3. Change to the /etc/sysconfig/network/ directory, by entering:

cd /etc/sysconfig/network/

4. Change as root user on the Reconstruction Computer as follows:

a. Change a root user to the Reconstruction Computer, by entering:

su — root

b. At the password: prompt, enter:

@!Fab3ts

5. Edit the routes file, by entering:

vi routes

The routes file opens in the VI editor.

6. Use the cursor keys to move down to the end of the routes file.

336 36 Job Card ELE A021 - External Network Configuration


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

7. Press the <Esc> key and the <I> key to enter in insert mode.

8. Enter a new line for each additional route you want to add. The format you must use is
described below.

The format is : <host or network> space <gateway> space <netmask> space


<interface>

where:

• <host or network> is the hostname or network (for the default gateway, this value
is default).

• <gateway> is the IP of the gateway (router) indicated by the hospital network


administrator.

• <netmask> is the netmask (for the default gateway, this value is – (minus) and for
additional routes its the IP address of the netmask provided by the hospital network
administrator).

• <interface> is the external eth1 network interface on the Reconstruction Computer.


This value is always – (minus) which represents the default eth1 interface on the
Reconstruction Computer.

The line for the default gateway will already exist, and never needs changing as this is
managed by the Service Desktop, as described in above in Section 36.3.2.1 or within
Chapter 6, Section 7.6.2, Configuring the default gateway. If for example, the default
gateway of 3.249.2.1 (see example in Illustration 5-39) then the line associated with the
default gateway would be : default 3.249.2.1 – –

If for example (see example in Illustration 5-39) you are told to add an additional route to
a discrete host of IP address 10.1.1.1 on netmask 255.255.255.255, via gateway
3.249.15.122, you would add the following line:10.1.1.1 3.249.15.122
255.255.255.255 -

If for example (see example in Illustration 5-39) you are told to add an additional route to
a network destination 10.3.1.0 on netmask 255.255.255.0 via gateway 3.249.15.125, you
would add the following line:10.1.1.0 3.249.15.125 255.255.255.0 -

Chapter 5 Installation 337


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 5-39: Example network requiring additional routes in addition to the default
gateway

9. Once finished adding additional routes, press the <Esc> key to leave insert mode.

10. Save the file via an overridden write and quit, by entering:

:wq!

11. Optionally restart the network, by entering:

/etc/init.d/network restart

12. Since the additional routes are not visible within the Service Desktop, manually note down the
additional you configured within Chapter 8, LBK-A004 - System configuration form
Reconstruction Station so that it is not forgotten that they have been configured.

36.3.3 Restore permitted hosts


Reload the Senographe system IP Filters so that the recently updated network host has access
through the Reconstruction Computer firewall via the DICOM protocol. To do this, perform the
following sub-steps:

338 36 Job Card ELE A021 - External Network Configuration


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

NOTE: Even though the firewall is on the Reconstruction Computer, the steps are still performed
on the ADS Computer. Running the script described in the steps below results with the
ADS connecting to the Reconstruction Computer, and modifying the appropriate firewall
files.

1. From behind the Browser, right click on the background, and from the Root menu, select
Service Tools > Command window.

A command window appears with an ADS prompt.

2. Execute the IPFreload.sh script, by entering:

IPFreload.sh

3. When the Password: prompt appears requesting you to enter the root password, enter:

operator (or the customer-specified root password)

An End of script message appears. The newly declared network host can now access the
Senographe system via the firewall on the Reconstruction Computer.

36.3.4 Make hospital network connection, and if necessary restore Network Interface Card
(NIC) speed settings
If the recorded NIC settings during the backup phase in Section 13., Query and record the settings
of the Network Interface Card (NIC) are Auto-negotiation enabled, you will not need to restore
these settings as they are the default settings for the NIC. If the recorded NIC settings during the
backup phase in Section 13., Query and record the settings of the Network Interface Card (NIC)
are anything other than Auto-negotiation enabled, restore them according to the steps below.

36.3.4.1 Make network connection to the hospital network


1. Connect the cable from the hospital network to the Ethernet port at the bottom of the Control
Station.

NOTE: The hospital network is actually connected to the Reconstruction Computer,


however the network cable routing has been modified in the Control Station so
that the Ethernet socket is now connected to the Reconstruction Computer
instead of the ADS Computer.

2. Tidy away the hospital network cable.

36.3.4.2 Determine hospital maximum network speed


The following steps are only necessary if you did not note down the NIC settings during the backup
phase of the upgrade or if the hospital network engineer does not know the maximum speed
supported by the hospital network switch. Use the following steps to determine the maximum
speed supported by the hospital network switch:

1. Ask the hospital network engineer for an IP address of a known node on the network that is
alive and reachable by a network ping command.

Chapter 5 Installation 339


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

2. On the ADS Computer, from behind the Browser, right click on the background, and from the
Root menu, select Service Tools > Command window.

A command window appears with an ADS prompt.

3. Make a secure shell connection to the Reconstruction Computer as follows:

a. Establish an ssh connection as a root user to the Reconstruction Computer, by


entering:

ssh recon@reconbox

b. At the password: prompt, enter:

M0n!AgneU (or the customer specified, no default password)

4. Change as root user on the Reconstruction Computer as follows:

a. Change a root user to the Reconstruction Computer, by entering:

su — root

b. At the password: prompt, enter:

@!Fab3ts

5. Ping the IP address given to you by the hospital network engineer, by entering: ping <ip
address>.

• If the ping test works, auto-negotiation is supported.

• If the ping test fails, the highest supported speed needs determining – go to Step 6.

6. Set the external network card of the Reconstruction Computer to 1000 Mbit/s full duplex with
auto-negotiation disabled, by entering:

ethtool —s eth1 speed 1000 duplex full autoneg off

7. Ping the IP address given to you by the hospital network engineer, by entering: ping <ip
address>.

• If the ping test works, all speeds are supported and only auto-negotiation is not
supported.

• If the ping test fails, the highest supported speed needs determining – go to Step 8.

8. Set the external network card of the Reconstruction Computer to 1000 Mbit/s half duplex with
auto-negotiation disabled, by entering:

ethtool —s eth1 speed 1000 duplex half autoneg off

340 36 Job Card ELE A021 - External Network Configuration


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

9. Ping the IP address given to you by the hospital network engineer, by entering: ping <ip
address>.

• If the ping test works, the highest speed supported is 1000 Mbit/s half duplex.

• If the ping test fails, the highest supported speed needs determining – go to Step 10.

10. Set the external network card of the Reconstruction Computer to 100 Mbit/s full duplex with
auto-negotiation disabled, by entering:

ethtool —s eth1 speed 100 duplex full autoneg off

11. Ping the IP address given to you by the hospital network engineer, by entering: ping <ip
address>.

• If the ping test works, the highest speed supported is 100 Mbit/s full duplex.

• If the ping test fails, the highest supported speed needs determining – go to Step 12.

12. Set the external network card of the Reconstruction Computer to 100 Mbit/s half duplex with
auto-negotiation disabled, by entering:

ethtool —s eth1 speed 100 duplex half autoneg off

13. Ping the IP address given to you by the hospital network engineer, by entering: ping <ip
address>.

• If the ping test works, the highest speed supported is 100 Mbit/s half duplex.

• If the ping test fails, the highest supported speed needs determining – go to Step 14.

14. Set the external network card of the Reconstruction Computer to 10 Mbit/s full duplex with
auto-negotiation disabled, by entering:

ethtool —s eth1 speed 10 duplex full autoneg off

15. Ping the IP address given to you by the hospital network engineer, by entering: ping <ip
address>.

• If the ping test works, the highest speed supported is 10 Mbit/s full duplex.

• If the ping test fails, the highest supported speed needs determining – go to Step 16.

16. Set the external network card of the Reconstruction Computer to 10 Mbit/s half duplex with
auto-negotiation disabled, by entering:

ethtool —s eth1 speed 10 duplex full autoneg off

17. Ping the IP address given to you by the hospital network engineer, by entering: ping <ip
address>.

Chapter 5 Installation 341


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

• If the ping test works, the highest speed supported is 10 Mbit/s full duplex.

• If the ping test fails, the highest speed supported is 10 Mbit/s half duplex.

NOTE: If you determine the network speed of the hospital is running only at 10 Mbit/s,
advise the customer that they will not be able to send reconstructed volumes
over the network within a respectable time frame, and encourage them the
improve the infrastructure speed of their network as soon as possible.

18. Exit as root user, by entering

exit

19. Close the ssh session, by entering:

exit

36.3.4.3 If necessary, permanently configure the supported network speed


In section Section 36.3.4.2 or from the backup, you have determined the maximum speed
supported by the hospital network switch and whether auto-negotiation is supported. If the default
of 1000 Mbit/s auto-negotiation is not supported perform the following steps to modify the
maximum speed of the Reconstruction Computer external network interface card (eth1) to support
the hospital switch network speed.

• Note : The changes you make in the steps below modify the ETHTOOL_OPTIONS rules in
the /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-eth1 file. The Service Desktop “Reconstruction —
Networking” page for changing the IP address and netmask on of the eth1 network interface
card overwrites the /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-eth1 file, and does not keep the
existing the ETHTOOL_OPTIONS rules. If at a later time you change the IP address and netmask
on of the eth1 network interface card on the Reconstruction Computer using the using the
Service Desktop “Reconstruction — Networking” page, you must redo the steps below in order
to re-configure the maximum speed of the eth1 network interface card on the Reconstruction
Computer.

1. On the ADS Computer, from behind the Browser, right click on the background, and from the
Root menu, select Service Tools > Command window.

A command window appears with an ADS prompt.

2. Make a secure shell connection to the Reconstruction Computer as follows:

a. Establish an ssh connection as a root user to the Reconstruction Computer, by


entering:

ssh recon@reconbox

b. At the password: prompt, enter:

M0n!AgneU (or the customer specified, no default password)

342 36 Job Card ELE A021 - External Network Configuration


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

3. Change as root user on the Reconstruction Computer as follows:

a. Change a root user to the Reconstruction Computer, by entering:

su — root

b. At the password: prompt, enter:

@!Fab3ts

4. Change to the /etc/sysconfig/network/ directory, by entering:

cd /etc/sysconfig/network/

5.

6. Edit the ifcfg-eth1 by entering:

vi ifcfg-eth1

The contents of the ifcfg-eth1 file appears in the vi editor, similar to the following (the
IPADD and NETMASK values are examples, and will depend on what you configured for
the network earlier on):

BOOTPROTO='static'
BROADCAST=''
ETHTOOL_OPTIONS=''
IPADDR='3.243.1.27'
NETMASK='255.255.255.0'
MTU=''
NAME='82540EM Gigabit Ethernet Controller'
NETWORK=''
REMOTE_IPADDR=''
STARTMODE='auto'
USERCONTROL='no'
ETHTOOL_OPTIONS=''

Initially, the default value for the ETHTOOL_OPTIONS rule is empty (i.e. nothing between
the inverted commas), which corresponds to auto-negotiation on.

7. Press the <Esc> key and the <I> key to enter in insert mode.

8. On the last line of the ifcfg-eth1 file, edit the ETHTOOL_OPTIONS rule, taking care not to
remove the inverted commas, and update it with an appropriate speed and duplex mode
corresponding to the maximum speed and duplex mode supported by the hospital network.
For the appropriate the ETHTOOL_OPTIONS rule to put, refer to Table 5-17.

Chapter 5 Installation 343


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Table 5-17: ETHTOOL_OPTIONS rules corresponding to the hospital network speed

Determined hospital network speed ETHTOOL_OPTIONS rule to put

All speeds supported, except auto-nego‐ ETHTOOL_OPTIONS='speed 1000 duplex full autoneg off'
tiation mode

Highest speed supported is 1000 Mbit/s ETHTOOL_OPTIONS='speed 1000 duplex half autoneg off'
half duplex

Highest speed supported is 100 Mbit/s full ETHTOOL_OPTIONS='speed 100 duplex full autoneg off'
duplex

Highest speed supported is 100 Mbit/s half ETHTOOL_OPTIONS='speed 100 duplex half autoneg off'
duplex

Highest speed supported is 10 Mbit/s full ETHTOOL_OPTIONS='speed 10 duplex full autoneg off'
duplex

Highest speed supported is 10 Mbit/s half ETHTOOL_OPTIONS='speed 10 duplex half autoneg off'
duplex

For example, if the highest speed supported by the hospital network is Highest speed
supported is 100 Mbit/s half duplex, the contents of the ifcfg-eth1 file would look like
the following (the IPADD and NETMASK values are examples, and will depend on what you
configured for the network earlier on).

BOOTPROTO='static'
BROADCAST=''
ETHTOOL_OPTIONS=''
IPADDR='3.243.1.27'
NETMASK='255.255.255.0'
MTU=''
NAME='82540EM Gigabit Ethernet Controller'
NETWORK=''
REMOTE_IPADDR=''
STARTMODE='auto'
USERCONTROL='no'
ETHTOOL_OPTIONS='speed 100 duplex half autoneg off'

9. Once you have finished editing the ETHTOOL_OPTIONS rule, press the <Esc> key to leave
insert mode.

10. Save the file via an overridden write and quit, by entering:

:wq

11. Exit as root user, by entering

exit

12. Close the ssh session, by entering:

exit

344 36 Job Card ELE A021 - External Network Configuration


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

The next time the system reboots the Reconstruction Computer will take into account the
updated ETHTOOL_OPTIONS rules in the /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-eth1
file, and set the eth1 network interface card to the defined speed and duplex mode.

NOTE: If you want the new configuration to take immediate effect without rebooting the
entire system, as root user on the Reconstruction Computer; enter : /etc/
init.d/network restart.

36.4 Finalization
No finalization steps.

Chapter 5 Installation 345


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

37 Job Card ELE A022 – Worklist AE Title Configuration


37.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Not Applicable 10 mins Not Applicable

37.2 Overview
From ADS 56.10 delivered with the GE Breast Tomosynthesis option, the AE title used for worklist
no longer includes WL_ and keeps letter case. Therefore, you must perform one of the actions as
described, according to one of the two scenarios below:

• Scenario 1 : The hospital want to (or are easily able to) change the DICOM configuration of
their worklist server(s). In this scenario, you must contact the hospital network administrator
in order to update the DICOM configuration of the Senographe Essential system. For example,
if the hostname of the Senographe Essential system is Ess001, then the AE title for the worklist
will now be Ess001 instead of WL_ESS001.

• Scenario 2 : The hospital does not want to change the DICOM configuration of their worklist
server(s) or it is difficult for them because they are dependant on an external vendor to change
the DICOM configuration of their worklist server(s). In this scenario, use the procedure below
to put back WL_ in the Worklist AE title of the Senographe Essential system.

NOTE: No other change in DICOM declaration is required (other DICOM hosts other than the
worklist servers are not affected).

37.3 Preliminary Requirements


37.3.1 Required Conditions
Condition Reference Effectivity
The system has been upgraded with the GE - -
Breast Tomosynthesis level software.

37.4 Procedure
1. From behind the Browser, right click on the background, and from the Root menu, select
Service Tools > Command window.

2. Login as root user by entering:

su –

At the password: prompt, enter:

operator (or the customer-specified root password)

3. Change to the /export/home/sdc/senovision/scripts directory, by entering:

346 37 Job Card ELE A022 - Worklist AE Title Configuration


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

cd /export/home/sdc/senovision/scripts

4. Execute the SetWorklistAETitle.sh script, by entering:

SetWorklistAETitle.sh

5. At the Enter the AE Title value : prompt that appears, enter the updated Worklist AE
Title for the Senographe Essential system. For example, if the hostname of the Senographe
Essential system is Ess001, enter WL_Ess001.

NOTE: When specifying the host name, you must be aware of the implementation of
how the script works, and how the system used to set the Worklist AETitle in the
past. The script allows you to use mixed case, whereas in the past, the system
would force all upper case when it automatically set the Worklist AETitle.
Therefore, when using the script for IB systems, ensure that you specify the host
name all in upper case. For IB systems, if you use mixed case when using the
script, you will still need to arrange to have the configuration hospital Worklist
servers to match the mixed case. For new systems, you have the choice to use
either mixed case or all upper case since the hospital Worklist servers will need
configuring for the newly installed system anyway.

6. The SetWorklistAETitle.sh script, updates the Worklist AE Title for the Senographe
Essential system, and responds with a message similar to the following:

The new AE Title value is : WL_Ess001

7. Exit as root user, by entering:

exit

8. Close the command window, by entering:

exit

9. From behind the Browser, right click the background, and from the Root Menu that appears,
select Restart Browse to restart the Browser. The changes Worklist AE Title for the
Senographe Essential system are now effective.

37.5 Finalization
No finalization steps.

Chapter 5 Installation 347


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

38 Job Card ELE A025 - Reconstruction Computer and/or ADS Computer Post
Install Configuration
38.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Not Applicable 27 mins Not Applicable

38.2 Overview
The Reconstruction Computer and ADS Computer communicate via a secure network connection.
When you change either the ADS Computer hardware/software or Reconstruction Computer
hardware/software you must perform the applicable steps in this Job Card to:

• reestablish the secure network communication between the Reconstruction Computer and
ADS Computer

• restore the configuration on that component (either Reconstruction Computer or ADS


Computer) that was changed, including recovering the database

The steps to reestablish the secure network communication vary according to whether the internal
IP address scheme between the Reconstruction Computer and ADS Computer is different to the
default internal IP address scheme.

When you reinstall the Reconstruction Computer software or change the Reconstruction Computer
hardware, perform Section 38.3.1.

When you reinstall the AWS software or change the ADS Computer hardware, perform Section
38.3.2.

38.3 Procedure
38.3.1 Restoring the Reconstruction Computer Configuration (post LFC)
38.3.1.1 Reestablish connectivity with the ADS Computer
1. Power on manually the Reconstruction Computer by pressing the power button on the front
panel of the Reconstruction Computer.

NOTE: When the Reconstruction Computer is changed or the Reconstruction Software


reinstalled, initially there is no network connectivity between the ADS Computer
and the Reconstruction Computer. Therefore, the Reconstruction Computer will
not automatically power on via the usual wake-up on LAN signal when the entire
system is powered on. You must manually power on the Reconstruction
Computer by pressing the power button on the front panel.

2. Determine whether you need to temporarily revert the IP Address and netmask of the ADS
Computer back to the default values so it can communicate with the newly installed
Reconstruction Computer, as follows:

348 38 Job Card ELE A025 - Reconstruction Computer and/


or ADS Computer Post Install Configuration
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

a. Launch the Service Desktop (see Chapter 4, Section 5.2.1, Launching the Service
Desktop).

The Service Desktop appears.

b. Check the current IP address of the ADS Computer within the Connectivity Parameters
section of the Service Desktop home page.

• If the IP Address returned is 192.168.2.10, the ADS Computer is using the


default IP Addressing scheme for the second internal network, and you can
proceed directly to Step 3.

• If the IP Address returned is not 192.168.2.10 (for example 10.0.1.10), the


ADS Computer is not using the default IP Addressing scheme for the second
internal network, and you must revert the settings back according to Section
42., Reverting back the configuration of the second internal (INT2) network
on the ADS Computer to the default values before proceeding to Step 3.

3. From behind the Browser, right click on the background, and from the Root menu, select
Service Tools > Command window.

4. Login as root user by entering:

su –

At the password: prompt, enter:

operator (or the customer-specified root password)

5. Create an RSA key on the ADS Computer so that it can securely communicate with the
Reconstruction Computer, by entering:

/export/home/sdc/senovision/scripts/createadsrsakey.sh

Once the createadsrsakey.sh script completes, keep the command window open for
reverting back the hostname of the ADS computer.

6. At the password: prompt that appears, enter:

M0n!AgneU

7. Update the hostname of the ADS computer on the Reconstruction Computer, as follows:

a. Change to the /export/home/sdc/senovision/scripts/ directory, by entering:

cd /export/home/sdc/senovision/scripts/

b. Execute the SetNewHostname.sh script, by entering:

./SetNewHostname.sh –u <ADS hostname>

Chapter 5 Installation 349


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Where <ADS hostname> is the current ADS Hostname (given in the ADS
Command Line prompt).

c. Once the script completes, logout as root user, by entering:

exit

d. Close the command window, by entering:

exit

38.3.1.2 Restore the Reconstruction Computer Configuration


1. Restore the previous Reconstruction Computer configuration backup, as follows:

a. Launch the Service Desktop (see Chapter 4, Section 5.2.1, Launching the Service
Desktop).

b. From the Service Desktop, click the [Utilities] button.

c. In the left pane, select System Tools→ Restore.

The RESTORE screen appears.

d. Under the Restore section, select the RECON radio button.

e. Under the Restore From section, select the most recent Reconstruction Computer
backup.

f. Click on the [START] button.

A message indicating successful completion appears at the end of the restore


procedure.

2. Determine whether you need to change the internal IP address scheme of the second internal
network to stop it conflicting with the hospital, as follows:

• If during Section 38.3.1.1, Step 2 you had to revert back the ADS Computer to its default
IP address, there is a conflict with the hospital network, and you must change the then
you must change the internal IP address scheme of the Reconstruction Computer
according to Section 42., Modify the configuration of the second internal (INT2) network
on the Reconstruction Computer and the ADS Computer according to Section 42.,
Modify the configuration of the second internal (INT2) network on the ADS Computer.

• If during Section 38.3.1.1, Step 2 the ADS Computer was already using the default
internal IP address scheme, there is no conflict with the hospital network and no
additional steps are required.

3. Right mouse click the Browser background, and from the Root menu that appears, select
Service Tools→ Recover database to rebuild the database on the ADS Computer.

350 38 Job Card ELE A025 - Reconstruction Computer and/


or ADS Computer Post Install Configuration
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

NOTE: As the database is on the ADS Computer, the images of the reconstruction
volumes that were previously on the Reconstruction Computer will still appear
on the database, however they are physically no longer present. Therefore, it is
necessary to perform a recover database, so that the database entries on the
ADS Computer are updated so that the images of the reconstruction volumes
that no longer exist are removed from the database.

4. The Reconstruction Computer will no longer have the constructed 3D volumes for each of the
patient exams. The 3D volumes will need to be reconstructed if they were never pushed to the
IDI (or an external PACs that supports the 3D volumes). Check with the customer whether they
want the 3D volumes reconstructed. In the case the customer wants the 3D volumes
reconstructed, perform the following sub-steps:

a. From the Browser, select the patient, then the exam (study), and then click on the
required series. Each selected item is highlighted by inverting the light and dark parts
of the image.

To select additional series, hold down the <Control> key on the keyboard while
selecting them in the list.

b.
Click the [Reconstruction on demand] button .

Each 3D volume will take approximately 2.5 minutes to be build on the


Reconstruction Computer. While the 3D volumes are being reconstructed in the
background, the system can carry on being used as normal.

5. Restore the Reconstruction Computer firewall so the defined hosts can access the system, as
follows:

a. Right mouse click the Browser background, and from the Root menu that appears,
select Service Tools→ Command window.

A command window appears with an ADS prompt.

b. Execute the IPFreload.sh script, by entering:

IPFreload.sh

c. When the Password: prompt appears requesting you to enter the root password,
enter:

operator (or the customer-specified root password)

An End of script message appears. The declared network hosts can now access
the Senographe system via the firewall on the Reconstruction Computer.

6. If the Reconstruction Computer was configured to use multiple routes in addition to the default
route, re-configure the additional routes according to the manually backed up information in
Chapter 8, LBK-A004 - System configuration form Reconstruction Computer. For more

Chapter 5 Installation 351


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

information about configuring multiple routes, refer to Section 36., Adding additional gateways
or default routes.

38.3.2 Restoring the ADS Computer Configuration (post LFC)


38.3.2.1 Reestablish connectivity with the Reconstruction Computer
Note: The following procedure assumes you have already installed the ADS Software, during
which time you will have already configured the IP address and netmask of the e1000g0 network
card on the ADS Computer (for the INT2 network) to correspond with the network used by the
Reconstruction Computer. For more information, refer to Section 39.3, ADS software.

1. Power on manually the Reconstruction Computer by pressing the power button on the front
panel of the Reconstruction Computer.

NOTE: When the ADS Computer is changed or the AWS Software reinstalled, initially
there is no network connectivity between the AWS Unit and the Reconstruction
Computer. Therefore, the Reconstruction Computer will not automatically power
on via the usual wake-up on LAN signal when the entire system is powered on.
You must manually power on the Reconstruction Computer by pressing the
power button on the front panel.

2. From behind the Browser, right click on the background, and from the Root menu, select
Service Tools > Command window.

3. Login as root user by entering:

su –

At the password: prompt, enter:

operator (or the customer-specified root password)

4. Create an RSA key on the ADS Computer so that it can securely communicate with the
Reconstruction Computer, by entering:

/export/home/sdc/senovision/scripts/createadsrsakey.sh

5. At the password: prompt that appears, enter:

M0n!AgneU

38.3.2.2 Restore the ADS Computer Configuration


1. Follow the instructions given in Job Card ELE A044 - Install User Publications of the Core
SIP to install the Embedded Publications.

2. Restore AWS parameters from the system backup located on the backup CD-R. See Section
40., Restore procedure. If the backup CD-R is not available, the patients in the Worklist will be
lost, and the procedures given in the Job Card ELE A013 - AWS Configuration in the Core
SIP must be performed.

352 38 Job Card ELE A025 - Reconstruction Computer and/


or ADS Computer Post Install Configuration
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

NOTE: You do not need to restore the parameters of the Reconstruction Station because
they are already on the configuration files on the Reconstruction Station. The
Service Desktop will automatically display the existing parameters of the
Reconstruction Station within the Reconstruction pages of the Service Desktop.

NOTICE
An ADS backup from a particular ADS version can only be restored by the same
version of ADS. You SHOULD NOT ATTEMPT restore an ADS backup if the ADS
version differs from the ADS version when the backup was made as it will introduce
problems with ADS operation.

3. Open the Remote Hosts Selection window (refer to Job Card ELE A023 - Declare Worklist
Hosts in the Core SIP) and check that all network devices are still correctly declared. If not, do
the following, as required for each network host and printer:

• declare the network hosts (refer to Job Card ELE A022 - Declare Network Hosts in the
Core SIP)
• declare the printers (refer to Job Card ELE A020 - Declare and Set Printers (Filming
Devices) in the Core SIP)

4. If the Senographe system does not use the default AOP Classic (AOP A) tables configuration,
restore as necessary the AOP configuration (see Job Card ELE A031 - AOP Configuration in
the Core SIP). Ensure you follow your local regulations when configuring the AOP
configuration.

5. Right mouse click the Browser background, and from the Root menu that appears, select
Service Tools→ Recover database to rebuild the database on the ADS Computer.

NOTE: Once the database is rebuilt, if there were any 3D volumes on the Reconstruction
Station they will now be visible on the AWS Unit, however the original projections
(i.e. 9 images of a Tomo sequence) that formed each of the 3D volumes are no
longer on the AWS Unit. If the customer wishes to restore any of they original
projections, they can by retrieving them from the remote PACS, IDI, or from
archives burnt to CD-R.

6. Update IDC files on the ADS Computer according to the steps described in the section
UPDATE IDC FILES ON THE ADS COMPUTER of the booklet Senographe Essential IDC OS
and SW Installation Guide (5415906-X-1EN).

7. Install the Collimator Check Script as described in Job Card IST A013a – Collimator Check
Script Installation.

8. If the Stereotaxy option exists, restore the Stereotaxy configuration according to Scenario IST
A001 - Installation in the Senographe Essential Stereotaxy Service Manual (5304972-
X-1EN).

9. If the CESM option exists, do the following:

Chapter 5 Installation 353


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

a. Re-activate the CESM option by performing Job Card UPG A011 - Activating the CESM
Feature in Contrast Enhanced Spectral Mammography SIP.

b. Do the AOP Calibration by performing Job Card CAL A051 - AOP Calibration in the
Contrast Enhanced Spectral Mammography SIP.

10. Reinstall system options. System options to be connected to the Senographe can include:
Review workstation, CAD, Mass archiving system, Laser Camera, Networking. Refer to the
corresponding Service Manual to re-install each option.

11. Because the IDC, Reconstruction Station, and Senographe parameter backup copies were
held in the AWS, a new backup must be performed in order to make IDC, Reconstruction
Station, and Senographe backup parameters available. Perform a system backup according
to Section 40., Backup procedure.

12. Configure the Worklist AE Title of the ADS Computer to match that of the old ADS Computer
that has been defined on the Worklist servers in the hospital network. For more information,
see Job Card ELE A022 – Worklist AE Title Configuration.

38.4 Finalization
No finalization steps.

354 38 Job Card ELE A025 - Reconstruction Computer and/


or ADS Computer Post Install Configuration
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

39 Job Card ELE A030 - Software and firmware reload or update


This Job Card describes the steps you must execute before installing or upgrading the software
or firmware of the different subsystems. It is organized by sub-system (Gantry, MTD, ADS, IDC,
Reconstruction). This procedure does not describe how to reload or update the Generator firmware
since it is done by replacing the ePROMs.

NOTICE
Whenever possible, a full system backup must be available. Refer to Job Card ELE
A052 - Back up/Restore.

39.1 Positioner software and firmware


39.1.1 Gantry CPU software (Poseidon)
To update the Gantry CPU software, follow the instructions supplied in the Gantry Software Update
CD-ROM that is kept with the system.

39.1.2 Gantry node firmware

NOTICE
If the Gantry CPU board software (Poseidon) must be updated or reloaded along
with nodes firmware, always update/reload the Gantry CPU board first.

To update any of the gantry nodes firmware, follow the instructions supplied in the Gantry Software
Update CD-ROM that is kept with the system.

39.2 MTD firmware


The procedure to update the MTD firmware is similar to the procedure to update Gantry nodes.
However, refer to the booklet delivered with the Software backup kit for MTD.

39.3 ADS software

CAUTION
Make a backup of the Repeat and Reject Analysis database. Use the AWS Export
Database feature as described in the chapter QC Tests for the Radiologic
Technologist of the Senographe Essential QC Manual.
If there is a system failure that results in the loss of information from the Repeat
and Reject Analysis database, an entry must be recorded in the QC log. This QC
log entry must describe the occurrence and the cause of data loss, to provide
documentation on the reasons for which an analysis may not be available in a
particular period. A Field Service record must also be prepared to indicate the
nature of the failure and loss of information.

Chapter 5 Installation 355


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

NOTICE
When reloading system software from cold (i.e., including the operating system),
first disconnect the cable to the external network, i.e., the cable that connects the
Reconstruction Station to the external network. When the procedure is complete,
connect the cable.

A full AWS software reload (operating system and application software) is necessary in some
cases. For example, the ADS unit has been replaced, or if lost or corrupted files make it impossible
to run the application after rebooting, and reloading the application only is not successful. Use the
same ADS OS and Application Software DVD-ROMs as used for the current installation (supplied
with the system or supplied for a software update).

When performing the AWS software reload, the networking values you define will vary according
to your scenario, as follows:

• For a brand new installation or an existing installation where the IP Address scheme between
the ADS Computer and Reconstruction Computer was not changed from their default values,
use the following default values for e1000g0:

○ IP Address for e1000g0 : 192.168.2.10


○ Netmask for e1000g0 : 255.255.255.0
• For an existing installation where the IP Address scheme between the ADS Computer and
Reconstruction Computer was changed from their default values, use the following values for
e1000g0:

○ IP Address for e1000g0 : 10.0.1.10


○ Netmask for e1000g0 : 255.255.255.0
Restore the AWS Configuration. For more information, refer to Section 38., Restoring the ADS
Computer Configuration (post LFC).

39.4 IDC software


Software reload from the OS and Application Software DVD-ROMs is necessary when the IDC
Computer has been replaced, or if a new version of the IDC software must be installed on your
system. Use the following steps to perform an IDC Software Reload:

1. If possible, back up the system configuration (including the IDC configuration) to the ADS hard
disk. Refer to Job Card ELE A052 - Back up/Restore.
2. Follow the installation instructions given on the back of the DVD-ROM case of the IDC
Application Software DVD-ROM used for the current installation or supplied for a software
update.
3. Restore the IDC directory data from the current system backup from the AWS hard disk. Refer
to Job Card ELE A052 - Back up/Restore.

356 39 Job Card ELE A030 - Software and firmware reload or


update
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

4. Reload the detector parameters according to the Load Detector Parameters section in Job
Card D/R A141 - Image Receptor/Digital Detector in the Core SIP (requires the CD-ROM
containing parameters for the detector).

39.5 Reconstruction software


Software reload from DVD-ROM is necessary when the Reconstruction Computer has been
replaced, or if a new version of the Reconstruction software must be installed on your system. Use
the following steps to perform an Reconstruction Computer Software Reload:

1. If possible, back up the system configuration (including the Reconstruction Computer


configuration) to the ADS hard disk. Refer to Job Card ELE A052 - Back up/Restore.
2. Use the Reconstruction Station Installation – OS and SW Installation Guide booklet to install
the operating system and application software on the Reconstruction Computer.
3. Restore the Reconstruction Computer Configuration. For more information, refer to Section
38., Restoring the Reconstruction Computer Configuration (post LFC).

Chapter 5 Installation 357


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

40 Job Card ELE A052 - Back Up/Restore


40.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Field engineer Not Applicable 15 mins Not Applicable

40.2 Overview
Backup and restore procedures for the option are similar to the procedures of the Core system
with the addition of the Reconstruction Station parameters to the backup data.

For theoretical information on the backup/restore refer to the Job Card ELE A052 - Back-up/
Restore Procedure in the Core SIP.

This Job Card is composed as follows:

• backup procedure Section 40.4.1

• restore procedure Section 40.4.2

• backup troubleshooting Section 40.4.4

40.3 Preliminary Requirements


40.3.1 Tools and Test Equipment
Item Qty Effectivity Part# Manufacturer
Blank CD-R 1 - - -

40.4 Procedure
40.4.1 Backup procedure

NOTICE
If backup to CD-R is not possible, record ADS parameters manually to enable
manual restore later (e.g., after an upgrade procedure).
Refer to Chapter 8, LBK A003 - Back-up/Restore Procedure - ADS Parameters
Manual Record Sheets for a suitable form.

NOTICE
An ADS backup from a particular ADS version can only be restored by the same
version of ADS. You SHOULD NOT ATTEMPT restore an ADS backup if the ADS
version differs from the ADS version when the backup was made as it will introduce
problems with ADS operation.
If you are backing up a system before upgrading the ADS version, record the ADS
parameters manually so that they can be restored later (see Chapter 8, LBK A003
- Back-up/Restore Procedure - ADS Parameters Manual Record Sheets).

358 40 Job Card ELE A052 - Back Up/Restore


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

1. Manually back up the Reconstruction Station parameters using Chapter 8, LBK-A004 - System
configuration form Reconstruction Station.

2. From the Browser, launch the Service Desktop (see Chapter 4, How to Use the Service
Desktop).

3.
From the Service Desktop, click the Utilities button .

NOTE: This step is optional. If no CD-R disk is inserted, ADS parameters are still copied to the
hard disk.

4. To back up the parameters of the ADS separately, insert a CD-ROM in the CD-ROM drive on
the ADS computer.

5. In the left pane, select System Tools→ Backup.

The SYSTEM BACKUP screen appears.

6. Follow these steps:

a. Enter a suitable name into the text field System Backup Description Text.

b. Click on the [START] button.

If no CD-R disk is present, the message CD Mount Error Or CD Not Blank


appears.

Click [Continue] to continue the backup.

The process takes about 10 minutes.

The message System Backup Completed appears when the backup process
ends.

7. In the left pane, select System Tools→ Restore.

If the name of the system backup (as defined in Step 6.a) appears on the screen the backup
is complete.

If the name of the system backup does not appear on the screen the backup failed, refer
to Section 40.4.4

8. Remove the CD-R disk, label it with the name and date of the backup and store it with the
system.

Chapter 5 Installation 359


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

40.4.2 Restore procedure

NOTICE
An ADS backup from a particular ADS version can only be restored by the same
version of ADS. You SHOULD NOT ATTEMPT restore an ADS backup if the ADS
version differs from the ADS version when the backup was made as it will introduce
problems with ADS operation.
If you are backing up a system before upgrading the ADS version, record the ADS
parameters manually so that they can be restored later (see Chapter 8, LBK A003
- Back-up/Restore Procedure - ADS Parameters Manual Record Sheets).

1. From the Browser, launch the Service Desktop (see Chapter 4, How to Use the Service
Desktop).

2.
From the Service Desktop, click the Utilities button .

3. In the left pane, select System Tools→ Restore.

The RESTORE screen appears.

4. Select the appropriate restore procedure (under Restore).

You can restore separate sub-system data (AWS, IDC, DMR, RECON) as required.

5. Select the data source (under Restore From).

6. If you are restoring from the CD-R disk, insert the CD-R disk containing the backup data into
the CD-ROM drive on the ADS computer. When restoring from CD-R, only the ADS backup is
available.

360 40 Job Card ELE A052 - Back Up/Restore


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

7. Click on the [START] button.

A message indicating successful completion appears at the end of the restore procedure.

8. If the restore is successful, some actions are necessary, depending on the restored sub-
system:

• If the ADS data has been restored, the Browser must be restarted according to the
section Restarting the Browser in the Senographe Operations - How to... chapter of the
Core SIP.
• If the language used by the ADS Computer is a different to English, restore the
appropriate language according to section 6-3, Set General Configuration
Parameters of Job Card ELE A013 - AWS Configuration in the Core SIP.
• If the IDC data has been restored, the IDC must be rebooted, see Section 40.4.3.

• If the Generator data has been restored, the tube heater current must be recalibrated.
Perform Job Card CAL A012 - X-Ray Tube Heater Current in the Core SIP.

• If the Reconstruction Computer data has been restored, the entire system must be
rebooted (via the shutdown button on the Browser, and powering up afterwards via the
X-ray Console ON button).

• If the system has the Stereotaxy option, please perform accuracy checks described in
the Planned Maintenance chapter of the Stereotaxy Operator Manual.

9. If the restore is not completed successfully, check the following:

• That the backup source is functioning correctly (AWS hard disk or CD-R disk).

• That communication is correct between the AWS and the sub-system being restored.

40.4.3 IDC reboot


After IDC data has been restored, the IDC must be rebooted so that it can recognize the changed
data. This can be done either by powering OFF/ON, or using a command window. To reboot the
IDC using a command window:

1. From behind the Browser, launch a command window (see Launching a Command Line
Window in the Core SIP).

A command window appears with an ADS prompt.

2. Make a telnet connection with the IDC by entering:

telnet idc

3. At the Login: prompt, specify the xruser user by entering:

xruser

Chapter 5 Installation 361


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

4. When prompted to specify the xruser password, enter:

4$xray

5. At the [xruser@idc ~]$ prompt, reboot the IDC by entering:

reboot

The IDC shuts down and reboots; the message Connection closed by foreign host appears.

The X-ray Console first displays the message S86 AWS/IDC Communication lost, then
displays the message S83 Detector environment not OK until the reboot is complete.

40.4.4 Backup troubleshooting


Use the information in the following sections as a guide in troubleshooting backup/restore
problems.

1. If AWS Backup to Hard Disk Fails:

Check communication between the AWS and the IDC (check the ADS to IDC cable
connections, and if necessary, run the AWS-IDC Communication tests from the Service
Desktop).

Check that there is enough space on the AWS disk to receive the backup data.

2. If AWS Backup to Hard Disk Fails:

Check that there is enough space on the AWS disk to receive the backup data.

3. If AWS Backup to CD-R Fails:

Check that the CD-R is not damaged.

Ensure that the CD-R has not been erased using the CD Erase function, as this is only
applicable to CD-RW media and not CD-R media.

NOTE: If the backup to CD-R is not possible, record the AWS parameters manually. See
Chapter 8, LBK A003 - Back-up/Restore Procedure - ADS Parameters Manual
Record Sheets).

4. If you have to free up disk space to perform a new backup, proceed as follows:

a. From behind the Browser, launch a command window (see Launching a Command
Line Window in the Core SIP).

A command window appears with an ADS prompt.

b. Log in as root as follows:

i. At the ADS prompt enter:

362 40 Job Card ELE A052 - Back Up/Restore


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

su -root

ii. When requested to specify the root password, enter:

operator (or the customer-specified root password)

c. Change to the /export/home/iqst/subsystems/idc/backup directory by entering

cd /export/home/iqst/subsystems/idc/backup

d. Delete files in the current IDC backup directories by entering:

rm -rf current

e. Delete files in the previous IDC backup directories by entering:

rm -rf previous

f. Make a new current IDC backup directory by entering:

mkdir current

g. Change the privileges of the current directory to read/write/execute, by entering:

chmod 777 current

h. Change the ownership of the current directory to the sdc user, by entering:

chown sdc:informix current

i. Make a new current IDC backup directory by entering:

mkdir previous

j. Change the privileges of the previous directory to read/write/execute, by entering:

chmod 777 previous

k. Change the ownership of the previous directory to the sdc user, by entering:

chown sdc:informix previous

l. Perform a new backup, see Section 40.4.1

40.5 Finalization
No finalization steps.

Chapter 5 Installation 363


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

41 Job Card ELE A055a - Changing Internal IP Addressing (INT1 network)


41.1 Personnel Requirements
Personnel
Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization
Requirements
1 Not Applicable 30 mins Not Applicable

41.2 Overview
Before the system was upgraded, two networks existed such that there was one internal network
(INT1) and one external network (EXT) as shown in Illustration 5-40. In the pre-upgrade situation,
the ADS computer had one network interface card (NIC) on the internal network and the other
network card on the external network connected to the hospital. In the pre-upgrade case, if there
was a conflict with the hospital network, the IP address scheme of the internal network (INT1)
would have needed modifying to stop the conflict.

364 41 Job Card ELE A055a - Changing Internal IP


Addressing (INT1 network)
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 5-40: Clash with the hospital network in a pre-upgrade scenario

After the system is upgraded, three networks exist such that there are now two internal networks
(INT1 and INT2) and one external network (EXT) as shown in Illustration 5-41.

• The original internal network (INT1) remains the same, and is for the internal communications
between the ADS Computer, IDC, and Gantry CPU Board, and can still clash with the hospital
network.

• The second and new internal network (INT2) is for the internal communications between the
ADS Computer and the Reconstruction Computer, and this network can also conflict with the
hospital network.

Chapter 5 Installation 365


SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

Illustration 5-41: Clash with the hospital network in a post-upgrade scenario

Case 1 — Before the upgrade the hospital clashed with the internal network of the system

If there was originally a conflict with the hospital network before the upgrade, the IP address
scheme of the first internal network (INT1) will need modifying according to the instructions in this
Job Card to stop the conflict.

Within the upgraded Senographe system the first internal network (INT1) that allows the ADS
Computer, IDC and Gantry (Poseidon) components to communicate internally among each other
uses a private network of 192.168.1.0 with a Netmask 255.255.255.0.

366 41 Job Card ELE A055a - Changing Internal IP


Addressing (INT1 network)
SenoClaire GE Breast Tomosynthesis
Direction 5415898-2-8EN, Revision 1

On some sites, the hospital network can also be 192.168.1.0. In this case there can be IP address
conflicts between the hospital and Senographe system networks. The conflicts can arise since
some of the nodes on the hospital network may have the same IP address as the default IP
addresses assigned to the Senographe system components on the first internal network (INT1).
If such a conflict exists, the Senographe system cannot be used on the hospital network until you
have changed the Senographe system internal IP addresses on the first internal network (INT1).

T